LE LE ty ty teppyyiii; tu tj ti Z tj Yu Zo NN \ GZ, ti Z ZZ Z Yi HUY IEEE ty ssp tig tygyyy pp: ty tists le \\ ty o tivjjj5 Zi ty Zi Lee Ly ZZ Z Lit¢¢, NYY WN WI SY S Se’ AAS \ ws LAN PRAY SY Nt NS yy So * RAGS = ee il | igre il aay ipabd I chan , wii Lie | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION >. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BULLETIN 183 < SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS By WALLACE L. CHAFE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1961 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington 25, D.C. - Price $2.25 (cloth) LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Bureau or AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY, Washington, D.C., December 28, 1960. Srr: I have the honor to transmit herewith a manuscript entitled “Seneca Thanksgiving Rituals,’’ by Wallace L. Chafe, and to recom- mend that it be published as a bulletin of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Very respectfully yours, Frank H. H. Roserts, JRr., Director. Dr. LEoNARD CARMICHAEL, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. u CONTENTS suiinkecivine dancers i issn et eA oe eg lao eee ne oes PariOne-sinitial’sone orOup. == -=- 2 oto ek ee ee eee Part Two: ?ahtahkwayétahkwa? Part Three: Final song group Excerpts from other performances (raminamealCOMMENUALY = 2-26 = = es = oe se eee eee see aes ee ses SNES SnD Ly eee eek ee Se tn ee ee ee ee Recorded versions of the Thanksgiving rituals “fe 7 VMTVOD © Anita = ‘ i oa : 4 pict Mesias Sete 7 eyes Nite Okey See leriehog tito mot bigs ek ge i Bia Ay, eee. are ede) Wy Jikoie ry WAS MOPED CASE Bite J aes = Ns SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS By Wattuace L. CHAFE INTRODUCTION Presented in this work are two ceremonial texts in the Seneca language with translations and grammatical commentary. Tran- scriptions of songs that are performed in conjunction with one of the texts are also given. The title of a work is rarely an adequate de- scription of its contents, and all three words of the present title call for elaboration here. The word ‘Seneca’ is at once too narrow and too broad. The long- house or Handsome Lake religion which these texts represent is fol- lowed by Seneca and other Iroquois groups on half a dozen reserva- tions in New York State and Ontario, so that general Iroquois ceremonialism is reflected here to a large degree. On the other hand, local differentiation has been recognized as a phenomenon of peculiar interest to students of contemporary Iroquois culture (Fenton, 1951, pp. 3 ff.), and from that point of view it is significant that the texts are from the Tonawanda Reservation Seneca, the principal source of Lewis Henry Morgan’s material, whose present-day ceremonies are outlined in Fenton (1941). The word ‘thanksgiving’ seems no worse a choice than any other and has been used by most previous writers. When confronted with the Seneca words involved, some speakers balk at any attempt to give an English equivalent. Others translate, to some extent accord- ing to context, as ‘thank, be thankful or grateful to or for, rejoice in, bless, greet’. The trouble is that the Seneca concept is broader than that expressed by any simple English term, and covers not only the conventionalized amenities of both thanking and greeting, but also a more general feeling of happiness over the existence of something or someone. One result is that the English distinction between ‘give thanks to’ and ‘give thanks for’ has no relevance. Finally, the word ‘ritual’ is used here as a technical term to mean ‘component of a ceremony’. If a Seneca ceremony is delimited as any formal gathering that includes activities aimed at communication with the supernatural, any ceremony can be said to consist of several a 2 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 rituals. Rituals can be classified as speeches, dances (songs), games, etc. Lists of Iroquois ceremonies and rituals can be found in Morgan (1901), Fenton (1936, 1941), and Speck (1949). There are three Seneca rituals directed in whole or in part at thanksgiving that are very similar in content, although one is a speech, one a combination of speech and dance, and one a speech accompanied by the burning of tobacco. It is the first two of these that are presented in detail here. The first is called in Seneca the kand:nyok, morphologically an imperative: ‘let it be used for thanksgiving!’ But the word is used nominally in syntax and can be translated ‘thanks’ or ‘thanksgiving’. I shall use the English equivalent ‘Thanksgiving Speech’. This is the most ubiquitous of all Seneca rituals, for it opens and closes nearly every ceremony. The only exceptions are the Funeral Cere- mony and the ?0hki:we:h ‘Dance for the Dead’, where its omission is sometimes explained by saying that “it wouldn’t make sense to give thanks” in matters concerning death. A myth of its origin can be found in Hewitt (1928, pp. 568-570), and a charter for its per- formance is given in the kdiwi:yo:h, the ‘Good Message’ of Hand- some Lake: ‘‘It is said that when these rites are performed one person is to be selected to offer thanks to the Creator’’ (Parker, 1913, p. 51). The speaker stands to recite in front of his seat. The speech consumes from 15 to 25 minutes, depending partly on the speed of the speaker and partly on whether he ‘‘gets everything in.” Speakers are sometimes criticized for leaving something out or for adding extraneous material. A short version, in which a number of the sections of the complete speech are lumped together in one, is frequently given and is common particularly at the end of a ceremony. The name of the second ritual, the konéoo?, cannot be satisfac- torily analyzed on the basis of Seneca alone. Evidence from other Iroquois languages suggests that the meaning at one stage was ‘they are covered with hide .1 The same stem with a masculine prefix, honéoo?, refers to a man who does the chores for the ?0hki:we:h ceremony.? Perhaps the best English equivalent is ‘Thanksgiving Dance’.2 This ritual is one of the ke:i niydiwa:ke:h, the ‘Four Rituals’ which were singled out in the Good Message as being of 1 Speck (1949, p. 138) translates the cognate Cayuga name ‘covered with skin’. The term has been taken to refer to the drum which is used (Fenton, 1947, p. 6), although the feminine prefix, translatable as ‘they’, might suggest that it referred to the dancers, perhaps to their feet. 2 Cf. Fenton and Kurath, 1951, p. 143. The corresponding masculine nonsingular is honéneoo?, showing that the stem contains the reflexive -(€)-, which has a zero allomorph with the singular objective prefix. 3 Parker (1913, p. 41) calls it ‘Harvest Dance’, a term which is used by others for one of the calendrical ceremonies. Speck says ‘Skin Dance’. Fenton uses the term Thanksgiving Dance, but also sometimes ‘Drum Dance’. On the reservations the Seneca word is generally interpolated into English, but I have also heard ‘ Worship Dance’ (at Cattaraugus). CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 3 transcendent importance: “Four words* the Creator has given for bringing happiness. They are amusements devised in the heaven world, the Osto’wigo’wa, Goné’owo™, Ado"’we" and Ganaiwé’gowa”’ (Parker, 1913, pp. 40-41; see also Fenton, 1936, p. 16). The Thanks- giving Dance is performed twice during the year, during the two calendrical ceremonies which include all of the Four Rituals. One of these is the New Year’s or Midwinter Ceremony, in January or Feb- ruary, when the Thanksgiving Dance takes place on the fifth day at Tonawanda, the seventh at Cattaraugus, and the eighth at Alle- gany. The other is the Green Corn Ceremony, in late August or early September, when it is held on the first day at Tonawanda and Cattaraugus, but the third day at Allegany. The Thanksgiving Dance, described in Speck (1949, pp.138-141) for the Sour Springs Cayuga, and in Fenton (1947, pp. 6-10) for the Seneca, is performed by a speaker, two singers, and a varying number of dancers from the assembled crowd. The singers sit facing each other, straddling a bench placed lengthwise in the center of the long- house floor. This is the position of the singers during the Feather Dance also (Kurath, 1951, pp. 125-126), but while in the latter both singers have turtle rattles which they pound on the bench, in the Thanksgiving Dance the lead singer uses a water drum and the other singer a horn rattle (Conklin and Sturtevant, 1953, pp. 274-283). As in the Feather Dance, some of the performers wear costumes of a generalized “Indian” type. The ritual has three major parts. It begins with a group of songs, after which the speaker takes his place, standing next to the singers, and begins the second part, an alter- nation of spoken intervals with monotone songs led by the speaker. This middle part is called the ?ahtahkwayétahkwa?, lit. ‘used for put- ting down a shoe’, probably with reference to the special dance step that occurs here. The third and final part is another, shorter group of songs, usually or always repetitions of songs from the first group. A representative performance of the Thanksgiving Dance took place on the Tonawanda Reservation on February 6, 1960. The morning of that day began with a recital of the Thanksgiving Speech in the longhouse, after which those present, principally Faith Keepers (Fenton, 1936, p. 6) and Chiefs, moved to the old cookhouse,® where the Tobacco Invocation (discussed further below) was recited. Per- sonal Chants were then performed by five of the men present, after which everyone moved back to the longhouse, where a number of others had already gathered. The speaker next burned tobacco in 4 The noun root in niydiwa:ke:h in some contexts means‘word’. Here itis equivalent to what I am calling ‘ritual’. The other three are the fostéwa?ko: wa:h ‘Feather Dance’, *ata:we? ‘Personal Chant’, and kane:- hwé€?ko:wa:h ‘Bowl, Dish, or Peach Stone Game’, also called kajé*kekha:? (‘characterized by a bowl’), kaye-ta? (‘game’), or kayetowa:neh (‘great game’). 5 A new cookhouse has been built at Tonawanda for the serving of meals, but the old building Is still used for ceremonial purposes. 4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 the stove at the east or men’s end of the longhouse, telling the Creator that the time had come for the Four Rituals which he had requested people to perform for him. Then came the Feather Dance, which was followed almost immediately by the announcement of the Thanks- giving Dance. The morning’s rituals so far had consumed slightly more than 2 hours, with approximately 20 minutes for the Thanksgiving Speech, 1 hour for the Tobacco Invocation, 10 minutes for the Personal Chants, 5 minutes for the tobacco burning in the longhouse, and 15 minutes for the Feather Dance. The time unaccounted for was oc- cupied by announcements, changes of location, and brief pauses be- tween rituals. The total number of Seneca in the longhouse at this point was about 70. At 10:40 a.m. the two singers took their places for the Thanksgiving Dance, the speaker stood beside them and uttered a whoop charac- teristic of this ritual, and the singing began. The opening group of songs occupied 15 minutes and included 35 songs. Eight costumed men left their seats during the fifth song, walked counterclockwise in a line around the singers’ bench, and with the sixth song began danc- ing. Here they were joined by three costumed women who moved in a second counterclockwise circle inside the men’s, performing a dif- ferent step. This gross pattern of movement is identical with that of the Feather Dance. The dance steps, too, are similar or the same, although performed in the Thanksgiving Dance with less gesticula- tion and abandon. The costumed dancers were gradually joined by a total of eight uncostumed men and six uncostumed women. All of the uncostumed men returned to their seats before the end of this group of songs. At 10:55 a.m. the speaker, who had been dancing last in the line of costumed men, moved to a position next to and south of the center of the singers’ bench, facing north; he remained on this side of the bench throughout the spoken portion of the ritual. At the end of the last song he leaned over between the singers and sang loudly wth yd . . ., his voice descending in pitch and increasing in glottaliza- tion during the final sustained vowel. He then intoned alone on a single pitch nya: weh nya: weh nya: weh (‘thank you’). This was taken up and repeated several times by the singers, while the speaker turned and danced to the east end of the bench, faced about and danced to the west end, and finally returned to the midpoint, where at the end of a repeated phrase he again interrupted the singers with wihyd ... . The first spoken interval now began. The dancers resumed dancing whenever there was a period of singing, but during the spoken intervals they simply walked slowly in the same counterclockwise direction. The dance step during the intervals of monotone singing here was CuHaAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 5 distinct from that which accompanied the initial and final group of songs. The first spoken interval was punctuated at several points by a single beat of the drum. At its conclusion the speaker changed from a speaking to a singing voice for the linguistically meaningless syllables kwd: hih, and introduced the second interval of monotone singing. On this occasion the syllables of the second interval were the meaningless wihiyah yowihiyah. Others which occurred during subsequent intervals were yowthiyah yowthiyah yowthiyah,. yowihih yowrthih, and to:kes ne?ho watskotha? konéhos?, the last meaning ‘truly the Thanksgiving Dance is being performed’, but with the form konéhoo? that, intriguingly, looks like a survival of an earlier stage of the word konéoo?. It is said that there is no fixed order for these monotone phrases; that the speaker intones the first one that comes into his head, although he tries to avoid immediate repetition of any particular one. The speaker observed privately that his mind was always occupied during these intervals with the content of the following speech. At the end of the last spoken section, which ended only a minute or two before noon (Morgan, 1901, vol. 1, p. 184), the speaker uttered the conventional Seneca conclusion td: ne?hoh ‘that is it’, and resumed his place at the end of the costumed dancers for the last group of songs, which were eight in number and consumed 5 minutes. Some uncostumed dancers joined the others during these songs, and the total number of women dancers, some accompanied by children, sur- passed that in the first song group. All of the songs were repetitions from the first group, in the same order but with many omissions. The morning concluded with announcements by several different individuals, including one by the principal speaker to the effect that the Bowl Game and Personal Chants would be performed on the fol- lowing morning, and there was a shorter version of the Thanksgiving Speech, the whole consuming about another half hour. The third ritual whose content is similar to that of the Thanks- giving Speech and Thanksgiving Dance is the speech accompanied by the burning of tobacco, called by Fenton (1936, pp. 13, 16) the Tobacco Invocation. Seneca terms for it are less standardized than those for the first two rituals, but it may be called either hatiye?ko:- thwas ‘they are burning tobacco’, kayé@kathwe:? ‘tobacco burning’, or kajiyothwe:? ‘dog burning’. The last name accords with the observa- tions of early writers that this speech was an accompaniment to the burning of the white dog, a ritual now long extinct. The Tobacco Invocation is performed on the fifth day of the New Year’s Ceremony at Tonawanda, on the sixth day at Cattaraugus, and on the eighth day at Allegany (but see Fenton, 1936, pp. 11 f.). At Allegany it is also part of the third day of the Green Corn Ceremony, but is absent 6 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 from that ceremony on the other two Seneca reservations in New York. Ina variant form it is also a component of nearly all medicine society ceremonies (e.g., Fenton, 1953, pp. 145-148). A fourth place where a similar content appears is in the Good Message, during the first day of the recitation. As Handsome Lake lies ill, he observes the things around him and is thankful for them. This passage is abbreviated in Parker (1913, p. 22). In the current version. of the Good Message more than half a dozen items for which Handsome Lake expresses gratitude are taken up, but the list still does not compare in extent with that found in the three rituals just described (see below). Both texts presented here are based on tape recordings made in August 1959. The speaker for both was Chief Corbett Sundown. The singers for the Thanksgiving Dance were Chief Ellsworth George and Delahanty George. For the two singers to be brothers, as in this case, deviates from the ideal pattern according to which they should belong to opposite moieties. The recording of both rituals was done in a private home, and thus in an artificial situation. Nota- tions of the syllables used in the songs, originally written down by the late Simeon Skye, were used as a memory aid by Ellsworth George, the lead singer. The initial song group of the recording contains 43 songs, as compared with the 35 of the longhouse performance described above, where George was again the lead singer. The Thanksgiving Speech consists of 16 sections which are clearly distinguishable by their content and, in the longhouse, by the utter- ance at the end of each of nydh, expressing assent, from the men and a few old women. Each section is focused on a particular natural or supernatural item of the environment. Each item has a fixed place in the sequence, which, according to Sundown, corresponds to an order observable in nature and represents the sequence of creation. The rationale of this order is stated in the Good Message: ‘‘Now when thanks are rendered begin with the things upon the ground and thank upward to the things in the new world above” (Parker, 1913, p. 51). The sequence followed by Sundown is as follows: 1. The people 9. The wind 2. The earth 10. The Thunderers 3. The plants 11. The sun 4. The water 12. The moon 5. The trees 13. The stars 6. The animals 14. The Four Beings (messengers to 7. The birds Handsome Lake) 8. The Sisters (corn, beans and 15. Handsome Lake squash) 16. The Creator CHarFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS ff There is some evidence that speakers are aware of a division be- tween the first eight items, which are terrestrial, and the last eight, which are celestial, as well as of a split in the latter group between the first five items, which are tangible, and the last three, which are intangible. For one thing, the summarization that takes place in the shorter version of the Thanksgiving Speech usually follows these divisions. Some stylistic evidence is noted on page 148. Except for some deviation in the first section, all of the items are treated in accordance with a fixed pattern. Each section opens with a statement that the Creator decided on, or ordained, the existence of the item. The purpose that the item serves, the manner in which it benefits mankind, is then explained in terms of an assignment given to it by the Creator. There follows a statement that the item is still present and carrying out its assignment. Finally those present are asked to concentrate on thankfulness for it. The first section is concerned with the people; more specifically, with the members of the community participating in the ceremony. This section forms a kind of introduction to the rest of the speech, establishing the expression of gratitude itself as something ordained by the Creator. The Four Beings, referred to here as the ‘Sky Dwellers’, are said to have directed that men should have love for each other. There is the observation that the first thing people do whenever they meet is to greet each other, the relevance being in the Seneca equating of greeting with thanksgiving noted above. The responsibility of the Creator for the health of the community is mentioned, and the people are enjoined to be thankful that they are present and in good health. The subject of the second section is the earth, which serves both as a support for people’s feet and as a source of food. Here, and again in the sections dealing with the Sisters, the Thunderers, the sun, and the moon, the Creator is said to have prescribed a set phrase, beginning with a kinship term, that people are to use in referring to the item. The earth is to be called ‘our mother, the support for our feet’. The third and fifth sections are the longest, because of the inclusion of subsections, in the one dealing with the strawberry, in the other, with the maple. The third section begins with the plants. The Seneca term covers all relatively small uncultivated plants, roughly those smaller than bushes. The only function ascribed to them is medicinal. It is said that they all have names, a statement that is repeated for the birds and the stars.6 Turning to the strawberry, he speaker notes its ceremonial importance as a reminder of the ® A great number of the Seneca names have actually passed out of use, making this statement to an extent anachronistic. 8 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 Creator (Parker, 1913, p. 25). Here there is again a prescription of terminology, but this time of a different nature: two terms are given, one of which is for celestial use and the other for use by mankind. Not present in Parker, but contained in the Seneca version of the Good Message commonly heard today are several other pairs of this type. Among them are (with the celestial form given first) : teka?ntk- dete: nyas ka?nikdehto?tha? St changes the mind, it blots out the mind’ vs. 20:ne:ka? ‘drink’ (both terms for ‘whiskey’); koya?tahts?oh ko?nikoe? ‘their minds are lost’ vs. kotko? ‘they are witches’ (for ‘witcheraft’); kawenohtdshe? ‘loss of reputation’ vs. yendehtayete:th ‘they know how to attract’ (for ‘love potions’); yewiyehts?tha? ‘they destroy their offspring’ vs. yotwi:nya?s ‘they cut off their offspring’ (for ‘sterilization’). The fourth section deals with the water, whose function is men- tioned only in a general way as being the satisfaction of the people. Its importance is underlined by the observation that the first thing people do upon arising in the morning is to fetch water. In the fifth section attention is first given to the trees and forests in general, which are said to have a dual function: as medicines and as heating fuel. One tree, the maple, is then focused upon. It pro- vides sugar, the speaker observes, ‘‘for those who take notice of it.” Like the strawberry it has a particular ceremony devoted to it. Game animals, classified as small and large, are the subject of the sixth section. ‘They serve, first, to provide amusement for the war- riors (young men), and second, to yield food for everyone. Reference is made to a tradition that the large animals all became extinct after the advent of the white man, but were later resupplied in smaller numbers by the Creator. The seventh section turns to the birds, which are said to be a kind of animal. Their functions are also two: to provide food, and to lift the minds of men with their beautiful voices. Again there is a classi- fication into small and large, and the migration of the small birds is mentioned. The corn, beans, and squash are not mentioned by name in the eighth section, but are subsumed under the term ‘the Sisters, our sustenance’ (or ‘our life supporters’; e.g., Fenton, 1936, p. 17). Their function is to contribute to people’s contentment and to strengthen people’s breath, breath being thought of as a basic manifestation of life. They are said to have been included in the ritual since the time when the Good Message arrived. The wind is the subject of the ninth section, and it too is said to strengthen the breath. A revolving object of some sort, covered by a veil, is described as the source of the wind (Parker, CuHaArFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 9 1913, p. 67). The Four Beings predicted that one day it would revolve too fast and cause great destruction, but to date destructive winds have always bypassed the reservations, another cause for thanksgiving. | The tenth section deals with the Thunderers, who are to be called ‘our grandparents, hi?n0?, the Thunderers’, who live in the West and are responsible for bringing water. There is a concern that they, too, should always maintain a moderate strength. The name hi?n90? is considered by the present speaker to refer to the several Thunderers collectively. In the tradition described by Morgan (1901, vol. 1, pp. 149-151) he is a single spirit. The eleventh section takes up the sun. Seneca has a single noun root for both ‘sun’ and ‘moon’, and the distinction is made when necessary by adding words meaning ‘diurnal’ or ‘nocturnal’. The sun is to be called ‘our elder brother, the sun’, and his task is to provide light and heat. The heat is said to contribute to the growth of plants. The sun is described as attached or stuck onto the sky, although there is an apparent contradiction between this and the observation that he moves across the earth, always going in the same direction. The moon, in the twelfth section, is ‘our grandmother, the moon’, and she appears when the earth is dark and people are at rest. Her responsibilities are three. She provides light so that people can find their way about during the night, she furnishes a means of measuring time, and she is responsible for the birth of children. The stars, the subject of the thirteenth section, indicate directions for people who are traveling at night, and are also responsible for moisture falling on the earth during that period. The Four Beings (called ‘messengers’ by Parker, ‘angels’ by Speck) are the subject of the fourteenth section. They are described as the protectors of mankind, for it is their duty, first, to come to people’s aid in the accidental mishaps that are bound to occur; second, to keep in check the wind, the Thunderers, the sun, and the moon, who might otherwise bring destruction. Sundown explains that these last are referred to as the ‘Four Groups’, because, while three of them are single individuals, the Thunderers constitute a group and bring the total to more than four individuals. The fifteenth section discusses Handsome Lake. His illness is described in wording like that of the Good Message. There is ref- erence to his repentance of his past life, his realization that there must be a Creator, and his feeling of gratitude for the Creator’s works (cf. Parker, 1913, pp. 21-22). The Creator, observing the lack of morality on the earth and impressed by the behavior of Handsome 10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLt. 183 Lake, sent the Four Beings to him with a message of guidance for the future. Handsome Lake’s subsequent preaching and death are alluded to. In the sixteenth and final section the Creator himself is the subject. He is said to be continually observant of what people do, and to have ordained the giving of thanks, which, he directed, should con- clude with him. The Thanksgiving Speech regularly ends with a short epilogue in which the speaker tells that he has done his best to recite the speech in the way that he learned it. The spoken portion of the Thanksgiving Dance contains the same sequence, except that the order of the Four Beings and Handsome Lake is reversed; i.e., Handsome Lake comes before the other. More- over, there are six additional items. Four of them come between the second and third items of the Thanksgiving Speech, and reflect a fourfold division of the community by status. Numbered as they occur, they are: x 3. The Chiefs 4. The Faith Keepers 5. Those with no assigned responsibility 6. The children The fifth addition deals with the Four Rituals, and occurs immedi- ately after the children in the ritual as it is given at Tonawanda during the Midwinter Ceremony, but between the Sisters and the wind in the version presented here, the order followed in the Green Corn Ceremony. The last addition occupies the very final position, after the Creator, and is devoted to the two singers. Besides giving thanks for each item, as in the Thanksgiving Speech, the speaker of the Thanksgiving Dance adds a request that the item will con- tinue for another year. Speakers at Cattaraugus request that it con- tinue indefinitely, but at Tonawanda this is considered unwarranted, since each performance of the ritual constitutes a renewal of the request. The function of the Chiefs is, in general, to look after the security and well-being of the people. In religious matters they make them- selves available to the Faith Keepers to help in conducting the cere- monies, specifically by doing the speaking. The Faith Keepers are explicitly the helpers of the Creator. They set the time for the ceremonies and see that these are carried out properly. They are said to be all of equal rank. Tonawanda Seneca are critical of the fact that at Cattaraugus and Allegany certain Faith Keepers are of higher rank than the rest (the ‘Head Ones’; Fenton, 1936, p. 7). There is a statement that those with no assigned respon- sibility should consent to what the Faith Keepers say. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS Tet This third group is not disparaged. It is referred to as ‘‘those with no assigned responsibility” only as “a way of speaking,” and these people are said to be as willing as the others to help with the cere- monies. Specifically mentioned as belonging under this heading are the warriors and the women. The children are still “taking their places on the earth,” running and crawling about. The earth is said to be strong because of them, in reference to the Creator’s particular sympathy for children (Parker, 1913, p. 33 fn.), which is believed to have kept him from ever being willing to destroy the earth. The Four Rituals are said to have been left by the Creator to serve as a means by which people are able to manifest their gratitude. In the last section the speaker states his own happiness at having been able to express the gratitude of the people. He then turns his attention to the singers, noting that the Creator gave different people talents for learning different things. (It is not unusual for accom- plished speakers to consider themselves bad singers, and vice versa.) He thanks the singers for having cooperated with the Faith Keepers, and encourages them to repeat their performance at a future cere- mony. Finally, he leaves up to them the number of songs they will sing in the final group. The Tobacco Invocation contains the same sequence as the Thanks- giving Dance, without of course the section for the singers and with the earth mentioned between the children and the plants, except that the sequence is recited first in reverse order and then repeated in the normal order. During the first sequence the burning of the tobacco is accompanied by an expression of thanksgiving; during the second sequence, by a request that the item will continue for another year. In other respects there is little difference in the spoken content of the two rituals. The final sentences of the section dealing with the wind as it occurs in both the first and second sequences of the Tobacco Invocation are given on pages 140-141. No two performances of a ritual are identical. At any one stage of history three classes of variations can be distinguished: (1) those which appear in different performances by the same individual, (2) those which appear in performances by different individuals of the same community (or longhouse), and (3) those which appear in per- formances of different communities. In addition there are modifica- tions of a ritual associated with its occurrence in different ceremonies, one example of this type being the varying position of the section dealing with the Four Rituals in the Thanksgiving Dance. Historical records also provide evidence of variations through time. A complete study of Iroquois ritualism would have to take into account a number 12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 of performances related in these various ways,’ and only then could statements regarding the significance of variations be made with some confidence. Whether there is reason to divide the third type listed above along lines that would coincide with linguistic or geographic groupings is not now clear. With regard to the extent of variations, the evidence that is available supports the obvious hypothesis that variations of the first type are the least extensive, those of the third type, the most. With no attempt at complete coverage, but simply to illustrate the nature of the variations that are likely to occur within one section of the Thanksgiving Speech, excerpts from two other performances are given on pages 140-145. Each is the section dealing with the wind. The excerpt on pages 140-143 is made from another recording made by Corbett Sundown (Tonawanda Reservation, 1959 c).8 On pages 142-145 is an excerpt from a recording by the late Solon Jones (Cat- taraugus Reservation, 1956). Thus with relation to the full version given in this work these two illustrate respectively variations of the first and third types. Sundown’s two versions are relatively very similar, perhaps the more so because of the fact that they were recorded on the same day and in the same place. The sequence of ideas is the same, and the only differences seem to be in the choice and arrangement of words. Jones’s version, on the other hand, is markedly different. Most obviously, it is shorter. Aside from the terseness of the sentences, the sequence in which the ideas are presented is not the same. Never- theless, most of the ideas as well as the words which express them are also contained in Sundown’s speech, and this small amount of material gives us no firm basis for separating local from individual differences. Apart from types of variation found within the individual sections of a speech, it is possible to observe variations in the organization of the entire speech, principally in the inventory and order of the items mentioned. In this respect the two Thanksgiving Speeches of Sun- down are identical. The speech of Jones, however, allots a separate section to the strawberry, but includes the birds in the section on the animals. There is no section dealing with the Sisters. The order of the third through seventh items is: water, the strawberry, plants, animals, trees. Handsome Lake precedes the Four Beings. Beside variations in different performances of the same ritual, it is also possible to compare similar components in different rituals. The justification for pairing the Thanksgiving Speech and the Thanks- giving Dance in this work was, in fact, the occurrence in both of the ’ Cf. in this connection Fenton, 1953. 8 See the list of recorded versions that follows the Bibliography, pp. 301-302. a —— Ss CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 13 thanksgiving sequence in similar although not identical form. I shall end this introduction with a few remarks based on a comparison of all the versions of the thanksgiving rituals listed on pages 301-302. The features compared will be those of inventory and order, which, being the easiest to observe, have been the features most satisfactorily recorded in the past. As far as inventory is concerned, Sundown includes in his speeches all the items that are widespread in other versions. Frequently, how- ever, separate sections are devoted to the strawberry and the maple. The only item of his which is of relatively infrequent occurrence is the birds. Items not included by him which appear in one or more of the other versions are grass, tobacco, the raspberry, the sunflower, corn, bushes, fruit trees, nut trees, the hickory, fish, fire, clouds, cold (chiefly a supplication that it not become excessive), and the honatsinshke?, a» word that now refers to the holders of charms, but according to Morgan (1901, vol. 1, p. 212) “included the whole spiritual world.’ Possibly there is significance in the fact that the two items neces- sarily associated with the Handsome Lake religion, the Four Beings and Handsome Lake himself, do not occur in four out of five of the earliest recorded versions: from 1900 and before, only in Cattaraugus Reservation, 1896. ‘They are present in all later versions. It is sug- gestive although by no means conclusive evidence that the sequence occurred first without the Handsome Lake items and continued thus through most of the 19th century, and further that the inclusion of these items spread from Cattaraugus, or perhaps from the longhouses of the Seneca Nation (Cattaraugus and Allegany). The order of the items is consistent in moving from things terrestrial to things celestial. After the people, the earth is always mentioned first, then come the plants, (bushes), and trees, consistently in that order. The animals (and birds) come next. The water is found in various positions between these first items. The wind, always, and the Thunderers, usually, precede the sun, moon, and stars, but the Thunderers and stars are sometimes juxtaposed (presumably because of their water-bringing function). The position of Handsome Lake and the Four Beings varies, but the Creator is consistently last unless there is an added section for the singers of the Thanksgiving Dance. The texts are presented with Seneca and English on facing pages. The translation is a ‘free’? one. So much has been said concerning the problems of translators that I shall make no other apology than to observe that Seneca and English are probably as unlike as two languages can be. While no interlinear translation is given, a word 580135—61——2 14 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY for word and even a morpheme for morpheme translation is accessible through the grammatical commentary. The sentences are numbered in parentheses for reference there, and to facilitate comparison between the Seneca and the translation. Although this is primarily a volume of linguistic texts, it has seemed worthwhile to include the Thanksgiving Dance music, transcribed by one who has had some musical training but is by no means a professional musicologist. It is remarkable how well the music can be accommodated by the traditional Western notation system. But while this is consistently true of the sections sung by the chorus (the two singers, often joined by the speaker), it is frequently not true of the opening of each song, where the solo lead singer makes abundant use of tonal and rhythmic deviations that I have not attempted to record. I have noticed this peculiarity in a good deal of Iroquois music. Regarding unconventional usages in the notation: bar lines are used to indicate phrases sung in one breath, and in the drum part staccato notes indicate that the drum is struck very lightly. The printed page can only suggest the beauty of these rituals in actual performance, and can convey little of the satisfaction and security found in them by those who have grown up with them as part of the annual round. They are emotional experiences as deeply felt and devoutly regarded as the religious expressions of any people. They should be approached with the reverence and respect that is always due traditions by which men are profoundly moved. TEXTS THANKSGIVING SPEECH 1. The People (1) ta one tih, niketyohk6é?te:h, wa?okwaya?taye:th. (2) ta: ne?ho 2 4 2 a 3) 2 4 38 31 2 wai niotiye:éh, hatioyé?ke:ond?, ne? wai n okhi:owi:h, ?eyokwaye:- 4 2 4 2 4 2 t4°k, ne kanoohkwaé?she?, ne ydeja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (8) ta: 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 ne? wai ?etyotyéehtd:ok, n eyakoya?tayéihsé?, ne ydeja?kéh, ne 4 2 4 2 4 2 ?etyotawe:nyé:?, ne ?o:kwéh. (4) ta: ne?ho wai nityéhsé:?, teydkwe?- 4 2 31 2 4 2 ta:ké:h, te:yatate:ké?, ne? tyotyéehtdh, hoti:wa:yé?, wdéono’e:- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 shd?, ske:nd?, yendhtonydh. (5) ne? wai ne te:yatahné:ny5:?, ta: 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 4 2 ne: waih, he:ni:wé?hoté?, ne hiydé?ti:h, hondti:wa:té?. (6) ta: ne?ho 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 wal nioye:éh, hotye:né?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe:?5h, ne? eyakao’es- 4 2 4 2 4 2 héhsé?, hekdéya’ti:h, ne ?o:kwéh, ne ydeja’kéh, teyakotawenyé:h. 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 (7) ta: ne:ké:h, nitydkwe?ta:ké:h, wa?okwaya?taye:ih, ?okwaiwdye- 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 sti waih, ?eyokwato?esé:ok. (8) ne?ho kho niy6é?té:h, ne kano- 4 3 2 3 cae | 2 4 2 takwéhta:?, he?e to?dkwa:okéh, ne: ne kano:5?, ki?sheh, no:yotyé:- 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 4 ok. (9) ta: ne?ho ne: niyé?té:h, kakéota:tyé?, koyd?to:ekhs?, 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 ?onohsotalyS:?, ta: ne? kwa: ne ha:ho? wai ne:h, kaiwayétahkéh, 2 4 2 4 2 4 n o:tye:né’kta?5h. (10) ta: ne?ho wai ni:k4:?, ne: ?ao%e:sét, n 2 4 a) Bal 2 4 2 4 eyokyo’éshahsé:k, ne? no?ké:?, ?okwaya?takohséhto:otyé?, ne: he 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 kéiwaya:sdh, n i? etwi?, ske:no? twendhtonydh. (11) ta: ne? tin 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 eswe :hé:k, 71? ke ne: tayakwatye:ét, ?o0?tyakwatdéhno:onys:?, ta: 2 4 2 4 2 ne*ho wai neyé?te:5k, n okwa?nikéde?. 4 3 41 16 SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 17 1. The People (1) And now, we are gathered in a group. (2) And this is what the Sky Dwellers ® did: they told us that we should always have love, we who move about on the earth. (8) And this will always be first when people come to gather, the people who move about on the earth. (4) It is the way it begins when two people meet: they first have the obligation to be grateful that they are happy.’® (5) They ereet ' each other, and after that they take up the matter with which just they two are concerned. (6) And this is what Our Creator ! did: he decided, “The people moving about on the earth will simply ™ come to express their gratitude.” (7) And that is the obligation of those of us who are gathered: that we continue to be grateful. (8) This, too, is the way things are: we have not heard of any unfor- tunate occurrence that there might be “in the community. (9) And the way things are, there are people lying here and there, held down by illness; and even that, certainly, is the responsibility of the Creator.'® (10) And therefore let there be gratitude; we are always going to be grateful, we who remain, we who can claim to be happy. (11) And give it your thought: the first thing for us to do is to be thankful for each other. And our minds will continue to be so. ® The Four Beings (p. 9). 10 Lit. ‘that they are thinking well’, with reference to both mental and physical health. 11 Or ‘are thankful for’; see p. 1. 12 Lit. ‘he fashioned our lives’. 13 T.e., it is all that will be required of them. 14 More lit., ‘that a difficult thing might accidentally occur’, a euphemism for death. 15 J.e., it is for him to decide whether or not they will recover. 18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuuL. 183 2. The Earth (12) ta: ne: wal nyo:ye:éh, hotye:n6?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe: oh, Pekoeja: tat, ne*ho teyotawe:nyé:?, ne ?o:kwéh. (13) ne*ho ti kho ne: wa isé:?, teyakoté?o:otyé?, ne ?o:kwéh hé:owe sydeja:té:k. (14) ta: ne? ti ne kano: ksh’, n o:ne ne "eyothyonyé :né?, Peyde- ja:té:k, ne? ti 0 e:nots:ok, ?akhino?e teyokwe:hsi?take?sehkoh, (15) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye: ir, "okwatyé: "tahkoh, ha?tewe:nisheké:h, ha?téwahsotaké:h, ne*ho teyokwatawenyé:h, hé:owé yoejaté?. (16) ne?ho kho teyokwahkwéotyé?, ne: ne ske:n9?, i ke: twendhtonysh, hé:owe yoejatée?. (17) ta: ne?ho wal ni:ké:?, "do?e :sat, "itwe : ?éiwakwe ‘koh, koiwayéistoh, ne: ?ethino?e teyokwe:hsi?take’sehkoh, he niyiwé?, shakoistas?5h, ta: eswe :hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ?oine: né?, ?o?tyakwand:nys:?, teyokwe:hsi?take?sehkoh, ta: ne?ho wai ney6é?te:dk, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 41 8. The Plants (18) ta one wal né:h, nyo:ye:éh, hotye:né?kta?sh, (19) tkaye:i? wail hawe:?5h, ne? ti néh, hé:owe syoeja:té:k, ne? n eyot?eohtoni:ak, (20) ne? ne tkaye:1?, kakwe :k6h, ?eytihsenoye:to:k, he ni:yé:h, eyot?eohtont:ak, Peydeja:té7k, (21) ne? ne kato :ké:h, he niy6é:- wa"kéh, "o:ne tewenoejotka?wahsé :k, ?aths?, ti "ewototyahsé :k. (22) ne? ti ne:ké:h, "onohkwa?sh#?sho?5h, ?o :noto?se?S tok, ne 2Ot- kwéh, ne yoeja’kéh, "o?tyotawe:nyé:?, ne*ho waih, nio’nikoewé?oh. (23) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, ne: he niyoto?kta :tyé?, "okwatyée- *tabkoh. (24) ne: "onohkwa?sh#?sho?sh, hféonya:nd?, n o:tye:- né?kta?5h. (25) hé:we:?6h, ne?ho ney6?te:5k, teyakohkwéotyé?, Peydeja:té:k, ?ewotihsi:e?k, ?onohkwa?sh#?sho?5h. (26) ta: ne? 2 é 2 4 2 4 3 31 2 CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 19 2. The Earth (12) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, “I shall establish the earth, on which the people will move about. (13) The new people, too, will be taking their places on the earth. (14) And there will be a relationship when they want to refer to the earth: they will always say ‘our mother, who supports our feet’.””. (15) And it is true: we are using it every day and every night; we are moving about on the earth. (16) And we are also obtaining ' from the earth the things that bring us happiness. (17) And therefore let there be gratitude, for we believe that she has indeed done all that she was obligated to do, the responsibility that he assigned her, our mother, who supports our feet. And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for that which supports our feet. And our minds will continue to be so. 38. The Plants (18) And now this is what the Creator did. (19) He decided, “There will be plants growing on the earth. (20) Indeed, all of them will have names, as many plants as will be growing on the earth. (21) At a certain time they will emerge from the earth and mature of their own accord. (22) They will be available in abundance as medicines to the people moving about on the earth.” That is what he intended. (23) And it is true: we have been using them up to the present time, (24) the medicines which the Creator made. (25) He decided that it would be thus: that people would be obtaining them from the earth, where the medicines would be distributed. 18 Lit. ‘lifting’. 20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 wai ne’ho nioye:éh, hotye:né?kta?sh, hawe:?5h, Peyakdxes6?, ti 4 2 2 ne kanéd:kte:she?, ne ydeja’kéh, teyakotawenyé:h, ta: ne? wai n 4 2 4 2 ekaye:ta?k, n eyakoyé?take :ha’. (27) ta: ne? wai néh, ha?teyonéh- 4 2 Sot 2 4 2 kwa?she:ké:h, hotké?wéh, hé:owe yoejate?, ne ?eyokwaya?takeha- 4 2 4 sh#@?ke:dk. (28) ta: ne?ho kho nyo:ye:éh, hotye:né?kta?5h. (29) 4 3 31 2 4 2 4 3 31 ne: he niyé?té:h, ?ot?éohto:ni:h, hé:owe yoejaté?, ne? wai ne hawe:- 2 4 2 4 2 6h, ?eka?eohtatéke:5k, kato:ke: he niy6:wa?k¢h, "ewo: yaniyotha:k. 4 2 4 2 42 31 (30) ne? ti ne?ho ?etkhawihtak, "eyokashee: *sé:k, ne ?o:kwéh, ne yée- 2 4 2 4 2 ja’k¢h, ?o?tyotawe:nyé:?. (31) ne? ti kes n eyoto?éshenyd:?, n o:n 4 2 3 31 2 4 2 eydtkathd?, ?ewdS :yaniyo:té?, niyoejdke:ya:t. (32) ta: ne? wai ne 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 hatioy4?ke:ond?, ne? ne: hotiyastoh, ne shés?é :h. (33) ta: ne yde- 4 2 3 3 2 ja’ké teyokwatawenyé:h, ne? wai n 1”, ne?h o:néh, ne? n 1? ne jisto- 4 2 4 2 td’she?, ?etwdyasthd:k. (34) ta: tkaye:i?, wai ’etwatkath6?, na?te- 4 2 3 31 2 2 4 2 tyo?téié:h, teyoewe:nyé:h, he yoejaté?, tkaye 1, ?o?wa :yaniyo: té?, 4 2 2 4 ne: jistota’sh#?. (35) ta: ne? khone tkaye :i?, Petwatyé: ?tak, hetw4:- 2 4 31 2 2 4 2 neko :nét, he nyo:ye:éh, hawe:°6h, ne*ho kes ?eyeko: tak, he koya?ta- 4 2 4 2 4 2 yéisthé?, teyéno:onys:”, ha?teyokwé?také:h, he ni:yo: koya?takéh- 4 2 4 2 2 sothé?, teyotend:nyd:?, n o:n eydtkatho?, ’o?wa :yaniyo: té?, ne*ho 4 2 4 4 4 2 wai nyo:ye:éh. (36) ta: tkaye:i?, wai ?o*kdiwaye:ih, he no?wé:?, 3 31 2 4 2 4 2 4 tetyo?tdies?5h, he yoejaté?, ne? n o?titwaténo:onyd:?, ?6iwakwe:koh. 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 31 (37) ta: ne? ti ne:ke: n eswe :hé:k, ska: t ke wa’akwayé:?, ?okwa?- 2 4 2 nikée?, ne: ne ?0?tyakwand:nyd:’, he ni:yo: ?ot?éohto:ni:h, ?ok- 4 2 4 2 4 2 wénohkwa: ’shé?, ta: ne?ho wai ney6?te:d5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 4 2 41 4. The Water (38) ta: ne?ho nioye:éh, hotye:né?kta’o hé tyohe?, hawe?5 wai 2 4 4 2a 2 4 2 ne? n eyo :nekitkesh:k, ti hé:ow eydeja:té:k. (39) ne? ti kho n 31 2 CHAFD] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 21 (26) And this what the Creator did: he decided, “Illness will overtake the people moving about on the earth, and these will always be there for their assistance.’”’? (27) And he left on the earth all the different medicines to assist us in the future. (28) And this too, the Creator did. (29) With regard to the plants growing on the earth he decided, “There will be a certain plant on which berries will always hang at a certain time. (30) I shall then cause them to remember me, the people moving about on the earth. (81) They will always express their gratitude when they see the berries hanging above the earth.” (32) And the Sky Dwellers called them shés?a:h.!" (83) But we who move about on the earth shall always call them jistotd?shx?.'® (34) And it is true: we see them when the wind becomes warm again on the earth; the strawberries are indeed hanging there. (35) And it is also true that we use them, that we drink the berry water.’ For this is what he did: he decided, ‘‘They will always bring them to their meeting place and give thanks, all the people, as many as remain. They will be thankful when they see the berries hanging.’””? That is what he did. (36) And it is true: it comes to pass. When in the course of things it becomes warm again on the earth, we are thankful for everything. (37) And give it your thought, that with one mind ” we may give thanks for all the plants, our medicines. And our minds will continue to be so. 4. The Water (38) And this is what the Creator did: he decided, “‘There will be springs on the earth. (39) And there will be brooks* on the earth 17 A term reserved for the ceremonially important wild strawberry. See pp. 7-8. 18 The generic word for strawberry, wild or cultivated, lit. ‘embers attached to it’. 19 The ceremonial mixture of strawberries and water. 20 Lit. ‘we establish our minds as one’. 21 Lit. ‘veins, arteries’. 22 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 eyojins:ya?teony9:k, ne: hé:owe yoéjaté?, *eyotihahtetySkwa:5k, ne? kho ne yoejako:shs?, neyowhts ‘ok. (40) ta: ne? kho ne ?eké:- nekeony5:k, "eka nekowané’sé:k, ne? ti tewotiyenow5?khs:k, he no’keyend?te*hért, ?o?kdeja sta :t, tkaye :1? eyotishate?sé:k, (41) ta: ne? ne tkaye :1?, ?o nekasé:?, ne: "1, "okwato?se : 76h, ne yoeja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h, kho he ni:y:h, hotka?wé n okwa?nikoiyés- tahkoh, tkaye:1? hdée?kwa ?o:nekasé:?, hon5to?se : 75h. (42) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, he niydto’kta: tyé?, "okwatyéx?tahkoh. (43) ne? wai tyotyéehto "etwatys: tak, n o:ne waisé:?, "etwatya?tikesk6?, n o:ne wa:sé:?, tejaweto:ti?, ne? tyotyéehtoh, n o:nekanés, etwaty- ye: "tak, (44) ta: tkaye:1?, wai ?ho?e :sat. (45) "oiwayei?d:tyé?s, he nyo: *nikoewé?ah, hotye:n6?kta?o hé tyohe?. (46) ta: ?eswe:- hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ?o:ne: né?, ?o?tyakwans inys:?, ne: ?o :nékitke:sh5?, ®ojino:ya?teony5?, *otihahtetyokwéh, ne: kho ka:- nekeony5?, ka:nekowa:nés, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?te: dk, n okwa?nikéde?. 4 2 4 2 4 2 41 5. The Trees (47) ta one wai ne: nioye:éh, hotye:n6?kta?oh. (48) ne? wal ne hawe:?h, ne? ti néh, hé:owe sydeja:té:k, ne? ne tkaye :1?, eyote- hatoni:ak. (49) ne? wai ne tkaye :1?, ne? n eyotehatoni:ak, ne "eyakoya?takehash#?ke: 5k, ne ?o:kwéh, ne yoeja°kéh, ?o?tyota- we:nyé:?. (50) ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, hawe:?3 kato :ké: sho: neyo- nishé?se :k, teke:we:nyé:?, neyo?tdiehsé:k, ta: kato:ke: hée?kwa nikéiwi:s, ne? ne: n ekAno?nés. (51) ta: ne? wai né:h, ?eyotehato- nitak, hé:ow eydeja:téik, ne? ne: ne tkaye:1?, ne 0: tiya?tataia?- tahks:ok, ne?ho wai nio?nikoew€?oh, n o:tye:nd?kta?oh. (52) ta: tkaye:i? wai né:h, he niyéto?kta:tyé?, to?oiwdino?ko: was, tohka:?a 4 2 4 2 4 2 Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 23 as well; rivers will flow, and will pass by under the earth. (40) And there will also be ponds ” and lakes.** They will work hand in hand, the way I fashion them on the earth. And moisture will continue to fall.’ (41) And it is true: fresh water is available in abundance to us who move about on the earth. And, in fact, to all those things which he provided for our contentment, fresh water is abundantly available too. (42) And it is true: we have been using it up to the present time. (43) It is the first thing we use when we arise each new time. When the new day dawns again, the first thing we use is water. (44) And let there indeed be gratitude. (45) It is coming to pass as Our Creator intended. (46) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the springs, the brooks, the flowing rivers, and the ponds and lakes. And our minds will continue to be so. 5. The Trees (47) And now this is what the Creator did. (48) He decided, ‘‘There will be forests growing on the earth. (49) Indeed, the growing forests will be of assistance to the people moving about on the earth.” (50) He decided, ‘There will always be a certain period when the wind will become warm, and a certain length of time, also, when it will become cold. (51) And the forests growing on the earth will provide heat for them.”” That is what the Creator intended. (52) And it is true: it continues unchanged up to the present time. A few of us * 22 Lit ‘waters on it’. 33 Lit. ‘large waters’. 24Thus the recording. The speaker considered this a slip of the tongue, and would rather have said simply ‘we’ 24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buut. 183 ne? ne:ké:h, ?okwaya?tataid’tahkéh, ?otéhato:ni:h, hé:owe yoejaté?, 4 2 4 2 4 (53) ta: ne?ho kho nyo:ye:éh, ne? hae?kwa ne ?onohkwa?shé?sho7Sh, 2 4 2 4 hdonya:nd?, ?othoto:nizh, hé:owé yoejaté?. (54) hawe:?5h, hée?kwa 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 4 2 ?ekakwe:ni?, ?onohkwa?shé?sho’o ?eyakoto?se?5:ok, ne ?o:kwéh, ne 4 2 4 2 4 2 yoeja’kéh, *o?tyotawe:nyé:?. (55) ta: ne?ho kwa: kho nyo:ye:éh, 4 2 3 31 2 4 ne: ne hawe:?5h, ne ?ae? n ekeotatoké:ok, ne?ho ne:ké:h, ?etkhéwih- 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 tik, ne? ne: ?eyakosh#é: ?sé?, 71? eyokash#: ?sé?, ne teyakotawenyé:h. 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 (56) ne:ke: ?ewoti:otonyd:k, ne wahta?, hé:ow eydeja:té:k, ne? ne: 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 °etka :nekéi?sé:k, n eyoweno:ék. (57) ne? ti kes n o:né tetyo?tdéiéh, 4 2 3 31 2 4.2 4 he yoejaté?, ta one ?etka:nekai’t, ne? ti n 6:no?e:sh4?, ske:né?, 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 henénohto:nydh, ?o:ne ?4e?, ne:ta hosika:é?, ne:ke: néh, tkaye:{?, 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 teshdtisnyé:?, wati:otonys?, ne wahtd?. (58) ta: ne? ne: niydk- 2 4 2 4 2 31 2 we’ta:ké:h, hoti:wastéistéh, to?oiwdno’ko:was, hendhke:otha?, 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 tkaye:i?, wd:tihseno:ni?, ?owe:nd?, hawe:?5h, ?eyakoto?se?5:ok, ne 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 ?o:kwéh, ne yédeja?kéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (59) ta: tkaye:i?, to?oi- 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 4 2 wano’ko:was, niydéto?kta:tyé?, ?ahs okwatyée?tahkih. (60) ta: 4 2 4 2 4 3 31 2 ne’ho ?#e?, ni:k4:?, ?do?e:sdt, ?ahso ?6iwakwe:kéh, ?ohte:tyd:h, he 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 nioiwihsa?4h, hotye:né?kta?éh. (61) ta: n eswe:hé:k, ti wa?akwa- 4 2 4 Bes? | 2 4 2 tye:no:ni?, ?o:ne: né?, ?o?tyakwand:ny5:?, ?otéhato:ni:h, hé:owe 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 yoejaté?, ta: ne®?ho wai neyé’te:5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 4 2 41 6. The Animals (62) ta one wai nyo:ye:éh, hotye:né’kta?o he tyahé?, hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne tkaye:i?, "ekya?tata:ths:?, kanyo:? ekatakhenotyé?sé :k, h eydeja: té:k, (63) ne? wai ne tkaye :i?, ne? neké:h, to :ne?nikoe- wenya?td ‘ok, ne: ne wa:toh, hotiske?ékehtoh, hotiya?té :ni:yéh. (64) hawe:?h, ne? ne: hakoke:yatani:h, hotiske?ékehtéh, hotiya?- 2 4 2 CHaAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 25 are using them for heat, the forests growing on the earth. (53) And this also he did: he made them medicines as well, the trees growing on the earth. (54) He decided, “They can also be available as med- icines to the people moving about on the earth.”’ (55) And he even did this as well: he decided, ‘Again, there will be a certain tree which I shall cause to remind the people moving about to think of me. (56) The maples will stand on the earth, and the sweet liquid will drip from them.” (57) Each time when the earth becomes warm, then the sap will flow and they will be grateful for their happiness. When the time arrives again, they will attend to the maples standing there.”” (58) And for those people who take notice of it, it continues unchanged: they do indeed tap them and store the sugar. For he decided that it would be available in abundance to the people moving about on the earth. (59) And it is true: it continues unchanged up to the present time; we are still using it. (60) And therefore again let there be gratitude that it all still continues as the Creator planned it. (61) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the forests growing on the earth. And our minds will continue to be so. 6. The Animals (62) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, “I shall now establish various animals to run about on the earth. (63) In- deed, they will always be a source of amusement for those who are called warriors, whose bodies are strong.” (64) He decided to pro- vide the warriors, whose bodies are strong, with the animals running 35 Lit. ‘the Hquid will drip, it will always be sweet’. 26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuu. 183 ta:ni:yoh, ne: ne kany6:?, katékheno:tyé’s, ne? te :ne?nikoewen- ya?tha:k, (65) ta: ne? ti ne ?aténo’sheé?, ti yakoto?se?5: ok, ne ?o:kwéh, ne yoeja°kéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (66) ta one he niyé- to?kta: tyé?, tkaye:1? tetwika:né:, nikanyo?té?s?4:h, hatitak- henotyé’s, niyotehato "kta: tyé’s, ne?ho kho né:h, kahataks :sho?. (67) ta: kwa: ne:ké:h, he niydto?kta: tyé?, "orne tejitwaké :né?, kany6?towa :nés, henotke?s :ne?s. (68) tkaye:i? wai ne to:kwa no?yosheké:?, n o:ne he?e te?jitwakeh, ne kany6?towd:nes. (69) ta one kwa: ne: niyoto?kta: tyé?s, ”o:ne tejitwaké :né:?, kany6’to- wanés, katékheno:tyé?s, ’aténo’she&, tkaye:1?, jokwato’sé:h, ne: niyéto?kté : tye?. (70) ta: Pokwatyé: "tahks waih, he nio?nikoewé?oh, hotye:né?kta?o hé tyohe?. (71) ta: ne?’ho wai ni:ké:?, "dove sat, he nio’nikoewé?oh, tkaye:1?, "ahso *diwakwe koh, "ohte:ty5:h, ta: "eswe :hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ?o:ne: ne? o?tyakwand :ny5;?, ne:ke: kany6:?, katékheno:tyé?s, ta: ne?ho wai ney6?te: 5k, n okwa?nikde?. 2 41 7. The Birds (72) ta: ne?ho nioye :€h, hotye:né?kta?o hé tyohe?. (73) hawe:?6 waih, ne? ne tkaye :1?, ekyd?tata :tho:?, teyonote?setesyotyé?sé :k, niyoejake :ya:t, neyoto?kta?k. (74) ta: ne? h@:?kwa ne kany6:?, eotiydso: dk. (75) ne? ne niyoejike vya:t, neyhsawa’k, nitkéshato - tyé?s, neyoto?kta?k. (76) ta: ne? ne tkaye :1?, hée?’kwa kakwe :k5h, hotihsenoye:ts?, ne: ne ji?te?oshS?oh, teyonote?swtésyotyé’s. (77) ta: ne? kwa: né:h, nya: tiji?ta’s?é ch, ne? Wai ne: ne hawe: 5h, ne? ne: ne tkaye :1?, kato :ke: he neydnishé?t, ne?ho to:notawenyé:ak, ta one Peshenotka: ek6?, hé:kwa: tyone:nd?, heshe:né:?. (78) ta: ne? ne 4 31 CHarE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS a] about, to be a source of amusement for them. (65) “And they will be available as food to the people moving about on the earth.” (66) And up to the present time we have indeed seen the small animals running about along the edges of the forests, and within the forests as well. (67) And at the present time we even catch glimpses of the large animals again.” (68) There were in fact a number of years during which we no longer saw the large animals. (69) But now at the present time we again see the large animals running about, and at the present time they are actually available to us again as food. (70) And we are using them as Our Creator intended. (71) And therefore let there be gratitude that it all does still continue as he intended. And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the animals running about. And our minds will continue to be so. 7. The Birds (72) And this is what Our Creator did. (73) He decided, ‘“‘I shall establish various creatures that will spread their wings from just above the earth to as far upward as they can go. (74) And they too will be called animals. (75) They will begin just above the earth, and will go all the way into the clouds. (76) And they too all have names, the birds with outspread wings.”” (77) And with respect to the small birds he decided, “There will be a certain period when they will stir, and they will turn back, going back to where it is warm. 36 Lit. ‘we see them again . . . they appear momentarily’. See p. 8. 28 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 tetyo?taiéh, he yoejaté?, ta on eshatiya?ta?ti:hért, ne? n a:?tewa- tiweno:ké:h, *eswenati?stae?, watiweni :y6?s. (79) ta: ne? wai tek- ahkwa’t, hoti?nikse?, he ni:ys:h, hotiya?takohsotha?, ?o:ne né ‘shatiya?ta?ti het, nikaji?té?s?4:h. (80) té:ne?ho kwa: nyo :ye:éh, hée?kwa n aténo?’sh?, ?okwato?se 5h, ne: teyonote?sxtésyatyé?s, ji?te?oshS?oh. (81) tkaye:1? hée’kwa "okwaty2:?tahkoh, ne: ji?te?- ashd?o teyonote’sxtésyatye’s, Paténo’she?, "okwato?se : 75h. (82) ta: ?itwe: kwa: hée?kwa kakwe : kh, hae?’kwa hoti:wayéistoh, he niy6i- wa?, hoti: wayetéhkoh. (83) kakwe:ks wai ?o?ki?, hotihsenoye: 9”, he no: tiyd?to?té?. (84) ta: ne? ti ne -swe:hé:k, wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ?oine: né?, ?o?tyakwand :nyd:?, ji?te?oshd?o teyonote*sxtésyatyé?s, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?te:dk, n okwa?nikée?. 2 3 2 41 8. The ‘Sisters’ (85) ta one wainyo:ye :éh, hotye:né?kta?o he tyahé?. (86) ne? wal ne tkaye:1?, one *i:e hé:owe yoejate?, ne? ne tkaye :1?, eka: tka?, ta onéh, hono:h5?, to:notdte?nya:é?, ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 (87) ne? ti ne yoejaks:h, Peatiy€:ok, acho? *ewototyahsé:k, ne*ho to: tihkwéotyé?, ne ske:nd?, ?e:nenohtonyd:ok. (88) ta: wal né:h, he niydto?kta : tyé?, tkaye:i? tetwaka:né:?. (89) "one teyonoe- jotka?’wéh, "one né?, tetwika:né:?, "eyokwa’niksiyostak, ?orne tota:wé?, teskate :ni?, teyoewe-nyé:h. (90) ta: ne? wai ?okyoishe:- niyéhksh. (91) ta: ne? wai n o:néh, tsa?ka:y9?, ka?nikotiy6:h, ne? wai ne okwatokéhsé:?, "one hée?kwa eke: tyé?sé:k, "oti: wahte:- tys:h, ke ti niydiwa:ké th. (92) ne? wal ne *onotdisyohkéh, ne? kho ne: tewenoté:not#é?k, ne: hé:owéh, ne? tewaéti?nyd:?, ha?tewe:nfs- 4 4 2 4 2 2 3 heké:h. (93) ta: ne? o:né waih, ?0:néh, ne?ho niyo: wé?, kano: kshé?, 31 2 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 CuHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 29 (78) And it will become warm again on the earth, and they will re- turn. With all their voices they will sing once more their beautiful songs. (79) And it will lift the minds of all who remain when the small birds return.’’ (80) And he arranged as well that they are available to us as food, the birds with outspread wings. (81) It is true: we are using them too, the birds with outspread wings. They are available to us as food. (82) And we believe that they too are all carrying out their responsibility. (83) They all, as I said, have names, according to their type. (84) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the birds with out- spread wings. And our minds will continue to be so. &. The “ Sisters’’ (85) And now this is what Our Creator did. (86) It was indeed at this time that he thought, ‘‘I shall leave them on the earth, and the people moving about will then take care of themselves. (87) People will put them in the earth, they will mature of their own accord, people will harvest them and be happy.” (88) And up to the present time we have indeed seen them. (89) When they emerge from the earth we see them. They bring us contentment. They come again with the change of the wind.” (90) And they strengthen our breath. (91) And when the Good Message came we were advised that they too should always be included in the ceremonies, in the Four Rituals.” (92) Those who take care of them every day asked, too, that they be sisters. (93) And at that time there arose a relationship between them: we shall say “‘the Sisters, our sustenance”? when we want to 27 T.e., not a change in direction, but from cold to warm. 2 T.e., this should be one of the items for which thanks is expressed. The Four Rituals (pp. 2-3) are here synonymous with longhouse ceremonialism. 580135—61——_3 30 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLy. 183 ?oté?ah, he watiya?ta:té?, ne? ne: netwatd ‘ok, tewenoté:no:t6:?, tyohéhkoh, n o:ne ne’ho "etwathyonyé -né?. (94) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye :1?, ?okwa?niks :iy6:h, ne:ke: niydto?kta: tyé?, tetwiika :né:?, ?oto:nith. (95) ta: Peswe:hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, "one: ne ?o?tyakwans :ny3:?, no?tewendte:no:té:?, ’akyShehkoh, ta: ne*ho wai neyé’te:5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 41 9. The Wind (96) ta one wal nyo :ye:éh, hotye:nd?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe :5h’, one tih, ne? ne he?e ta?akakwe :ni?, ne?hé sho: no:yo?té: ok. (97) ta: ne? wai néh, hawe :?5h, ne? ti né tkaye :1?. (98) ne? ne ha?te- kako:t, teyorwenyé:ak, ta: ne? ti *eotiya’ta :nfyd:ok, ne ?o:kwéh, ?o?thenotawenyé:?, ?o?khéyatka?, hé:owe Porkseja: tat. (99) ta: ne? wai ne hosyo:ni:h, ?otd?eodh, heke :hkwé?skwa:h, no?wo: tih, ne? ne skend?o: nityoye: éh, *otkahats:h. (100) ne? wal ne:kéth, ne?ho tyotato:ni:h, teyorwe:nyé:h, ta one ske:ns? twendhtonyéh, tkaye:i? okyoish# :ni:y5h, he yseja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (101) ne?ho sho: kho nitka : té?, teyowwe:nyé:h, n okwa?nikoiyéstahkoh, ske:no? itké:h, twenshtony sh. (102) ta: ne? kwa: n okhi:owi:h, wai ne hatioyé?ke :ons?, ne? wai ne ho -né:h, ne? ne ?akwé:h, Peyst- katho?, ne sheno:ksh5?, (103) ne: ne ?oretoth, ?o?wE :nishzetenyo :- tyé?, ne? ki?shéh, ne?ho neya:weh, n etyakwe?néo?kté? hey6:éh, ?okwatkées?, (104) ne? ki?she ney6*hastéh, *ewotkaha: toh, ne? wal ne "akwé:h, ne? ne ka:ekwah, n a: ?tekake:sé:?, h€:owe yoejaté?, (105) ney6°hasté ki’she tekee:we:nyé:?, ne? wai n akwé:h, ?eyako- t6wehtak, ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h, ne?ho waih, nyo:tiye:éh. 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 2 3 21 CHAFB) SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS Si refer to them. (94) And it is true: we are content up to the present time, for we see them growing. (95) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the Sisters, our sus- tenance. And our minds will continue to be so. 9. The Wind (96) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, ‘‘ Now it can’t always be just this way.” ** (97) And this, in fact, is what he decided. (98) ‘‘There must be wind, and it will strengthen * the people moving about whom I left on the earth. (99) And in the west he made the thing that is covered by a veil; slowly it moves and revolves. (100) There the wind is formed, and we are happy. It indeed strengthens our breath, for us who move about on the earth. (101) And the wind is just the strength for us to be content with it and be happy. (102) But the Sky Dwellers told us: they said, “We believe that your kinsmen * will see (103) that in future days it may happen that it will be beyond our control. It is the most important thing for us to watch. (104) It may become strong in its revolving, and we believe that it will scrape off everything on the earth. (105) The wind may become strong, we believe, and bring harm to the people moving about.” That is what they said. (106) 29 T.e., there is something missing. 30 By providing them with air to breathe. 31 Meaning here ‘your descendants’. 32 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bun 183 (106) ta: ne: niydéto?kta:tyé?, ne tkaye:i?, ?etwaiwakwaihsi?, ne?ho 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 niya:wés, ?o?kaiwdhts?t, hé:owe ne:ké:h, hoti?niké:iyé:h, ?0?kai- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 waéht5?t, kes ?o?kakwe:ni?, ne? wa?d?hastéh, ?o?tke:we:nyé:?. 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 21 (107) ta: ne? kwa: n {?, n okwa?nikoiydéstahks sho:h, he niyd?hasté?, 2 4 2 4 2 2 4 teyoewe:nyé:h, ske:n5? twenéhtonydh. (108) ta: ?eswe:hé:k, ti 2 4 2 4 2 3 21 2 4 2 wa’akwatye:no:ni?, ?o?tyakwand:nys:?, ?otd?eoo tyotato:ni:h, te- 4 2 4 2 4 2 yoewe:nyé:h, ta: ne?ho wai ney6é?te:5k, n okwa?nikée?, 4 2 4 2 41 10. The Thunderers (109) ta one nyo :ye:éh, hotye:nd?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe :?5h, ?ewokatého?she: ta?k, heke :-hkwé?skwé:h, no?wo:tih, ne?ho nzé:h, Pethéni?tyo: ta7k. (110) ne?ho ti nee: ne?ho "ethenehtéhkwa :k, te:- notawenyé:?, he nikdshato: tyé?s, ne? ti ne: né?, *o:nekasé:?, ?e0- tiawi?sé:k. (111) ne? ne: néh, *éotietosee:hsé:k, he ni:yo: hotké?- wéh, ?atha?, wato:nih, hé:owé yoejaté?, (112) ta: ne? kwa: néh, hawe :?5h, kano:ksh&?, ti Nn o:ne ne eyothyonya :né?, ne? ti ne: ne:notd: ok, ne? n ethihs6:t, hi?nd?, hatiwenotatyé?s, ne*hé waih, neotiye :ha:k. (113) ta: ne? wai néh, heke:hkwé?skwé:h, heakoyat- ka?weh, ne?ho "ethenehtéhkwa:k. (114) ta: ne? ne tkaye :1?, ne?ho ney6*hasté :k, n eyako?nikoiyostahks ‘ok, ne ?o:kwéh, n o:ndte?shé?, teyakotawenyé:h. (115) ta: hoti:wayéistéh, he niyokehiso: otyé?, ne?ho to :notawenye: nikdshato: ty6é?s, 0 snekasé ee hondnya :no:tyé?s, ne: *otihahtetyokwéh, ne: kho ka:nekeonys?, ka:nekowa:nés. (116) ta: Peswe :hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:noini?, ?oine: né?, ?o?tyethins :ny5:?, ne: "ethihs6:t, hi?ns?, hatiwenotatyé?s, ta: ne?ho wal ney6°te :5k, n okwa?nik5e?. 2 41 CHaFe] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 30 And indeed up to the present time we can attest to it: the way it occurs, it destroys their homes.** From time to time it is destructive, for the wind can become strong. (107) But as for us, we are con- tent, for no matter how strong the wind has been we have been happy. (108) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we give thanks for the thing that is covered by a veil, where the wind is formed. And our minds will continue to be so. 10. The Thunderers (109) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, ‘‘I shall have helpers who will live in the west. (110) They will come from that direction and will move about among the clouds, carrying fresh water.”” (111) They will sprinkle all the gardens which he provided, which grow of their own accord on the earth. (112) And he decided, “There will be a relationship when people want to refer to them: they will say ‘our grandparents, hi?no?, the Thunderers’.*® That is what they will do.’”’ (113) And he left them in the west; they will always come from that direction. (114) And truly they will always be of such a strength that the people, their grandchildren, who move about will be content with them. (115) And they are performing their obligation, moving about all through the summer among the clouds, making fresh water, rivers, ponds, and lakes. (116) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for them, our grandparents, hi?n9?, the Thunderers. And our minds will continue to be so. 32 Lit. ‘where they are content’, reterring to the homes of white men in the surrounding area. See p. 9. 33 Lit. ‘they are speaking out’, or ‘spreading the word’. 34 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 11. The Sun (117) ta one wai nyo rye: éh, hotye:né*kta?o he tyohé?, ne? wai ne hawe :?5h, Pekéoya: tk, ne hetkeh, na?akons?e: tih, ne ?orkwéh, *o?tyotawe:nyé:?. (118) ne? wal néh, ha’tekaks:t, ne ?ewokaté- ho?she:té?k, hée?kwa he PekEoya: té kc. (119) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye :f?, howaistas?5h, hoté?neta :ktoh, hé:owe kéoyaté?. (120) ne? ne: ne?ho to:tawénye : ak, toejiya’ktha:k, kato :ke: he:kwa:h, ne- the :tha:k, he :kwa: kho he:etha:k. (121) ta: ne? kwa: ne kano ksh’, hée?kwa nyo:ye:e n o:né ne ’etwathyonya:né?, ne? ne: netwats ‘ok, Pete :kha:? shetwahji? ke :hkwA:?. (122) ta: tkaye ‘i? hoiwayéistéh, ne?ho : t?neta :ktoh, hé:owe kéoyaté?, teyohathétsi :y6:h, ta one ske:n5?, twendhtonysh. 23) ta: ne? wai n itwé:h, *diwakwe :koh, hée?kwa hoiwayéistsh, tkaye 1, "onotohshtetyd:h, he ni:yo: hotka?- wéh, a thd?, wato:nih, howoiwakéistani:h, ne? ne: *eo?tdia’tha ck, h€:owe ‘yoeja:térk, ta one ske:ns?, "ewenotohohte: ti?, he ni:y o:tka?wéh, Pa sha?, wato:nih, (124) ta: "twee: waih, hoiwayéistsh, he niydto "kta: tyé?, he niydiwa?, howoidtas?5h, (125) ta: ne? ti n eswe :hé:k, wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ne: ne etsakwand:nys:?, ete :kha:? shakwahji? ké@:hkw4:?, ta: ne?ho wai neyé’te:5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 4 2 41 12. The Moon (126) ta one wai nyo :ye:éh, hotye:né?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe :?5 wai kato :ke: ti sho: he neydnishé?t, ?oine ne:ké:h, "ewotéonostha :k, Peydeja:té:k. (127) kato :ke: kho neydnishé?t, ’ewé:nishetenys:k. (128) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye :1?, ta :ka:néhji:wéh, kotatya’takeha:ns?, ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (129) ta: ne? wal ne hawe :?5h, ne? ti ne *eyotdishe:5k, ha?teskayéta’sé?, ti he yeyd?tayetatyé?, ?eyo- 4 2 4 2 4 2 Cuarr] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 35 11. The Sun (117) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, ‘There will be a sky above the heads of the people moving about. (118) I must have a helper in the sky as well.”” (119) And indeed he assigned him to be attached * to the sky. (120) There he will move about, and will cross the earth. He will always come from a certain direc- tion, and will always go in a certain direction. (121) And he also prescribed a relationship when we want to refer to it: we shall say ‘our elder brother, the sun.” (122) And it is true: he is carrying out his responsibility, attached there to the sky; there is beautiful daylight, and we are happy. (123) And we believe that he too has done all that he was obligated to do; everything that he * left to grow of its own accord is flourishing. He gave him the added responsibility of making it warm on the earth, so that everything he left to grow of its own accord would flourish. (124) And we believe that he is perform- ing his obligation up to the present time, the assignment he was given. (125) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we give thanks for him, our elder brother, the sun. And our minds will continue to be so. 12. The Moon (126) And now this is what Our Creator did: he decided, ‘‘There will be a certain period when the earth will be in shadow, (127) as well as a certain period when it will be day.” (128) And indeed he saw well that the people moving about were taking care of themselves. (129) And he decided, ‘“They will rest. They will lay down their bodies and 34 In the sense of ‘stuck or glued on.’ 38 The Creator. 36 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 183 toishé: ok, he ne:wé:?, ?ewotéonosth4 :k, ne?ho wai nyo :*nikoewé?oh. (130) ta: ne? kwa: ki?she ne?ho neya:weh, ne kdéeti?kwa niyo :wé?, *etyakohssta7is. (131) ta: ne? kwa: ne thika : té?, Pewokatého?s- he:ta?k, ?ekié shkwa zak, hé:ow ek€oya: té:k. (132) ne? ne: ne:no- t3:ok, ’ethihso :t soekha:? keéthkwa:?, ne?ho neotiye :ha:k, ne ’ekakwe : ni?, ha?teyakosheté?o:ok?ah, teyakohathe?t9: ok. (133) ta: tkaye :i?, wai ne ?okwateno?’ke thtashétahkoh, he neyokwatkeis- t5: tyé?, ne yoeja’kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (134) ne? Wai ne: néh, hawe:?5h, tekatenyshsé :k, ti he niy6°té:h, ote :hkwahte: tyd:h, *ewote:ni?to?ktha ck, hotiyastoh. (135) ta: tkaye:i? wai ne:ké:h, ne °ahs okwateno?ke:htashétahksh, he niydto kta : tyé?, niy6?té:h, ?okwatkéisto:otyé?, ne yoeja’keh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (136) ta: "itwe: kwa: ne?ho hée?kwa teyawehts: tyé?, to’oiwano?ko : was, to :titd?o:otyé?, sa? nienohd?s?ah, hé:owe yoejaté?, watiya’ta : té?, *ethino?e ne?ho teyawehts : tyé?. 37) ta: ne?ho wai ni:ka:?, *itwe: ?diwakwe ‘koh, koiwayéistéh, he niydiwa?, shakoiwakéistant:h. (138) ta one Peswe :hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ?oine: né?, UA hind :nys:?, ne: *ethihso:t soekha:? ke thkwa:?, ta: ne?ho wal ney6é?te: ok, n okwa?nikse?, 13. The Stars (139) ta one wai nyo:ye:éh, hotyeiné?kta?o hé tyohé?. (140) hawe :?5 wai ne? wail ne tkaye :1?, hée?kwa ?ekajihso?tahsi: 2k, hé:ow ek€oya:t6:k, he ne:wé:?, *ewotéonostha:k. (141) ta: ne? hée?kwa ne kato:ke: na?éhteéh, hakoistas?5h, he ne?ho ney6?te:ok, (142) hawe : i“ wai kakwe:ko hée?kwa ?ey étihsenoye: tak, he nizys Sai. *ojistandhkwéo?, hé:owe kéoyaté?. (143) ta: ne? kho ne tkaye:1?, 2 3 21 2 CHarFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 37 rest while it is in shadow.” ‘That is what he intended. (130) “And perhaps it will happen that somewhere at a distance * they will run into darkness. (131) And I shall have another helper, another orb in the sky. (132) People will say ‘our grandmother, the moon’. That is how they will do it. It can be a sort of guide for their steps, pro- viding them with light.’”’ (133) And indeed it is a measure for us as we go along, we who move about on the earth. (134) He decided, “The moon will change its form as it goes.’”” They have called it “phases.” *’ (135) And it is true: it is still a measure for us up to the present time, the way it is as we go along, we who move about on the earth. (136) And we believe that they come from there too, that it continues unchanged: the little ones taking their places on the earth.** They are here and they come from our mothers. (137) And therefore we believe that she has done all that she was obligated to do, the assignment she was given. (138) And now give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for her, our grandmother, the moon. And our minds will continue to be so. 13. The Stars (139) And now this is what Our Creator did. (140) He decided, “There will also be stars arrayed in the sky while it is dark.” (141) And he assigned to them certain things as well, the way it would con- tinue to be. (142) He decided, ‘‘They too will all have names, all the stars in the sky. (143) And they too, in fact, will be indicators, to %6 T.e., from home, 37 Lit,, ‘the moons always come to an end.’ 38 T.e., the cycle of reproduction is determined by the moon. 38 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 hfe?’kwa *ekaiwayéonya:nd:k, n eyakoteno?’ke:htashetéhko:5k, ne ?o:kweéh, teyakotawenyé:h, ne*ho ki?she neya:weh, n eyakohssta’is, ne: *athdino?kéh, ne: koy#:?t5h, ne ?o:kweéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (144) ta: ne? wai tkaye 1”, *eyotkoskahaté?, *ojistandhkwéo?, ta: ne? wai ’eyakoya?tatékestak, tkaye:i?, ne?h ej5tko: tak, he:owé:kwa: néth, tetyako ?nikohka :nyéh. (145) ta: ne: niydto ?kta : tyé?, ne? hie’kwa hati:wayetéhkoh, (146) ne: he ne:wé:?, ?oteondstoh, ne *éotisha : tét, he ni:yo: hotké?we ?aths?, wato:nih, h€: owe yoejaté?. (147) ta: tkaye:1?, "oti inekéhsonyé?s, he niwéhso: tits, he ni:y o:tkdé?we ?aho?, wato:nih, ne? ne?ho teyawehts: tyé?, ne: h ojib- so?téhsi:4?, hé:owe kéoyaté?. (148) ta: ne? wai n itwé:h, hoti:wa- yéistoh, hée?’kwa niydiwa?, hati :wayetéhkoh, ta: Peswe :hé:k, wa"ak- watye:no:ni?, "one: né?, "o?tyethins :nys:?, ?ojihso?taéhst : 4?, hé:owe keoyaté?, ta: ne?ho wai ney6é?te:5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 4 2 41 14. The Four Beings (149) ta one wai hotye:né?kta?o he tyohé?, hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne 2 4 2 4 2 ?ewokatého’she:té?k, ne ke:i niydkwe?ta:ké:h, ne? teshakoné?« 4 2 4 2 nyatd:?, ne ?o:kwéh, ne ySeja?kéh, ?o?tyotawe:nyé:?. (150) tkdéye:i? 4 2 4 2 4 b, 3 21 4 2 wal ta:ka:néhji:wéh, he?e ta?dyoska:sthé?t, hotiya?téska?ah, tao- 3 2 4 2 3 2 notawényé:ak. (151) ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, ha?te:yd:h, niyotye:éh, oes 2 4 2 3 2 4 he yoejata:tyé?, ne?ho ?ethenotawenyé:?. (152) ne? ne ne: sho: 2 4 2 3 21 2 ka:té?, ?eyakotye:5? ne ?o:kwéh, ne ydeja?’kéh, teyakotawenyé:h. 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 21 (153) ne? n eyakoti:watye:5?, ne ?o:kwe teyakotawenyé:h, ne 4 2 4 2 yoeja?kéh, n ethene?néo?kté?. (154) ta: tkaye:{?, kho twaiwak- 4 3 21 2 4 2 waihsis, ne yoeja’kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h, ne’ho neya:wéh, ne: 4 2 J 2 4 2 "eyakoti: watye :5?, n ethene?’néo?kté?, niyé°te: teyokwatawenyé:h, 4 2 Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 39 be used for measuring by the people moving about. If it happens that they run into darkness on their journey, they will use them, the people moving about. (144) And indeed they will lift their faces to the stars and will be set straight. They will head back directly toward their home.” *° (145) And up to the present time they have had an added responsibility. (146) While it is dark they will cause moisture to fall on everything that he left to grow of its own accord on the earth. (147) And truly they enjoy water throughout the night, everything that he left to grow of its own accord. It comes from the stars arrayed in the sky. (148) And we believe that they are performing their obli- gation, the responsibility that they too have. And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for them, the stars arrayed in the sky. And our minds will continue to be so. 14. The Four Beings (149) And now Our Creator decided, “‘I shall have the Four Beings as helpers to protect the people moving about on the earth.” (150) Indeed, he saw well that it was not possible for them alone, that they could not continue to move about alone. (151) It was true: all sorts of things were going on on the earth where they would move about. (152) It was inevitable that the people moving about on the earth would have accidents. (153) The people moving about on the earth would have accidental things happen to them that would be beyond their control. (154) And indeed we too can attest to it, we who move about on the earth: it will happen that people are involved in accidents that are beyond their control. It is the way with us who move about 39 Lit. ‘where it bites their mind,’ possibly referring to homesickness. 40 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 he yoejate?, (155) ta: ne? kho ne tkaye :1?, hée?kwa ne? hati: wa- yetéhkoh, *eowendtkaes?, hotého?she?, ri tke: wa :toh, ke +i niké- tyohkwa :ke:h. (156) ne: téotisnyé:k, hé:owe yorjaté?, shokwétka?- wéh, n eyokwa ’nikoiyostéhks: ok. (157) ta: 7itwe: hée?kwa hoti: wa- yéistéh, he niydiwa?, hoti:wayetéhkoh, ne: wa :tdh, ke ti nye :notizh, teyokhiyé?nyats”. (158) ta: ne?ho wai ni:ka:?, hore :sat, itwe: ske:no? twendhtonys eswe shé:k, ska:t wa’akwaye:? n okwa?nikée?, ?orne: né?, ?o?tyethind:nys:?, ne: hotého?shé?, ke ti nye:noti:h, teyokhiyé?nyats?, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?te:5k, n okwa?nikde?, 2 4 2 4 2 41 15. Handsome Lake (159) ta one wai ne: nyo:ye:th, hotye:né?kta?o hé tyohe?. (160) 2 4 2 4 2 21 tkaye:i? wai hawe:?5h, ne? ti néh, ha?tekakd:t, ne?ho neya:wéh, he 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 nio’niké?té:h. (161) ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, ne: sha?ka:t teyokwa- 4 31 2 2 tawenyé:n5?, hé:owe yoejaté?. (162) ne? wai n onshsotaiys:?, 4 3 21 2 waoye:nd:?, tkaye:i?, wdonoktane:té:k. (163) ne? wai ne ?0?yés- 2 4 2 4 23 21 2 heké:?, ta:e?tdkwehté:?. (164) ta: ne?ho wai niyé?té:h, ne hate- 4 2 3 21 2 4 2 kak5:t, ta:tend:ny3:?, wahsotate:nyd?, we:nishete:ny5?, kho ?i:éh, 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 ha?tekako:t so:k4:?, hay4?taté?, hosyo:nf:h, heni:y5:h, hotkéthwe:- 2 3 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 otyé?. (165) ta: ne?ho kho ne:ké:h, tethféeh4?, ne? ne kakwe:kéh, 1 4 2 4 2 4 shatathewdtha?, he ni:yé:h, 71:6 ne? hoyé?hihsé?s, ySeja?kéh, to: 2 4 2 4 24 2 3 2 4 2 tawe:nyé:h. (166) ta: ne? kwa: ne tkaye:{?, ha?tewe:nfisheké:h, 2 4 2 4 to:tend:ny9?, ti?kwa na’éhte?e waisé:?, wa:tkathé6?. (167) ta one 3 21 2 wal ne:ké:h, ne?ho no?o:wéh, n o:tye:né?kta?o ta:ka:néhji:wéh, 4 2 4 2 4 se?e tkaye:{?, he niyakotye:e ne ?0:kwéh, ne ydeja’kéh. (168) ne? 2 4 2 3 21 2 na: yé:?, heve te?’katka?ho te®skayetaéhkih, ne ko?nikée?, ne teyako- Naa 4 2 3 Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 41 on the earth. (155) And indeed they also have the added responsi- bility of keeping watch over those of his helpers called the Four Groups.*° (156) They will continue to look after us whom he left on the earth, and will bring us contentment. (157) And we believe that they too are performing their obligation, the assignment they were given, those who are called the Four Beings, our protectors. (158) And therefore let there be gratitude, for we believe that we are happy. Give it your thought, that with one mind we may now give thanks for his helpers, the Four Beings, our protectors. And our minds will continue to be so. 15. Handsome Lake (159) And now this is what Our Creator did. (160) He did indeed decide it, and it must happen according to his will. (161) Indeed he “ was among us who moved about on the earth. (162) Illness took hold of him, and he was confined to bed. (163) For a number of years he lay helpless. (164) And the way things were, he had to be thankful during the nights and the days, and he thought that there must be someone there who made all the things that he was seeing.” (165) And thereupon he repented everything, all the things he thought he had done wrong when he moved about on the earth. (166) And indeed he was thankful each day for each new thing that he saw. (167) And now it happened that the Creator saw well how the people on the earth were acting. (168) It seemed that nowhere was there any longer any guidance for the minds of those who moved about. 40 See p. 9, 41 The reference shifts here to Handsome Lake, who is not regarded as an incarnation of the Creator as the translation might be taken to imply. 42 The wording here is reminiscent of the Good Message. 42 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 183 tawenyé:h, (169) ta one ti né:h, ne?ho no’o:weh, thakoyatényehtsh, hotého?shé?, ne? howowene: 5h, shetwakowa :né twats:k, kanyotai- ys, tsa?t6 : tawenyé:h. (170) ne? wai howoiwakéistant shy ne? ne:ké:h etsdkwa :owi?, nejakwayé:ok, no sets: kwé h, (171) ta: ne? wai ne ?o?yésheeké:?, ne? hothyéwi:atyé?, he nya:wen6?té:h, hotye:n6?k- ta?oh, (172) ta: ne’ho wai niyd°te: atyé?, he niyo: wé?, ha?tosa :- yoskwéhté:at, ne? wai ne:ké:h, hooyaké?to : atyé?s. (173) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, *do?eisat, ne? ne ka:ekwa nikeotyé?, 0 ine ne:kézh, tkaye:i? saydkwatho:téh, he nya:wend?té:h, n o:tye:né?kta oh. (174) ta: ne? wai ne’ho ni:ka:?, *do?e sat, ?ahso "ohte: tyd:h, nioi- wihsa?5h. (175) ta: ?eswe:he:k ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ne: ne ?0?t- sakwans :ny5:?, ne: kanyotaiyé?, Pakwatd ik, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?- te:5k, n okwa?nikde?, 4 2 41 16. The Creator (176) ta one wai nyo sye:éh, hotye:né?kta?o hé tyohe?. (177) tka- ye:i? wai hawe: 5h, hetke n i, no?kéoya: tih, heski?tyo: tak, ne?ho ti hejako?ktha:k, ne teyotend:nys:?, ne yoeja"kéh. (178) ne? sho: hekéya?ti:h, "eyakoye:ta?k, n atd?esho :nyok, he ni:ys:h, ?eyakot- kathwe: otyé?, he no?’keyeno?te*hé?t, ?o"kdeja: tat, kho he ni:yé:h, *eyakotkathwe: otyé?, *eyotoniatyé?, ne?ho wal nio’nikoewé?oh. (179) *eyakoye: ta?k, ti ne kanoohkwé’she?, ne yoeja’kéh, n o:kweéh, o?tyotawe:nyé:?, teyoteno:nys:ok, ti hekdya?ti:h. (180) ne?ho "eyohsaha ck, hé:ow eydeja:té:k, tayens :nyé:ok, he ni:yo: kotkath- wa?dh. (181) ne*ho hetke heyéahsé:k, ne?ho hejako?kthé:k, heski?- tyo:ta7k. (182) *ewokathotehji:we:5k, ti ne eyeiwa :notdtye?sé:k, ne "o:kwéh, ne teyakotawenyé:h. (183) ne? kho ne tkaye:1?, tekhe- 21 2 Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 43 (169) And now it happened that he sent his helpers to speak to our great one, whom we used to call Handsome Lake, when he moved about. (170) They gave him the responsibility to tell us what we should do in the future. (171) And for a number of years he told about the words of the Creator. (172) And the way things went, he labored until he collapsed. (173) And let there indeed be gratitude that from time to time now we again hear the words of the Creator. (174) And therefore let there be gratitude that it is still continuing as he planned it. (175) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we give thanks for him, whom we called Handsome Lake. And our minds will continue to ie so. 16. The Creator (176) And now this is what Our Creator did. (177) He decided, “T myself shall continue to dwell above the sky, and that is where those on the earth will end their thanksgiving. (178) They will simply continue to have gratitude for everything they see that I created on the earth, and for everything they see that is growing.”’ That is what he intended. (179) ‘‘The people moving about on the earth will have love; they will simply be thankful. (180) They will begin on the earth, giving thanks for all they see. (181) They will carry it upward, ending where I dwell. (182) I shall always be listening carefully to what they are saying, the people who move about. (183) And indeed I shall always be watching carefully what 44 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ka:nehji:wé:ok, he neyakotyé:ok, ne ?o:kwéh, ne yseja?keh, (184) ta: ne?ho wai ne: niydto?kta : tyé?, ne? wai ne *itwé:h, tkaye:1?, ske:no? twenshtonysh, nitydkwe?ta :ké:h, (185) ta: ne?ho kho ni:ka:?, ne ?ho?e:sat, he kéiwaya:séh, Petwi? ske:no? twendhtonysh, (186) ta: ’eswe:hézk, ti ?o:ne ke ska: t wa?akwayé:?, n okwa?nikse?, ?o:ne: né?, ?o?tsakwand:ny5:?, n o:tye:nd?kta?e he Pakyo:hé?, ta: ne?ho wai neyé*te:5k, n okwa?nikée?. 4 2 41 Epilogue (187) ta: ne?ho n i? ne:ke:h, niwdtkwenyos, ne: hé nyo:tiye:éh, 2 4 3 23 2 3 2 3 4 3 1 4e2i3 hone: 75h, ?ekayé:t4?k, ?0:eté:h, kaiwatéhkoh, hotiyastéh, ?eyakao?- 3 2 3 3 2 31 2 38 23 3 2 3 2 245 12.3 2 eshiéhse?, ne ?eyakoya?tayéihsé?, n o:eté:kwa:h, ta: ne?ho ti n i? 4 2 2 41 31 2 4 2 3 2 4 sho:h, niwétkwenyos, ne?ho n {? sho: niwakeyé?he?oh, ne: ?6:etozh, 2 24.4 2 2 4 3 4 2 3 3 2 kaiwatéhkoh. (188) t&: ne?hoh. 3 23 1 3 1 eaters SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 45 they do, the people on the earth.”” (184) And up to the present time, indeed, we people believe that we are happy. (185) And therefore let there also be gratitude that we can claim to be happy. (186) And give it your thought, that with one mind we may now give thanks for him, Our Creator. And our minds will continue to be so. Epilogue (187) And that is all that I myself am able to do. What they * did was to decide that a ritual of gratitude, as they called it, would always be observed in the future, when in the future people would gather. And that is all that I myself am able to do; that is all that I learned of the ritual which begins the ceremony. (188) That is it. 43 The Four Beings. 580135—61—_—_4 ee 4 ae atk ae one x agi vo OUa ot i i a Vea alant op ail Babe sa es iets bie 1 . Pe ne ie, are \ ee oe ee a er se ahaytiiaton, Rik i ’ : Py Pea bre <) j - ' : + ee Fy io / Ss “at a), van} 4s, } (Mibed * OS a ra ; a | 7 , . ‘ i 7 * ed » = . > ' ~ 3 i Zz + - = , 7 p \ 7 t ~ a a } r =) ! Path ES \ i aa)? a - ‘ ’ ! r f vv E 2 N tr J “le ~ r i i ~— e } if a ; ey: a) N ~ : \ Ty, { x As . t im - - 2 : ‘ / , i i As Os t am b~— th BR Lona re Py . ’ F i] J , i = ey 2 « q THANKSGIVING DANCE PART ONE: INITIAL SONG GROUP Song I ea Whoop) yO we 6c) yo he 8 OE SEES _ SSS Lee Ss EE 0 Ee) __. ee | eee ee —eeeeeeeeee SSS eT Qo Ges Geen 7 ss ee SS Ge es ee ee es Ee Bes Cee BS a) 0-4 ee se FS Cee 7 ee) ee ee eS ee EE Kee ee) GT 48 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ya ne? no hawi ye he no we_ya wi_ ye he CHaFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 49 ‘kayo we ho ya ne? no hawi ye he no 50 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Song IT [BuLu. 183 Cars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 51 Song IV Chorus Q (E=oES) GEE) SSS SE SSE, - SS SS) (eee eee eee ee eee) a EE) SSS SESE ES) es ee eee ee eee Sa he no wiyo ya ne nd wi yo ya—ne no * F * é 4 BB eS / Se 1. ae _ ees Sane) eS) ee i) eee Oe GE Se 2 ee Lee =n a wi yo ya ne—no he no wi yO yane no wi yo ya ne no he _ no Wi yO. ya ne no 52 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 183 Song V Solo Chorus Wi--VO.--~ Yao Mend Wa vO yane"ino~—-he--n9 wi yo ya ne nd wi yo ya ne no wih ya? Song VI Solo Chorus § (2 wi yo ya ne no wi yo ya ne no Care] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 53 wi yo. ya—ne nd wi yo ya ne no he~ 9 Wi yo ya ne nd wi yo ya ne no wih ya? Song VII no ta we he no ha yo we ha yowe ha yo [BuLu. 183 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 54 ha yo we no ta we wih ya? yo we ha Song VIII Solo no he we no to we ka no to Chorus to we no we to ka no to we he. no no ka we no to ka n 4) to “we n ka CHaFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 55 ka no to we ka) no to we Chorus kano towe ka no to we no towe he no kav tO.wee Ka no “to. we" no’ “to we he.’ no kano towe kano to we__ no towe_ wih ya? 56 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuULL. 183 te. ke no ta we he he-~-t-ka~—m9--ta-—-we he yoh hah heh ka imo ta “we ka no ta we SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS yoh hah heh ka no ta we ka no ta we ha wi? yae? yo ha wi? yae? yoh hah heh ha wi? ya? 58 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 yo ha wi? yae? yoh hah heh ha wi?yae? wih ya? Song XIII Solo Chorus no ha? he no ha no to we ha wi ye ?e ha no to we ha wi ye 9e° Wha?*she=™ nod CHaFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 59 Song XIV Solo Chorus yawe? ho ya ne ha ya we ho ya _ ne ya we? ho ya ne ha yawe ho ya ne yawe? hoya ne ka no to 90 we ka no to we wih ya? Chorus yo he noh ti ya we yo. he noh ti ya we 60 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ha ya we he nohti ya we yo he noh ti ya we Chorus ss yo wi hi ya__ yo wi hi ya ya wih ya? CHaAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 61 Song XVII ka yo wane noh - ka yo wane noh ha we he no ka yo wane noh_ ka yo wa ne noh ha we he no ka yo wane noh 580135—61——_5 62 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ka yo wa ne nohha we wih ya? Song XVIII ka ni ya we ha ka ni ya we ha ne Chorus ka ni ya we ha_ ka ni ya we ha ne Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 63 ka ni ya we ha ka ni ya we ha ne ka ni ya we ha ka ni ya we ha_ ne ka ni ya we ha _ kaniya we ha ne ka niyawe ha kaniya weha ne wih ya Chorus ha wi ye ha wi yx? ha wi ye ha wi ya? hae? he? he 64 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 ha wi ye hawi yx? ha wi ye ha wi ya? hae? he? he. _ ha wi ye wih ya? ha wi ye he? noh ha wi ye’ he? noh ha wi ye -he? no we ya wi ye wih ya? CHAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS =P) 5 Song XXI ha wi yw hae? e? he ha wi yx? hae? e? he ha wi yx? yo ha wi yeh ha wi ye _ wih ya? Song XXII ya he ya ho % wi ye_ ha ha wi ye ha wi yer he ya he ya ho 20 66 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 wi ye ha wi yx ya he ya ho % wi ye ha wi yx ha wi ye ha wi ye wih ya? Song XXIII to wis to wi? ha ne to wis to wi? ha ne to wis to wi? ha ne ha? no to we ha wi ye to wis to wi? ha ne to wis to wi? ha ne 67 SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS CHAFE] Song XXIV Solo ne? nol. -t0 ya ka Chorus ka neé to ya? wi ne? ha ne to ya? ka 7 ne to Vac ne?) 2 wil ka no ne? ya no to ka ya? wih to. » ya? ‘ha’ ne ne 68 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLy. 183 Song XXV Solo we hi we ho Chorus ho we hi we we hi we _ ho we hi we wihya? Song XXVI Chorus oS ho we hi we. ho we hi we CuaFrp) SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 69 ho we hi we we hi we ho we hi we ho we hi we we hi we wih ya? Song XXVII Identical with Song XXVI except for syllables wehiwe howehiya? Song XXVIII Sole E Ss < Chorus Wiz= youha ,he no we yo ha... he 70 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ha wi ye he no we ya wi ye wih ya? Song XXIX | | d=144 ead , ¥ ee ea a a etc. (Whoop) we ya wi ye ha wi ye Chorus c (is EE eee ee, Ge ee ee 1 Gan ess Gs Ses eee 1B DE) ESS 0 aes En ee ae he yo ha he “not ha= wi sye the ns we ya Wi «ye wih ya? Cuars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (iil Song XXX d=224 Solo 7e ya we he ye ha wi yx we ya wi yo he % ya we heyw hawi ye hae? he_ ya we he ye hae? he ya we he yx ha wi yx we ya wi yo he ya-we he ya hae? he ya we he ye hae? he ya we he ye ha wi ye we ya wi yo he % ya we _ he 72 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ye ha wi ye _ hae? he ya we he yx hae? he yawe he ye hawi ye we ya wi yo he ya we he yw hae? he ya we_ he ye hae? he ya we he ye ha wi ye wih _— ya? Song XXXI LJ hf fF fp _F fp _-f_ 6} ge ge SE ———————————————— —— as a =? | je RSS ee o—s—,— ——_1}_ *}—_ 5} — 2 —_ eo, f+ —__f_-—_ ae OF"3160- eS SS Se Se See SEA” ED k Gr 410 (Gy Ss See oe —— ay yo 71 ne yo he? wa to ne yo i ne _ yo he? CHarFe] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 73 Wi... Ka... yO..1e ayo 71 “ne yo. he? —“swa “tone yo 71 ne yo he? wa to ne yo i ne yo he? yor 2i-—ne-— yo: he? yo 91-—-ne--—yo he? yo " 9i: ne 74. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuu. 183 wi ka yo he yo 71 ne yo he? ha _ yoweh yo 71 ne yo he? yo 1 ne yo he? yo i ne yo we ha yoweh yo we ha yoweh yo we yo 21 ne yo he? yo i ne yo he? yo i ne CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 75 yo he? yo 71 ne yo he? yo 9i ne yo he?wih heh Song XXXIIT Solo Chorus we ya ne no ha ni_ ko to we yane_ no ni ko to—weh ya ne no ni ko to weh ya ne no ni ko toweh yane no~ ni ko to ha ni, ko to we ya ne no ni ko to— weh 76 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ya ne no ni ko to weh ya ne no ni ko to weh ya ne no ni ko to weh ya ne no ni ko to weh yane no wih heh Song XXXIV ha ni ko to . he ‘ya ne no ha ni ko? to he ya ne no ha ni “konto he ya ne no ha nt “koto, he’ “ya “me “no hay mM. ko. to, «he ...via: (ne. ..nd,,4sni. 7 ko. to | he Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS vr h7 | to he ya ne no ha _ ~»ni ko to he ya ne no ni ko to he ya ne no ni ko to he ya ne.no ha ni ko to’ he ya neo. ha ni ako to_. he ya—ne-no-> nil —ko~-to— he!——-ya-ne—-no—--*ni--_-ko+ to ha? Sni ko -to he ya ne no wih heh 580135—61—_6 [BuLL. 183 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 78 Song XXXV Solo. hae? e€? heh wa he_ ya _ yo ha? hae? heh Chorus hae? e? heh wa he ya yo hex? hae? heh hae? €? heh hae? e? heh wa he wa he ya yo ha? hae? «2? heh hae? heh ya yo ha? wa he ya yo he? heh wa he ya yo ha? wih wa he ya yo hax? Song XXXVI wa he ya yo yo ha? ya wa he Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 79 hae? e? heh hae? ee? heh wa he ya yo ha wa he ya yo he? hae? ©? heh hae? 2 heh Wate Mem Wha Cie eae ya ho ne ne he ne ne Chorus ya ho ne ne he ne ne ho ne ne he _ ne neh 80 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 188 aarti. —}-—_ 9 —_—_ *—__ fF _ = _ © ___9-—_9_9__9_9—_ SS 2 Ge = cr* PN AS ES SS ER SR SS OS SENS SS SRS SS SON =e? ae eee 22) | ee oe ee Gee Ge ee eo Coed OS SSeS a ) GL ee ee SSS ya? ne wa to neh ya? ne wa to neh ya ho ne ne he ne ne ho ne ne he ne neh ya? ne wa to neh ya? ne wa to neh ya ho ne ne he ne ne ho ne ne he ne neh ya? ne wa to neh vac. t}-—2-—- 9 — e— - - — L771) Ge SS SE Ce Ee SO OV 9 ee eS ee 2 <. | CS ES De Gee ee Ge) ee ee CER « SAE WSR ISSR tere SES ya? ne wa to neh ya? ne wa to nehwih heh CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 8l Song XXXVIII ya ne? he ya? 90 ne ne he he ya ya ne? he ya? 20 née ne _ he he ya L S = 2 = au 5 Fw ; = nm . F 2° Si @ V1. eS _. S _ _e _ _ ee _e e ee 2 ee e . Ge _ ee Be? OF) Se 4S ES 2 Ee eS 6) ee Gees ee eee (eee (ee Gn” aes as © ee ED Sy 2S | ES A ee” ES EG) Ge ES el ee er ~ = ee) eS = ya ne? he ya? 20 ne ne he he ya yane? he ya? etc. (Whoop) yo ki wa no ne ha ya ne 82 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 no ki wa no ne ha ya ne -he no (Whoop) yo we ni yo Chorus “ie “ed yo we ni yo we ni yo we ni yo we ni CHaFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 83 yo we ni yo we ni yo yo haneno 90 we__ wa to ne? ho no 90 we he yw we he yx hawiyx?yoh hawi yx yo we ni yo yO - we ni yo we ni yo we ni yo we ni yo We ni yo we ni yo ye ha ne no 90 we wa to ne? ho no 90 we he ye we he yx ha wiyx? yoh hawi ye wih ya? 84 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 Song XLI yo 20 wi yo we he ye Chorus 90 we he yw we he ye ha wi ya yoh ye we he y@ ha wi ye? yoh ha wi yx yo 20 Wi yo we he yx yo 90 wi yo we he yaw we he yz ha wi yx? = yoh CHaFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 85 homo ones) he: twa to ne? 5 NO. fl» ne 86 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY ne?ho to ne wi yo hawi ye yo__%0 watone? 90 wato ne? ho to ne he wa to neo ho to ne wi yo’ ha wi yx wi yo ha wi ye wih ya? Song XLIII Identical with Song XLII except for syllables tsokwaheniyo in place of yohoweniyo, and ending: THANKSGIVING DANCE PART TWO: ?AHTAHKWAYETAHKWA? nya weh nya weh nya weh Chorus repeat ad lib. to ending: 87 88 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 1. The People (189) ta one tih, kaiwayétahkih, ?0?w4:t5?, 71? hokatéisyohkwa:- 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 41 3 2 ni:h, ne:ne w4:tdh, hone: ?séshe?, hondti:5t. (190) hone: ?o ti ne?héh, 4 2 31 3 2 4 2 2 3 31 2 4 hekayakéhtak, n e: yakwawenokwé:kdh, hé:owé kya?t4:té?, ne?ho wai 2 4 3 31 2 3 4 41 2 2 4 ne:ké:h, niydwe?5h, hoti?nikde?. (191) ta: ne? ti shé:h, ne katanité:- 2 3 Pye: $n ey Ie} 2 41 3 5 34 3 41 sthé?, ne?’hdé ki’she neydé:wéh, ne ?eyokwdiwé?s, h e:yawé:né:h, ta: 2 2 3 4 41 2 2 3 41 2 4 41 23 2 se:no ti ?deswé:h, kwa? thd:ayé:?, tkaye:i? swayéte:fh, sehke thi- 4 41 2 4 Cy We} 2 4 23 2 yéto?5h, he tewakya?towehté:tyé?s, we:nisheté:nyo?. [Drum beat] 42 3 2 3 2 41 2 2 4 41 (192) ta: né? sho: néh, ?eswé?hoté?, ne tyo:kwa4 ki?shéh, ne?ho neyok- 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 4 1 2 2 wayd’tawéh, ?etyond:5?, heydéti:wi:né:h, tkaye:{?, swdiwayete: th. 4-51 2 3 312 24 42) G. 2 3 + 41 (193) ta: ne? ti ne:ké:h, takatyéehték, wa:i? ekdtd:isydk, n4:ke:dk, 3 5 3 62 3 3.4 4 2 3 4 2 3 he?e kwiste? to?6?té:h, swa?nikoe?. (194) ta: hawe:?5 waih, hotye:- 3 2 4 23 2 4 1 4 5 3 3 né?kta?o hé tyohé?, ne? ne: teyotawé:nyé:?, hé:ow eydejd:te:k. (195) 5 2 3 4 41 2 3 2 4 41 ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, 5:kwéh, shokyd:ni:h, shokwaétkdé?wéh, ne?hé 4 5 52 3 2 42 4 3 4 2 3 4 yoejaté?, teyokwatawenyé:h. (196) ta: kdiwaya:sé wéi nd:h, ske:nd?, 2 3 3 4 41 4 5 53 4 2 3 we:nisheté?, ne:ke: né:wa?, teyohathétsi:yé6:h, ne?ho teyokwatawe- 2 5 2 3 3 2 42 3 2 4 2 °°3 3 4 nyé:h. (197) ta: tkaye:i? kho ne?ho niy6é?té:h, he kanotakwéhté:?, 41 4 5 23 4 5 2 he?e to?ékwa:okéh, ne: ne kano:5? ki?shéh, no:yotyé:ok. (198) ta: 3 4 2 3 3 4 2 3 2 a1 4 ha?tekakd:t kakwé:koh, ske:n5? twend5htonydh, he nitydkwe?t4:ké:h, : 5 62 3 1 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 31 2 wa°’okwayd’taye:ih. (199) ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, kakwé:kéh, twayeté:- 2 3 31 4 5 4 41 2 3 4 fh. (200) ne? wai ne teyokwaté:nisheyeté? shi:h, ne yédej4?kéh, 41 4 5 2 2 3 L 2 teyokwatawenyé:h. (201) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:i? ?4o?e:sdét, neta 2 3 31 4 5 Bie, 3 3 niydkwe’té:ké:h, n ahs okwaya’takoséth4?, ?o:ne ?4e?, hosétwaé:ah6?, 4 41 2 2 3 4 3 12 3 23 24 1 2 nydéiwaé:5? n o:tye:né?’kta?o hé tyohe?. (202) ne? wai ne ke:i niyéi- 4 412 3 2 4 1 4 wa:ké:h, hotké?wéh, ne ?eyakoti:wahtetya?td:ok, né ?5:kwéh, ne 5 5 51 2 3 4 412 2 3 31 2 yoeja’kéh. (203) ne? wai ne hawe:?5 ne? ti shi:h, hekdéya?ti:h, ne? 3 31 4 6 23 3 4 2 3 CHarE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 89 1. The People (189) And now it becomes my responsibility; those who are called cousins, the Faith Keepers, have requested it of me. (190) They decided that all our words would issue from me.“ That was their intention. (191) And now I simply ask forgiveness if it should per- haps happen that we inadvertently drop some of the ritual as it proceeds; do not think, ‘“He does it intentionally.” Indeed you know that my thoughts are not normal these days. (192) And you will just fill it in, if we happen to miss the way it goes, for indeed you are familiar with it. (193) And I have begun this way; I thought 1 would make this request, in order that you not be disturbed by anything.“ (194) And Our Creator decided, “They will move about on the earth.” (195) And indeed he made us, the people, and left us here on the earth to move about. (196) And we can at least claim to be happy today, this beautiful day, where we are moving about. (197) And in fact this, too, is the way things are in the community; we have not heard of any unfortunate occurrence. (198) And we must all be happy, the whole group that has gathered. (199) Indeed we all know (200) that the days are numbered for us who move about on the earth. (201) And let there indeed be gratitude that we people still remain another year, as Our Creator arranged the sequence of ceremonies.*” (202) He provided the Four Rituals for the people on the earth to continue. (203) He decided, “They will simply give 4 Lit. ‘(from) where I am in place’. 48 The speaker had recently been under some personal stress, and might not otherwise have included this. Lit. ‘that your minds wouldn’t be so (because of) anything’. 47 The cycle of annual ceremonies being equated with the passage of another year. 90 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ne teyoteno:nyd:ok, n eyakotkdéthwé:otyé?, he no?keyend?te?hé?t 4 412 2 8 4 1 2 4 5 ?o?kSejé:ta:t, ne?hdé waih, nio®nikoewé?oh. (204) ta: hone:%5 tth, 61 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 4 5 63 ne?ho hekayakéhtdk, he kya?té:té?, ne: ne ?até?esho:nydk, ne: kho 4 5 3 4 41 2 4 5 4 3 ?atoisyShkwé?sh#?, ne kat6:ké:h, no:yo?té:ok. (205) ta: ?eswe:hé:k 4 41 2 3 12 3 ant 4 5 tih, 71? kené:ké:h, niydkwe?té:ké:h, tyokwd:y5:h. (206) kdiwaya:sd 3 4 42 3 3 4 41 23 3 4 41 4 3 4 wai ?6?ki?, ske:nd? twendhtonydh. (207) ta: ?eswe:hé:k tih, ?i? 5 2 3 2 3 2 3 31 4 5 3 3 wa?akwatyé:nd:ni?, tayakwatyé: ét, ?o?tyakwatdébné:ny5:?, ta: ne?hé 4 42 31 2 4 413 4 3 4 41 3 3 4 wiih, neyé6?te:5k, n okwa?nikie?. [Drum beat] 2 2 3 312 3 41 yo wi hi ya yo wi hi ya yo wi hi yah repeat to ending as before 2. The Earth (208) ta one ne:ke: nitydkwe?ta:ké:h, ?oine wa?okwayé?taye: ih. (209) ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, n o:tye:ns?kta?o he tyohé?, ne? ne Peydeja:té:k, ne*ho teyotawe:nyé: Ue ne © ‘kwéh. (210) ne?ho ti kho ne:ke: wa:sé:?, teyakoté?o:otyé?, Peydeja:té:k, (211) ta: ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne kano:kshé?, he ney6°te:5k, n o:ne ne?ho *eyothyonyé :né?, (212) ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne: Peysto:ok, ne? n akhino?’e teyokwe:hsi?take?séhko n o:ne ne?ho ?eyothyonyé:- né?, ne*ho wal nio’nikoewé?5h. (213) ta: tkaye:i? wai ?okwé:nishe:- 1 2 Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 91 thanks as they see how I created the earth.” That is what he in- tended. (204) And now they decided that it would issue from me, the gratitude and also the hope that it will continue in the same manner. (205) And give it now your thought, as many of us as have entered. (206) We can claim, as I said, to be happy. (207) And give it now your thought, that we may do it properly: we first give thanks for each other. And our minds will continue to be so. 2. The Earth (208) And now we people have gathered. (209) Our Creator de- cided, ‘‘There will be the earth, and people will move about on it. (210) The new people, too, will be taking their places on the earth.” (211) And he decided, ‘‘It will be in the nature of a relationship when they want to refer to it.’ (212) He decided, ‘‘They will say ‘our mother, who supports our feet’ when they want to refer to it.” That is what he intended. (213) And indeed today we make use of it, 92 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLy. 183 té?, ne? etwatyeé: "tak, ne?ho : "titwatawenyé:?, hé:owe héoejatatoh. (214) ne? ne tkaye:i?, "etwatyé: ?tak, he nioiwihsa?5h, hawe:?o teyakotawenyé: dk, h eydeja:té-k. (215) ta: ne? wal ne tkaye :1?, "itwe: koiwayéistéh, he niydiwa?, shakoidtas?5h. (216) ne? wal ne: ne ?diwaké:h, hoiwakhéhsokweh, ne? yeiwayétahkéh, ne? ne:ké:h, teydkhisny6é?, ne yoeja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (217) ta: ne?ho kwa: niydto’kta:tyé?, ne:ke: né:wa?, ne kaya:séh, ?okwa?niks :iy6 zh, to?oiwdno?ko : was. (218) ta: ne? tin eswe thé:k, ne? ke ne wa?ak- watye:no:ni?, ?oine: né?, *o?tyethins :nys: a, ne ?akhino’e teyokwe:- hsi?take?séhkoh. [Drum beat] (219) ta: ne: ne? kho ne: ne?ho totétwae? n eswe:he:k wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ke wa?akwatoisyok, ne: ne kato ike sh; he no: yorté: ok, ne: ne ska:t heské -h6?, [sung] kwé: hih. [Song: nya: weh etec., as on p. 87] 8. The Chiefs (220) ta one ne:ké:h, nitySkwe?ta:ké:h, ?o:ne "okwaya?tayéi?5h. (221) ne? wai ne hawe: 75h, n o:tye:nd?kta?a he tyohé?. (222) ne? el ST n eyoto?eshonys :ok, ne yoeja?kéh, teyakotawényé : h. (223) ta: ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne eotiya’taté:k, ne: ne wa:- toh, hone: *séshé?, hatikowa :nés. (224) ne? ti ne: ?ekaiwayetdéh- k6:ok, ne téotisnyé:k, ne: ne koshenonyashe?, ne yoeja’kéh, teya- kotawenyé sh. (225) ne? hée?’kwa kaiwayétahkoh, n o:ti :we?noni:ak, n o:ti?nikde?, n o:nityohkwa?, (226) ne? ti ne: heydoska : 4h, tha- koyawi:h, ne ka?niko:iy6:h. (227) ne? ne: teoti?nyz:hks:ok, ne ske:no "%i:ké:h, ?atyenohtonys:ok, n o nityohkwa?, ne?ho wai ne:- ké:h, nyo:ye:eh. (228) ta: wai to?oiwdno?ko : ws, ne: niyéto?kta:- tyé?, to?oiwdno’ko:was, hatihsi:4?, ne: ne wa:tdh, hone: ?séshé?, hati- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 23 kowainés. (229) ne?ho ne tkaye: i, ne?ho nyo :tiye:éh, he niydiwa?, 21 CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 93 we move about there still, where he established the earth. (214) Indeed we make use of it as he planned, for he decided, ‘‘They will move about on the earth.” (215) And indeed we believe that she has carried out the responsibility that he assigned her. (216) For in fact he divided up all the responsibilities; her responsibility is to look after us who move about on the earth. (217) And right up to the present day we can claim to be satisfied; it continues unchanged. (218) And now give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for her, our mother, who supports our feet. (219) And we say it here again. Give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we ask that it will continue in the same manner for another year. 3. The Chiefs (220) And now we people have gathered. (221) This is what Our Creator decided: (222) “They will simply continue to be grateful, those who move about on the earth.’”’ (223) And he decided, ‘The moiety partners who are called Chiefs will be present. (224) They will be responsible for looking after the security of those who move about on the earth. (225) And it will also be their responsibility to roll into one the minds of the people.”’ (226) All that he gave them was good.*® (227) ‘They will continue to look after the happiness of the people.” That is what he did. (228) And it continues un- changed up to the present. It continues unchanged. They are standing there, the moiety partners who are called Chiefs. (229) 48 Le. their ceremonial speeches contain only good. 580135—61——7 94 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 hati:wayetéhkoh. (230) ne? wai ne tydwe?h, ne? ta: ti?nyd:?, ne ske:no ?i:ke: ?aiyendhtony9: ok, yekehjishd?oh, ne: kho yeksé?shs?oh, "abso tayékohsotatyé?. (231) ta: ne: ne? kho tkaye:i?, ne? to:- noti?stya?koh, ne ?eyakoyé?taye:ih, kaeti?kwé :owéh, (232) ne? ne hoti:we?no:ni :h, he nyo :tikwe:nyé:h, ne ko?nikoe? n o snityohkwa?, (233) ne? hotikeatatyé’s, ne:ke: ne ske:n9?, *i:keth, *a:yenohtonys:- ak. (234) ta: ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, hotye:n6?kta?oh. (235) ne? ti ne: ne:ké:h, ?ekaiwayetéhks:ok, teotiyenow5?khs:k, ne wa: toh, hone: *séshé?, honsti:st. (236) ne? ti ne?ho ne:ké:h, "éota:aye?, ne hoti:ot, teréti?kwa na?éhte?e nio*niké?té:h, h e:ni?tys?, n a: ti- Kowa inés. (237) ne? ti kaiwayétahko ne: ketyéhkwieh, °6:the:k, n a:kowanéh. (238) ta: tkaye:i? wai twayete :ih, to?oiwdno?ko:- wis, ne?ho niyd?té:h, oti: wahte:tyd:h. (239) ne? diwakwe:koh, hotitakwéihss:h, n a:tikowa:nés, he niy6é’te: "ohte:tyS:h, kei ni- yoiwa:ké :h, (240) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, to?oiwdno?ko: was, *Oi- wakwe:k ohte:tyo:h, nio?nikowé?9h. (241) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:i?, hotiya?takohsétha?, ne: ne wa:toh, hatikowa inés. [Drum beat] (242) ta: ne? ti ne wa?akwatoisyok. (243) ne: ne kato:ke: he no: yorté:ak, *aotiya’takohsotha zk, ne: ne ska:t heské :h6?, [sung] kwé: hfh. wi hi) syah yo wi hi yah repeat to ending as before CuaFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 95 They have indeed carried out their responsibility. (230) At all times they look after the happiness of the old people as well as of the children, of those yet unborn. (231) And indeed they also do the talking wherever people gather. (232) They roll into one, as far as they are able, the minds of the people. (233) They keep pro- viding for their happiness. (234) And this is what the Creator de- cided: (235) ‘It will continue to be their responsibility to help the moiety partners who are called Faith Keepers. (236) The Faith Keeper will whisper to them whatever is on his mind. The Chiefs are there. (237) It will be the Chief’s responsibility to speak in public.”? (238) And indeed we know that the form of the ceremonies continues unchanged. (239) The Chiefs keep the whole thing straight, as the Four Rituals are performed. (240) And indeed it continues unchanged; the whole things goes as he intended it. (241) And now indeed again there is thanks for those who are called Chiefs who re- main. (242) And now we ask this: (243) that it will continue in the same manner; that they might still remain for another year. 96 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 183 4. The Faith Keepers (244) ta one wai né:h, tayokwawenitké?o:otyé?, ®atd?esho :nydk, wai hekéya’ti:h, "okwatyé: *tahkoh, (245) ta one wai ne: nio?- nikoew€?oh, n o:tye:nd?kta?o n o:ne tsatyene: tart, hé:owe yoejaté?. (246) ta: ne? wai ne hawe:?h, ne? ti n ewokatého’she:té?k, tih. (247) ne: ne ?o:kwéh, tsa?ka:t teyakotawenyé:h, hé:owe yoejaté?. (248) ne? ti ne: ?ekaiwayetahks:k, eoti: wakéskwahsé:k, ne keti niydiwa?ké:h, ?o?katati: waké:os, ne?ho wal nio’nikoew6?sh, (249) ta: ne? wai ne: néh, hone: *séshé?, honsti:5t, twa: toh, (250) ne? wai ne to?oiwdno?ko : was, ne:ke: ne?ho hatthsi: 4?, hotd?eno:té6?, n o:tye:nd?kta?5h. (251) ne? ne tkaye:i?, taoti: wayeists:tyé?, hosa- kaiwaehss :né?, Wwatené:?, ?o ine ho?tkayéih. (252) ta one wai ne: wa:ti:wakésk6?, teréti?kwa na?ahte?€h, honotwenthsa?5h, "one: né?, tetkdiwayeont:h. (253) ta: tkaye:i?, wai taoti: wakéskwe: otyé?, ne: ne wa:toh, honsti:5t. (254) ne? wai hée?kwa ne?ho nikaye: éh, ne? ne tsa?tetkéeo: té?, ne: ne wa: toh, hone: *sésh€?, honsti:5t? (255) ta: ne? wai ne: ne tekaweno?tihé?sé?, "otyz: ?téhko n o:ne:?- séshé?, honsti : ot, ne?ho ketyé6hkwani ‘ys st, ne: ne wa : toh, ta?akwiste? te?kaistabkoh. (256) ne? ska:t ha?ta:tiyendwo?khs?, n oine teo- tiyé?to:wé:t, he:ne: ?o:ne ho?ké:e?, nydiwa:5?, n o:tye:né?kta?5h. (257) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, ne*ho niyo?té:h, tayohtetys:tyé?. (258) ne? ne taoti: wayeists:tyé?, he niydiwa?, hati: wayetéhksh. (259) ne: he niydto?kta: tyé?, ne*ho hée?kwa hati: wayetéhksh. (260) ta: ne?ho wai ni:ké:?, "ho?ersat, ?ahso to?oiwdno’ko: was ?ohte:tyo: he nioiwihsa?5h, (261) ta: te:noténo:ony5h, ti n e:két- 21 2 CHare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 97 4. The Faith Keepers (244) And now we are expressing our gratitude; that is all we can do. (245) And now this is what the Creator intended, when he finished the creation of the earth. (246) He decided, “‘I shall have helpers (247) who will be persons among those who move about on the earth. (248) It will be their responsibility to get up the cere- monies, the Four Rituals, the ceremonies I laid down for myself.’’ That is what he intended. (249) And these are the moiety partners who are called Faith Keepers. (250) It continues unchanged, they are standing there by the pole set up for the Creator.*® (251) Indeed, they are carrying out their responsibility. When the ceremonies are due, they decide that it is the proper time. (252) And then they get up whatever ceremony it is, announcing that a ceremony is indi- cated. (253) And indeed, those who are called Faith Keepers have been getting up the ceremonies. (254) It must also be so: the trees are of equal height ® among the moiety partners who are called Faith Keepers. (255) And there will be consent shown toward the Faith Keepers by those dependent on them, those who are called the ones with no assigned responsibility. (256) They all work together as one when they deliberate. They decided when the time comes, ac- cording to the way the Creator arranged the sequence of ceremonies. (257) And it is true: this is the manner in which it continues to operate. (258) They are carrying out the responsibility that was assigned to them. (259) Up to the present time, too, this is their responsibility. (260) And therefore let there be gratitude that it still continues un- changed, operating as he planned it. (261) And the entire group is 49 Reference is to the support for the kettle containing soup prepared by the Faith Keepers (Fenton, 1936, p.7). 8 T.e., there is no difference inrank. See p. 10. 98 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL 183 yohkwakwe:koh. (262) ne: he niydkwe’ta:ke: koya?takshsotha?, to?oiwdno’ko : wis, *ahso ne?ho hatihsi : 4?, hotd?eno: té?, ne: wa:to hone: ?séshé?, honsti:5t. [Drum beat] (263) ta: ne? ti sho: ne wa?akwatoisy dk. (264) ne:ke: ne kato:ke: he no:yo?té:ok, ne: ne ska:t heské 7h6?, he neydnishé?t, [sung] kwa: hih. 2 [Song: yowthiyah ete., as on p. 90) &. Those with No Assigned Responsibility (265) ta one wai tayokwawenitké?o: otyé, ?atd?esho :nydk, hekfya- *tih, *okwaty#: ?tabkoh. (266) ta one wal hawe:?5h, n o:tye:- ndé?kta?o he tyohé?, (267) ne? ti hée?kwa n ekhéyatka?, ne: ne wa :toh, ?ahso ta?ikwiste? te?kaidtabksh, to:notawenyé:h. (268) he :owe yoejaté?, ne*ho shokwatka?wéh, teyokwatawenyé: h. (269) ta: tkaye:i? wai tsa?tetwayete:th, ske:no? sho: né:h, he ne?ho nika- wend?té:h. (270) ne? wai ne: ne ska:t ha?tetwayenows?khs?, ne: ne wa: toh, ta?ikwiste? te?kaistahkoh, ti?kwa na?éhte’e heyoti: wah- tety5:h. (271) ta: ne? kwa: ne tkaye: i”, ketyéhkota:tyé?s, hie?kwa to?oiwdno?ko : was. (272) ne: ne wa:to ?ahso ta?dkwiste? te?kaid- tahkoh, n o:tiske?ékehtoh, ne: kho ?ondthowi:séh, (273) ta: ne? kwa: ne tkaye:1?, itwe: hée?kwa tkaye:i?, ?diwakwe:k ohte:tys ola (274) ne: he nioiwihsa?5h, n o:tye:né?kta oh, (275) ta: nya: we ti ?ahso tkaye:{?, hotiya?takohsétha? to?oiwdno?ko : wis, ne: wa:to 4 2 2 Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 99 thankful, (262) as many people as remain. It continues unchanged. The moiety partners who are called Faith Keepers are still standing there at the pole set up for him. (263) And now we ask only this: (264) that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 8. Those with No Assigned Responsibility (265) And now we are expressing our gratitude; that is all we can do. (266) And now this is what Our Creator decided. (267) ‘‘I shall also leave those who are called the ones with no assigned responsi- bility to move about (268) on the earth.” There he left us and we are moving about. (269) And indeed we are all well aware that it is only a way of speaking. (270) We all lend a hand, those of us who are called the ones with no assigned responsibility, doing what- ever things are necessary each time there is a ceremony. (271) And it is true: this group is still present; it, too, continues unchanged, (272) those who are called the ones with no assigned responsibility: the warriors, and also the women. (273) And indeed we believe that all of it, too, is continuing (274) as the Creator planned it. (275) And now indeed again there is thanks for the ones who remain of those who are called the ones who still are without any assigned responsi- 100 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ?ahso ta?akwisté?, te?kaistahkoh. [Drum beat] (276) ta: ne? ti 2 2 hekdéya?ti: ne totayakwée?, ne? ne wa?akwatdisyok, ne kato:ké:h, 2 4 he no:yo?té:ok, ne ska:t heské:h6?, he neydnishe?t, [sung] kwé: hih. 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 2 31 ko ne ho 2? to kes ne? hoh repeat to ending as before wa to ko thao ko’ ne* “ho 09 repeat to ending as before 6. The Children (277) ta: tayokwawenitké?o:otyé?, wai hekdya’ti:h, Pats ?esho:- nydk. (278) né: he nio?nikoewE?oh, n o:tye:nd?kta?o he tyohé?. (279) ne? wai ne hawe:?5h, ne? ti ne hatiksa?’sh$?oh, eotitakhens- tye?sé:k, tetwaya?tékeshs?. (280) ne? ti ne ?eyota’kei’senotyé?- séik, tetwaya?tékeshs?. (281) ta: ne? wal ne tkaye:i?, to?oiwa- no?ko : was. (282) ne: he niydto?kta:tyé?, teyethiké :né:?, ?okwa- ksa’ta?, hatitakhenotyé?s, tetwaya?tékesh9?. (283) ne? ne tka:- ye:i?, yota?kéi?’seno: tyé’s. (284) ta: Poiwayei?s:tyé?s, wal he nyo:- *nikoewé?oh, hotye:n6?kta?5h, hawe:?9 wa isé:?, ti teyakoté?o:- otyé?, ne ?o:kwéh, Peyoeja:té7k. [Drum beat] (285) ta: ne*’ho wai niyd°té:h, ne? o:niyehk5h. (286) ne: teyokwe:hsi?take?séhko ?ethi- 2 3 31 2 Cure] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 101 bility. (276) And we simply say it here again: we ask that it may continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 6. The Children (277) And we are expressing our gratitude; that is all we can do. (278) This is what Our Creator intended. (279) He decided that children would be running about among us. (280) They will be crawling about among us. (281) And it is true: it continues un- changed. (282) Up to the present time we have seen them, our children running about among us. (283) They are indeed crawling about. (284) And it is coming to pass as the Creator intended, for he decided that new persons would be taking their places on the earth. (285) And because of it she is strong, (286) our mother, the 102 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 no’e he yoejaté?. (287) ne: he to?oiwdno?ko : was, to: titd?o:atyé?, sa? niendh$?s?ah. (288) ta: ne?ho wai ni:ka:?, ?fo?e sat. (289) he ?ahso ethiyatkathwe: otyé?, wa:se:? hotiyo:otyé?, sa? nienohs?s? ah. (290) ta: ne? ti ne te:noténo:onysh. (291) he to?oiwdno?ko : was, teyakhiké:né:?, n okwiksa?ta?, hatitakhenotyé?s, henota?kéi?seno: - tyé?s, teyakwayé?toke:shé?. [Drum beat] (292) ta: ne? ti sho: ne wa?akwatdsisy 5k. (293) ne? ke ne:ke: ne kato:ké:h, he noyo?té:ok, ne: ne ska:t heské:h6é?, he neydnishé?t, [sung] kw4: hih. 2 4 2 3 2 2 iisi [Song: nya: weh etc., as on p. 87] 7. The Plants (294) ta: te:noténo:onyd5h, ti n e:kétyohkwakwe:koh. (295) wai ne:ke: he niyéwe?oh, ne sa?nikoe?, (296) ne? wai ne se?5h, ne? tin eydeja:té:k, Pehtd?ké:kwa ch, no?kéoya : tih, (297) ne?ho ti teyo- tawe:nyé:?, ne ?o:kwéh, "ekhéyatka?. (298) ta: ne? wai ne se?oh, ne? n eki: wakhéhso:k6?, he ney6?te:5k, ’eyohtetys: ok, Peydeja:té ik. (299) ta: ne? wai ne se?6h, ne? ti ne tkaye:i?, "eyot?eohtoni:ak, hé:ow eydeja:té:k, kato ike: he niyd: wa?kéh, ?athd?, tewenoejot- ka?wahsé:k. (300) ne? ti ne kakwe:kéh, Peyotihsenaye:to:k, he Tyo: ?eyot?eohtoni: Ak. (301) ne? wai D o:ne tetyo?taich, teyox- we:nyé:h, he yoejaté?. (302) ta: ne? a:hé?, ti "ewototyéhsé:k, ne*ho wai nisa?nikoewé?5h, (303) ta: ne? wai kho ne se?oh, ne? ti ne kakwe:ksh, Peydtihsenoye: t5-k. (804) wai ne: he nisaye:€h, tkaye:i? eyakbn'sé?, kan5:kte:shz?, teyakotawenyé:h, ne yoeja*kéh. (305) ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, satkd?wéh, hé:owe yoejaté?, ne? eyakoya’?- takehash#?ke: dk. (306) ta: ne? wai n onohkwa?shé?sho?o ne:ke: 3 1 CHaAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 103 earth, who supports our feet. (287) It continues unchanged: the little children are taking their places. (288) Therefore let there be gratitude (289) that we are still seeing them, the new ones coming along, the little children. (290) And now they are thankful (291) that it continues unchanged, that we see our children running and crawling about among us. (292) And now we ask only (2938) that it may continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 7. The Plants (294) And the entire group is thankful. (295) This is what you intended.” (296) You decided, “‘The earth will be there, below the sky. (297) There I shall leave the people who will move about.” (298) And this is what you decided: “I shall divide up their re- sponsibilities; that is the way things will function on the earth.” (299) And this is what you decided: ‘There will be plants growing on the earth. At a certain time they will emerge from the earth of their own accord. (300) All of them will have names, as many plants as will be growing on the earth. (301) It will be when the wind be- comes warm again on the earth. (302) And they will mature of their own accord.” That is what you intended. (303) And this also is what you decided: “All of them will have names.” (304) This is what you said: ‘‘IlIness will overtake the people moving about on the earth.” (305) And indeed you left something on the earth to assist them. (306) And the medicines are distributed on the earth, the I See p. 11. 83 From this point on the Creator is addressed in the second person. There appears to be no consistency or special significance in the shift. 104 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn. 183 watihsi : 4?, hé:owe yoejaté?, *ot?éohta :ni:h. (307) se?o wai né?, ?eyakoya?takehashi?ke: dk, n o:eté: kwh, ho?wé :nishzetenyo: tyé?. (308) ta: ne?’ho kho nisaye: Eh, ne? ne ka?éohtato:ke: ne? see: kwéh. (309) ne? wai ne: ne se?oh, ne? ti ne?ho etkhawihtak. (310) ne? wail ne: "ekakwe:ni?, ne ?eyokashé: ?s6?, ne ?o:kwéh, ne ydeja?kéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (311) ne:ke: he no?o:wéh, n e:kéya?ti o?ka:tka?, n eyoto?eshonys : ok ne "o:kwéh, ne yoeja*kéh. (312) ne? ti n o:ne eyStkaths?, ?ew5 :yaniyo:té?, niyorjake:ya :t. (313) ne? wai ne se?6h, ay teydkasha:a?t ne ?0:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (314) ne? wal ne: ne hatioyé?ke:ond?, ne: ne shés?4:h, hotiyastéh. (315) ta: *okhf:owf:h, wal ne yoeja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (316) ne? ti ne jistoté?’shz?, ?eyakwatd: 5k. (317) ta: ?o?kdiwaye:th, wai tso- sayo?tdich, teyoxwe:nyé ch. (318) ne? ne tkaye:i?, wa?ikwatka :th6?, ?o? wa :yaniyo:te?, niyoejake:ya:t shés?a: jistoté’sh?, (319) ta: ne? wai ne: he niyéwe?oh, sa?nikée?. (320) ne? ti kes ne:ké:h, Peyé: 6k. (321) ne? ne?h eyeko: tak, hé:owe koya?tayéisthé?. (322) ne? ti ne:ke: ne ska:t ?etyeweni:tké?t, teyotend :nys:k, ne?ho wai niyawe’o ne sa?nikse?. [Drum beat] (823) ta: ne? wai ne wa: ti: wa- yetis, n o:ne tséenotka : thé’, ?o?w& :yaniyo:té?, shés?a: jistoté’shz?, (324) ne? ne wa’akoyd’taye: ih, he:ow okwaya?tayéistha?. (325) ne? wai ne ska:t kakwe:ko tayeweni:tké?t, he nicyo: koya?takéhsotha?. (326) ne? ne tkaye:i?, ?o?tyesand :ny5:?, ne ske:no? yendhtonydh, 0 sne ?ae? saydtkath6?, ne: he nisdiwa:5?. (327) ta: wai ne: niyéto?- kta:tyé?, to?oiwéno?ko : was, *diwakwe:k ohte:ty5:h, he nisa?ni- koew&?5h. (328) ta: te:noténo:onySh, ti hekdya?ti:h. (329) ta 31 2 ou 3 31 2 CuaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 105 growing plants. (307) You decided, “It will be of assistance to them in future days.”’ (308) And this also is what you did: you chose a particular plant. (309) You decided, ‘I shall make it so (310) that it will be possible for them to remember me, the people moving about on the earth. (811) It will happen so that I simply provide for the people on the earth to show their gratitude. (312) It will be when they see the berries hanging above the earth.’”’ (313) This is what you decided: ‘‘The people moving about will remember me.” (314) The Sky Dwellers call it shés?a:h. (315) But they told us who move about on the earth (316) to say jistatd?she?. (317) And it comes to pass, when the wind again becomes warm. (318) We see them in- deed, the berries hanging above the earth, the shés?a:h, jistatd?she?. (319) And it is the way you intended it. (320) Each time they will gather them. (321) They will bring them to their meeting place. (322) There they will unite their voices in thanksgiving. That is what you intended. (3823) And they do as they should when they see the berries hanging, the shés?a:h, jistatd?she?. (324) They gather at our meeting place. (325) They all unite their voices, as many people as remain. (326) Indeed they thank you, for they are happy to see it again, In accordance with the way you arranged the sequence of ceremonies. (327) And up to the present time it con- tinues unchanged. It all continues to tunction as he intended. (328) And they simply are thankful. (829) And now they simply say it 106 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL 183 one ti ne? hekéya?ti:h, tota: tie?. (330) ne? ne wa?akwatsisydk, ne: ne kato:ke: he no:yo?té:ok, ne: ne ska:t heské:h6?, he neysnis- hé?rt, [sung] kwa: hih. [Song: wihiyah yowthiyah etc., as on p. 94] 8. The Water (331) ta: te:noténo:onyéh, ti n e:ketyohkwakwe:koh. (332) wai né:h, he nisaye:éh, hé:owe yoejaté?, (333) ne? wai ne se?5h, ne? ne tkaye:i?, hé:ow eydeja:té:k, ne? n eyo :nekitkeshs :k. (334) ne? ti kho ne: n eyojins :ya°teonys:k, n eyotihahtetydkwa ‘5k. (335) ne? kho kye: ne: ne yoejako:shs?, neyoxhts 5k. (336) ne? ti kho ne:ke: n eka :nekeonyd:k, n eka :nekowané?s6:k. (337) ne? ti ?ae? ne: tewotiyenows?khs ke he no?keyend?terhé?t, Po*kSeja:té t, ne*ho wai nisa?nikoewé?5h. (338) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, ne: he niydto?kta:- tyé?. (339) ne: se?éh, he neyo :nekitkeshs :k, heydeja:té:k, Peya- koya?takehash#?ke:k, ne? n o:kwéh, *o?tyotawe:nyé: ?, (340) ne? wai ne to?oiwéno?ko : wés, kotyz:?tahko ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawe- nyé:h. (341) ne? wai ne wa:sé:?, eyotya?tikesk6?, "one tosaya- weto:ti?. (342) ne? tyotyéehtsh, ne? n o:nekanés, ne? eyotyé: "tak. (843) ta: wai to?oiwdno?ko : wis, ne: Poti: wahte:tyo: he nisa?nikoewé- oh. (344) ta: ne*ho wai ni:ké:?, ?do?ersat. (345) ne: he se?6h, ne? ti tewotiyenows?kh5 :k, he no?keyend?te*hért, *o*kSeja:ta:t. (346) ne? ti ?eyohiyostahks:ok, ta one ske:n5?, ?ewenotshohte:ti?, he ni:y 0: ?ka:tka?, hé:owe yoejaté?, ne? o?khéya?takweni :yés, ne ?o:kwéh, *o?tyotawe:nyé : ?. (347) ne: heyo:t6?k, kanyo:? katdkhe- no:tyé?s, satké?we hé:owe yoejaté?, ne? hae?kwa ?onoty#é: ?tabkoh. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 107 here again. (330) They ask that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 8. The Water (331) And the entire group is thankful. (332) This is what you did on the earth. (3833) You decided, ‘There will be springs on the earth. (334) And there will be brooks and flowing rivers. (335) And some will pass by under the earth. (336) And there will be ponds and lakes. (337) They too will work hand in hand, the way I fashion them on the earth.’”’ That is what you intended. (338) And it is true: it continues up to the present time. (339) You decided, ‘‘There will be springs on the earth to assist the people moving about.” (340) It continues unchanged: the people moving about are using it. (341) They arise each new time at daybreak, (342) and the first thing they will use is water. (843) And it continues unchanged: it is func- tioning as you intended it. (344) Therefore let there be gratitude. (345) You decided, ‘“They will work hand in hand, the way I fashion them on the earth. (3846) It will be good for them, and they will flourish, all the things that I left on the earth. I did it for the benefit of the people moving about.’”’ (347) Moreover, the animals running about, that you left on the earth, make use of it too. (348) And we 108 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buiu. 183 (348) ta: ?akwe: ti ?oiwakwe:koh, ?ahso to?oiwdno?ko: wis, oti:- wahte:ty5:h, ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:i? édiwakwe:ko *ohte: ty5:h. [Drum beat] (849) ta: ne? ti sho: ne wa?akwatoisysk, ne? ne:ke: ne kato:ké:h, he no:yo?té:ok, ne ska:t heské :h6?, he neyénishé"t, [sung] kwa: hih. [Song: yourhiyak etc., as on p. 90] 9. The Trees (350) ta: te:noténo:onysh, ti n e:kétyohkwakwe:koh. (351) wai ne: he niyawe?oh, ne sa?nikse?. (352) ne? wai ne se?5h, ne? ti n eyotehatoni:ak, hé:owe ?o?kdeja: tat. (353) ne? n eyothoténi:ak, netydhsawa7k. (354) ne? ti "ae?, *eyakoya?takehash#?ke: ok ne ?o:kwéh, ne yoeja?kéh, *o?tyotaweinyé:?. (355) ne: he tekhni: na*tesaye:e he teyorwe:nyé:h, hé:owe yorjaté?, (356) ne? wal nese’o kato:ke: sho: he neyonishé’sé:k, neyo?taiehsé: Kk. (357) ta: kato:ke: hae?’kwa neydnishé"t, orn ekano?nés, ne teke:we :nyé: ?, (358) ta: ne? wai ne se?sh, ne? ti ne:ké:h, ?eyakoya?tataia?tahks : ok n o:ne ?ekano’nds, teyoewe:nyé:h, hé:owe yoejaté?, ne?ho wal nisa?ni- koewé?5h. (359) ta: ne? wai ne seh, ne? ne tkaye:1?. (360) ne? ti ne tkaye:1?, hée?kw eydétihsenoye:to:k ne: ewott ‘otonys : k. (361) *eyotehatoni:ak heyseja:té:k? (362) ta: ne’ho hae?kwa nisaye:€ ne? ne see: kwéh. (363) ne: ne se?5h, ne? tin ekakwe :ni?, ?ondhkwa?she?, ?eyakoto?se?5: ok ne ?o:kweh, ne yoeja?’kéh, ?o?tyotawe:nyé: ?. (364) ne: ?othoto:ni: hé:owe yoejata: tyé?. (365) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1? kakwe:ko *otihsenoye: ts”. (366) ne? ne yeyetéihko: wa:h, teréti?kwa no?oat6té?, ne? wa?éihsa :kha?, kahatako: heyétko: tak. (367) ne? seve ne tkaye:i?, sheya:wi: ?oya?’towéhtash#é?, ?eyeyetéia:k, ti 4 2 4 2 CHarE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS ~ “109 believe that the whole thing still continues to function unchanged. And indeed we give thanks again that it all is continuing. (349) And now we ask only that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 9. The Trees (350) And the entire group is thankful. (351) This is what you intended. (352) You decided, ‘‘There will be forests growing on the earth. (353) It will begin with the brush. (354) It too will be of assistance to the people moving about on the earth.” (355) You made two winds on the earth. (356) You decided, ‘It will always be just at a certain time that it will become warm. (357) And at a certain time, too, the wind will become cold.”’ (358) And this is what you decided: ‘“They will use it for heat when the wind becomes cold on the earth.” That is what you intended. (359) And indeed this is what you decided. (860) ‘They will indeed also have names, the trees that will be standing about, (361) the forests growing on the earth.”’ (862) And this also you did: you chose one. (363) You decided, “It can be a medicine to assist the people moving about on the earth, (864) the brush growing about on the earth. (365) And indeed they all have names. (366) People know well what kind of tree it is, when they go to look for it in the woods. (367) For indeed you gave them the power of thought, so that they will know which 580135—61——8 110 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 ni:ka:?, n eyakoyA?take:h4?, Petkaiwatiyo: té?, ki?shéh. (368) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, to?oiwdno?ko : was, honotyé: ?tahksh, he niydto- *kta:ty6?. (369) ta: ne? kho he nisaye:éh. (370) ne? wai ne se?oh, tkaye 1? ae? eke 7k6?, ne*ho ?etkh4wihtak ?eyokash#: ?se? ne ?0:kwéh, ne teyakotawenyé:h. (371) wai ne: he nisaye:€h, ne? ne keotato :- ké:h, ne? sie: kwéh. (372) ne? ae? ne -yoto”éshonys:?, n o:n eyot- kath6?, etka nekai?t, kato :ke: he niyé:wa?kéh, (373) ta: ne? wai ne: ne wahta?, ?akwa :toh. (374) to?oiwdno?ko : was, wati:otony5?, ne?ho ne: kahatako:shs?. (375) ta: ne? hie?kwa ne to?oiw4no?ko:- was, tohka:?a niydkwe?ta :ké:h, yeiwastéistha? (376) ne? ne ?0?kak- we:nt?, kes wa’dhkeotd:?, n o:ne wa:sé:?, sayo?taie tosake:wenyé:?, he yoejate?. Guy) ta: ne? wai he nisaye:éh. (378) ne? wai ne "itséch, ne? ti kes n eyéhseno:ni?, n etwatyéehtak, Peyo:stért. (379) ne? wai ne "iiséch, ne? ne "owe :nd?, ?akwas hewo:t5?. (380) ne? neon eySte:wa:té?, n etwotyéehtak, n eyéhseno:ni?, (381) ne? ti ne: ne:ké:h, Peyéke:ya:té?, D o:n ewo:yawéthe: shés?a: jistoté?’she?, ne*ho wai nisaye: éh, (382) ta: ne? wai ne:k€:h, ?eka inekaka?os- tahké:ok, n oine ?eoti: ek, ne: shes?4:h, eotiya?tayéistak, te:noté- no:onys: tig (Biss) ta: ne*ho wai ne: niyawe?5h, ne sa?nikse?. (384) ta: ne? wai ne se?oh, n etwotyéehtak, heyé:neko:nét, ne: waht? (385) ne? wai ne se?5h, ne? hekaya?ti shen eyoto?éshonys : ?. (386) ne: he koya?takS5hsotha? tkaye:{?, 0 tne ?ae? saydtkathéd?, he niy6:wa?ke nisdiwa:5?. (387) ne? ti ne tkaye: 1°, *ondhkwa?shé?, ti yako:t6 2?s, ne teyakotawenyé:h, ne?ho wai niyAwe?o ne sa?nilse?. (388) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, he niydto?kta: tyé?, to?oiwano?ko : was henoty#:- ?tahkwa? ne ?o:kwe teyakotawenyé ch. (389) ta: ne? kwa: ne ?akwé sh, —m— Cuars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS ttt one will be helpful when they may be badly off. (368) And indeed it continues unchanged; they are using it up to the present time. (369) And this also is what you did. (370) You decided, ‘I will indeed again choose one that will cause the people moving about to remember me.” (371) This is what you did: you chose a certain tree. (372) “Again they will be grateful, when they see the sap dripping at a certain time.” (373) And this we call the maple. (374) It continues unchanged: the trees are standing there in the forests. (375) And it continues also that a few persons pay attention to them. (376) It is always possible to tap them, when the wind becomes warm on the earth each new time. (877) And this is what you did. (378) You said, ‘They will store it away, first boiling it down.” (3879) You said, “It will become sugar. (380) They will put away the first of it; they will store it away. (381) They will get it out when the strawberries begin to appear.” * That is what you did. (382) ‘And it will be a flavoring for them when they gather the strawberries. They will use it for their gatherings of thanksgiving.’”’ (883) And this is what you intended. (384) You decided, “It will begin when they drink the maple.” (885) You decided, ‘‘They will simply be grateful, (386) those who remain, when they see it again,” at the time which you set for the ceremonies. (387) ‘It will indeed be available as a medicine to those who are moving about.”’ That is what you intended. (888) And it is true: it continues unchanged up to the present time. The people moving about are using it. (389) & Lit. “(when) the berries will be between (the leaves)’. 112 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 *diwakwe:koh, *ahso to?oiwano?ko : was oti: wahte:tyé th. (390) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye: i”, ?ahso ?diwakwe:ko *ohte:ty5:h, he nisa?- nikoewé?oh. (391) ta : ne? ti hekaya?ti:h, ne totayakwae?. (392) ne? ti ne wa?akwatoisyok, ne: ne kato ‘kéch, he no:yorte: ok, ne: ne ska:t heské:hé?, he neyénishé?t, [sung] kwa: hth. [Song: to:kes ne?ho watskotha? koneho:9? etc., as on p. 100] 10. The Animals (393) ta one wai "okwAhsawa : tyé?, teyokwaténo :nyotyé?, he nyo: ?nikoewé?oh, n o:tye:nd?kta?5h. (394) ne? ti ne te:noténo:on- yoh, hekétyohkwakwe:kah, (895) wai ne: he nisaye:€h, hé:owe yoejaté?. (396) ne? wai ne se?oh, ne? ti ne ekyé?tata:ths:?, ne: kany6:?, "ekatakhenotyé?sé:k. (397) ne?ho ne: kahatako:shs?, ?ekatakhenotyé?sé:k. (398) ne? ti ne Paténo?shs?, ti yakoto?se?4: ok ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (399) ne? ti ne nikanyo?ta?s?4:h, netyOhsawé?k, (400) ne?ho ne: *otehatd?ktatyé?, "ewotitakhenst- ye?sé:k. (401) ?oine ne: he niyto?kta: tyé?, ?orne tejakwaké:né:?, kany6?towa :nés. (402) ne: he nisaye:e seh, ne? ti n eska : tka?, "ekanyo?towan€é?sé:k. (403) ne? ekakwe :ni?, Paténo?shze? o:nota?- se?5 ok. (404) ta: tkaye:i?, he niydto?kta :tyé"s, teyakwaka:né:?, katakheno:tyé?s, ?o ine kany6°towa:nés, (405) ta: ne? wal ne se?5h, ne? ti ne: ne kakwe:koh, hie?kwa ey Otihsenoye:t6:k. (406) ne*ho wai niyd?té:h, ne ?o:kwe teyakotawenyé:h. (407) ne? wal ne he?e ta?a:yokwe:ni?, na:yaké?, ne:ta ne? ne: sha?ka:t hé:owe twakéke:ns?, sha?tewatiya?to?té:h, ne: kanyo:? katakheno: tyé?s. (408) ta: ne? wai sho: hekéya?ti: n eyéyashs:?, he no?kaya’t6té?, ?orne ko:ké: h. (409) ta: ne: he niydto*kta : tyé?, to?oiwano?ko : was, 2 CuaFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 113 And we believe that it all still continues to function unchanged. (390) And now indeed again there is thanks that it all still continues as you intended. (391) And we simply say it here again. (392) We ask that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 10. The Animals (393) And now we are going along giving thanks for what the Creator intended. (394) The entire group is thankful. (395) This is what you did on the earth. (896) You decided, ‘‘I shall establish various animals to run about. (397) There in the forests they will be running about. (3898) They will be available as food to the people moving about. (899) It will begin with the small animals. (400) There at the edges of the forests they will be running about.” (401) Now at the present time we see again the large animals. (402) For what you did was to decide, ‘‘I shall again provide the large animals, (403) which can be available to them as food.’”’ (404) And indeed up to the present time we see the large animals running about. (405) And you decided, “‘They too will all have names.”’ (406) For this is how it is, where the people are moving about. (407) It would be impossible for people to say, ‘This is the same one I saw there be- fore.” For they look alike, the animals running about. (408) But people will simply give the names of the type of animals that they see. (409) And up to the present time it continues unchanged; they 114 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 Paténo’shee?, ?okwAto?se: ?éh. (410) ka:ekwa nikeotyé?, ne? ne tkaye:i?, ne? ne:ke *eka:nekaka?éstak n o:ne ?is ?o0?sya?takwe- niy6*hé?t. (411) ta: he niyoto?kta: tyé?, ?akwe: *diwakwe: ksh, ?ahso ?ohte: ty5 zh. (412) ne: se?o ne? ti te:ne?nikoewenyA’tha:k ne: wa:to hotiske?ékehto hotiya?ta:ni:ysh. (413) ne: he nisaye‘e se?5h, ne? tine: to:ne?’nikoeweny4?to:o0k ne:ke: he ne:we:? ekano?- néstha:k heydeja:té:k. (414) ne?ho ne: kaeti?kwa:owe kahatako: ne?ho he:notsistaké:o?, (415) ta: ne? kwa: ne: he niyto?kta: tyé?, to?oiwano?ko was. (416) hoti:wayéisto wait otiske?ékehto hoti- ya?ta:ni:yoh, (417) ne? te:ne?nikoewenyé?th4?, ne: kany6:?, katak- heno:tyé"s, hé:owe yoejaté?. (418) ta: ?akwe: ti ?éiwakwe:ko ?ahso ?ohte:tyo: he ni:yo: saiwihs4?6h. (419) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:{?, *diwakwe:k ohte:tyo: he nisa?nikoewé?5h. [Drum beat] (420) ta: wa’akwatdisyok ti hekaya?ti:h, ne? ne kato :kéch, he no:yor- té:ok, ne: ne ska :t hesk&:h6?, he neysnishé?t, [sung] kwa: bih. [Song: nya:weh etc., as on p. 87] 11. The Birds (421) ta: te:noténo:onysh, ne? n e:kétyohkwakwe:kéh. (422) wai ne: he nisaye: Eh, se?o ne? tinéh, teyonote?setesyatyé?se 2k ji?te?oshd?o niyoejike:ya:t. (423) ne*ho ti ne: hetke heyawend:ok, he nitk4- shato: tyé?s, neyoto?ktark. (424) ne? h4e?kwa ne se?5h, kato:ke: he niy6:wa?kéh, ?orne ne’ho to:notawenyé: &k. (425) ne? n o:n eyo?taiéok, ne teyorwe:nyé:h, ta: ne?ho wai to:notawenyé:ak, ne?ho wai nisa?’nikoew€?5h. (426) ta: ne? ne tkaye:f?, he niydto?kta: tyé?, hoti: wayéisto hae?kwéh. (427) ne? hée?’kwa ne nikaji?té?s?4:h, si nikaji?t4?s, niyo:t6?k, sasyo:nft:h. (428) ne? h&e*’kwa ne se?h, 4 2 8 2 8 381 2 4 CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 115 are available to us as food. (410) And indeed from time to time they will serve as a flavoring for the soup, when something is done for your benefit.** (411) And up to the present time we believe that it all still continues. (412) You decided, ‘They will always be a source of amusement for those who are called warriors, whose bodies are strong.” (413) What you did was to decide, ‘‘It will be a source of amusement for them whenever it becomes cold on the earth, (414) wherever in the forest they put down their fires.” (415) And up to the present time it continues unchanged. (416) They are doing as they should, those who are called warriors, whose bodies are strong. (417) They are using the animals running about on the earth as a source of amusement. (418) And we believe that it all still continues, all that you planned. (419) And now again there is thanks that it all continues as you intended. (420) And we ask simply that it may continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 11. The Birds (421) And the entire group is thankful. (422) This is what you did: you decided, ‘‘Birds will spread their wings from just above the earth, (423) extending upward as high as the clouds.” (424) You decided also, “‘At a certain time they will move about there. (425) When the wind is warm, then it is that they will move about.” That is what you intended. (426) And it is true: up to the present time they too are performing their obligation. (427) And you made the birds, from the small ones to the larger ones. (428) You decided 4 T.e. when a ceremony is performed. 116 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 tkaye:i? aténo?shee? eyokwato?se?s ‘5k. (429) ta: ne? wai ne se?oh, ne? ti ne tkaye:i?. (430) ne: he niyo?té:h, teyoewe:nyé:h, hé owe yoejaté?. (431) ne? Nn o:ne "eskano?nés, he teyoxwe:nyé:h, ta: ne? wai hé:owe tyo?tdie: "eshénotko: tak, (432) ta one ne ?o:kwéh, tsiyakokw€:4?, ne: tkaye :i?. (433) ne? Nn ‘O2ne totayo?taiéh, he teyoewe :nyé:h, ta one wal sa: tiya?ta ti :hért, ha?ta:tiweno:ké:h, saenoti?stae?, hatiweni:yé ch, (434) ta one wai he ni:yo: koya?ta- kohsotha?, ne ?o:kwéh. (435) 0 sne sayewens Ok ?oine sawati:y9?, ji?te?oshs?o watiweni:y6:h. (436) ta: ne’ho wai ne tkaye:1?, ?is waosashé:a°t, koya?takshsoth4?, tkaye:1? o:ne saydtkath6?, (437) ne? wal n o?tyatens :ny5:?, hekfya?ti: ske:no? yenshtonyéh. (438) ta: ne? wai hae?kwa ne se7oh, ne? ne kakwe:ko tin eyotihsenoye:- tok. (439) ne? ti ne tkaye:i?, yeyetéihko: wi oh, he no?kaya°t6?té?, n o:ne wae: ké?, (440) ta: tkaye:i?, ne: he?e te?*sdiwako: toh, he?e to?ésa:tikwe:ni?, hotiya?takohsotha?, ne kakwe:k d:saitiya:shs:?, he niyotihséno?té:h, "okwé?owe: kha: ?, (441) ta : ne? kwa: ne ?ak- wé:h tkaye:1? ahso ?é6iwakwe:ko oti: wahte:tyé:h, he nisa ’ni- koew€?5h. [Drum beat.] (442) ta :nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:i? édiwak- we:k ohte:tyo: he nisa’nikoewé?oh, ne?ho wal ney6?te:5k, n okwa?- nikde?, [sung] kw4: hth. 2 31 [Song: yowihiyah etc., as on p. 90] 12 The “Sisters” (443) ta: te:noténo:onydh, ti n e:kétyohkwakwe:kéh. (444) wai 4 2 3 31 2 ne:ké:h, he nisaye:e se?5h, hé:ow eydeja:té:k, ne?ho ti ?eka:tka?, 2 3 2 4 2 4 ne ske:n5?, ?e:nenohtonyd:ok. (445) ne?ho ti ?éiwakwe:kéh, to:- 2 2 3 1 4 2 CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 117 moreover, that they would indeed be available to us as food. (429) And this you decided. (430) The way the wind is on the earth, (431) when the wind becomes cold again, then it is that they will head back to where it is warm. (432) But the people remain where they are. (433) When the wind becomes warm again, then they return. With all their voices they sing once more their beautiful songs. (434) And then all those people who remain (435) hear their voices again, when the birds with their beautiful voices return. (436) And then indeed they remember you, those who are left, when indeed they see them again. (437) They simply are thankful that they are happy. (488) And you decided also, “They all will have names.” (439) People do indeed know well what kind they are when they see them. (440) And indeed it does not escape you that those who re- main are no longer able to name them all, to give their Indian names. (441) And indeed we believe that it all still functions as you intended. (442) And again there is thanks that it all continues as you intended. And our minds will continue to be so. 12. The ‘‘Sisters’’ (443) And the entire group is thankful. (444) This is what you did: you decided, ‘‘I shall leave on the earth for their happiness (445) all the things that they will be harvesting.” That is what you in- 118 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Butz 183 tihkwéotyé?, ne?ho wai nisa?nikoewé?5h. (446) ta: ne? wai ne tka- 2 3 31 2 ye:i?, n o:ne tsa’ka:y5?, ka?nfko:iyé6:h. (447) ?o:ne wai ne:ké:h, 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 4 *okwatokéhsé:?, okhf:owi: satého?shé?, he neyé?te:5k, n o:ne: né?, 2 2 3 2 4 ?eyakwathyo: wi?. (448) ne? wai n eyakwaté:ok, ne? ne tewenoté:- 2 1 2 4 2 no: té: tes ?akyShehko n o:ne ne?h eyakwathyo: wi’. (449) ta: tkaye:i? 1 2 wai ne:ké:h, satk4?wéh, hé:owe yoejaté?. (450) ne? ne se?5h, ?o:ne 4 2 4 2 3 21 2 2 hono:hs?, to:notate?nya:e? ne ?o0:kwéh, ne teyakotawenyé:h. (451) 2 4 2 31 ne? ne yoejako: Peatiy€:ok, ?atho? ti wototyahse:k ne?ho wai nisa?ni- 2 2 koewé?5h. (452) ta: ne: he niyoto?kta: tyé?, teyakwak4:né:?, ?oto:- 3 31 2 2 4 2 3 nizh. (453) ne: *okyoishee ‘niyéhksh, ha?tewe:nisheké:h. (454) 31 2 3 31 ha?téwahsotaké:h, ne? okwaty#:?tahkéh. (455) ta one tkaye:i?, 2 2 3 31 2 °ahs okwaya?ta:ni: yoh, ne yoeja?kéh, teyokwatawenyé sh. (456) ta: 2 2 4 2 3 1 2 ne?ho wai ni:ka:?, ?Ao’e:sat. (457) ne: kato:ke: ne ti nisaye:éh, 2 3 31 2 4 tesa?sehts : tyé?, ne ske:no? i:ke: ?a: yakwenohtény9:ok, ne: ne:ké:h, 2 2 & ?okwae:hks: tyé?. (458) ta: ne? ti hekaya?ti:h, n até?esho:nydk, 2 2 2 satka?wéh, hé:owe yoejaté?. (459) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:{?, 2 1 2 4 ?é6iwakwe:k ohte:tyé:h, he ni:yo: saiwihs4?5h. [Drum beat] (460) 2 2 3 31 ta: ne? ti sho: ne wa?akwatdisy5k. (461) ne? ti ne:ke: ne kato:ke: 2 31 2 he no:yorté:ok, ne: ne ska:t hesk&:h6?, he neyénishé"t, [sung] kwa: 3 hfh. 31 [Song: wihiyah yowihiyah etc., as on p. 94] 18. The Four Rituals (462) ta one wai ?okw4hsawA:tyé?, ne? hek4ya?ti:h, n okwAto?é:- 2 4 41 2 3 5 5 42 sth, he nioyeno’te?hé?oh, n o:tye:né?’kta?o hé tyohe?. (463) ta: 3 2 4 3 2 3 2 4 Py itl 3 hawe:?5 w&ih, ke:i niyédiw4:ké:h, ?ekayé:t4°k, hé:ow eydeja:té:k. 5 23 3 364 42 3 2441 2 3 23 4 «4! (464) ne? ti né:ké:h, teyokhno:nyo?tahkw4:k, ne ?5:kwéh, ne 5 52 3 2 8 4 23 4 42 8 3 CHare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 119 tended. (446) And indeed when the Good Message came, (447) then it was explained to us. Your helpers told us the way it would be when we refer to them. (448) We shall say ‘‘the Sisters, our suste- nance” when we talk about them. (449) And indeed you left them on the earth. (450) You decided, ‘“The people moving about will take care of themselves. (451) They will put them in the earth and they will mature of their own accord.” That is what you intended. (452) And up to the present time we see them growing. (453) They strengthen our breath every day. (454) Every night we are using them. (455) And now indeed we are still strong, we who move about on the earth. (456) And therefore let there be gratitude (457) that you are doing it in the same way, providing * them for our happi- ness, for us who are passing through. (458) And there is simply gratitude that you left them on the earth. (459) And again there is thanks that it all continues, all that you planned. (460) And we ask only (461) that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 18. The Four Rituals (462) And now we are going along giving thanks; we are simply grateful for the works of Our Creator. (463) And he decided, ‘“The Four Rituals will be there on the earth. (464) The people moving 8 Lit. ‘dropping, letting fall’. 120 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 yseja7keh, *o?tyotawe:nyé: ?, (465) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:{?, ne? 5 n osté6we’ké:wa:h, konéod?, kane:hwé?ké6:w4:h, ?atd:wé?, ne? 52 3 3 412 3 4 42 3 4 41 2 3 ke:i niyéiw4:ké:h, hotka?wéh. (466) ne? teyokhno:nyo?tahkw4:k, 4 42 3 3 q 41 5 25 3 hawé: ?5h, n o:tye:né?’kta?5h. (467) ta: né? waih, ?oti: wahté:tyd:h, (Silene d Hike 4 3 4 31 4 5 23 3 4 4 2 we:nisheté?. (468) n e:k4y4?ti:h, n okw4to?é:séh, he nioyeno?- 2 3 31 5 23 3 41 2 3 2 3 te?hé?5h. (469) hawe: 75 tih, ne? ne konéoo?, tekaenédkehkéh. (470) 2 4 41 3 5 3 3 53 3 5. 2 41 ?ewd:t5?, ne?ho ?etyeweni:tké?t, niydkwe?t4:ké:h, koya?takéh- 3 31 2 3 4 41 2 3 4 41 2 2 3 sotha?. (471) ta: né? waih, ?okwaty#:?tahkd:tyé?, ?okwathyo- 31 3 5 23 3 4 41 2 3 wiatye’. (472) ta: ne? wai he nio?’nikoewé?oh, n o:tye:né?kta?o hé 42 1 4 5 4 31 3 2 4 tyohe?. (473) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye:{?, ?6iwakwe:k ohté:ty5:h, Jip | 4 5 23 3 4 41 2 he nioiwihsa?5h. (474) ta: wa?akwatdisy5k, ti hek4ya?ti:h, ne: ne 2 3 31 4 52 3 3 4 41 2 4 kato:ké:h, he no:yo?té:5k, ne ska:t heska:hé6?, he neydnishe?t. 6 3 3 4 412 2 3 31 2 2 41 [sung] kwa: hfh. 31.31 [Song: yowthiyah etc., as on p. 90] 14. The Wind (475) ta: te:noténo:onydh, ne? n e:kétyohkwakwé:koh. (476) 4 5 5 2 3 3 4 42 1 ?o:ne wai wa:é?, ?o?’kyené:ta?t, ?o?kdeja:ta:t? (477) ta: ne? ti 4 5 5 52 3 3 4 41 4 ne tkaye:i?, hawé:?5h, ?ewokatého?’she:t4?k tih. (478) ne? ne 5 4 62 8 2 3 4 41 4 41 4 heke:hkwé?skwa: no?w:tih, ne?ho hosyo:ni:h. (479) ne? ti ne: 5 52 3 ?eyota?éo5:k, skend?o: netyoyé:5k, ?eyotkahats:5k. (480) ne?ho 523 3 4 3 412 2 3 2 4 41 4 ti ne: ?etyaweht5:tyé?, ne tekex:wé:nyé:?, ske:no? eyenohtd:nys:?, 52 3 3 4 41 2 2 38 2 4 41 2 ?o:kwéh, ?o?tyotawe:nyé:?. (481) ta: tkaye:{?, wai he niyéto?kta:- 42 4 4 41 3 5 4 6 52 tyé?, ne? n okwa?nikoiyést4hki5h, he niyé?hasté?, teyo@we:nyé:h. 3 3 4 41 2 2 4 2 3 3 31 (482) he?e ne*ho te?é6?té:h, na:yo?ha:sté:k, ta:ke:wényé:?, hé:owe 5 2 3 41 2 3 41 2 4 41 2 4 ni:w4?, twanokenydS?, wa:t okwé?o:wéh. (483) ta: ne?ho ne: aoe 3 1 2 2 3 31 4 niy6?té:h, ?okhi:owi:h, hatioyA?ké:ono?. (484) ne? wai ne hé:né:h, 5 23 3 4 23 3 2 4 1 5 52 3 Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 121 about on the earth will use them for thanking me.” (465) And in- deed they are the Feather Dance, the Thanksgiving Dance, the Bowl Game, and the Personal Chant, the Four Rituals which he provided. (466) ‘‘They will use them for thanking me,’ the Creator decided. (467) And the rituals are in progress today. (468) We are simply grateful for his creations. (469) He decided on the konéo9? between the songs. (470) ‘“They will come to recite it, the people who re- main.”’ (471) And we are using it; we are reciting it. (472) And that is what Our Creator intended. (473) And again there is thanks indeed that it all continues as he planned. (474) And we ask simply that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 14. The Wind (475) And the entire group is thankful. (476) Now he thought, “T have finished the creation of the earth.’”? (477) And indeed he decided, ‘‘I shall have helpers.” (478) In the west he made it. (479) It would be covered by a veil; slowly it would move and revolve. (480) From there the wind would be coming, and the people moving about would be happy. (481) And indeed up to the present time we are content with the strength of the wind. (482) It is not such that the wind would be strong, where those of us who are called Indians dwell. (483) And it is so: the Sky Dwellers told us. (484) 122 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 ne? ti ne ?Akwé:h, ?ey5tkathé6?, ne shend:ksho?. (485) n o:ne 4 23 3 4 23 3 41 4 tsiow6:wi:atyé? shetwakow4:néh, kanyot4iyo?. (486) ne? wai ne 5 2 3 4 41 2 3 41 5 4 howéohsé:h, ne? ne ?akwé:h, ?eydtkatho? shend:kshé?, n o:eté:k- 52 3 4 12 2 3 2 4 41 2 3 24 wath. (487) né? ne:ke:h, ne?ho neya:wéh. (488) ne? n ekakwé:ni? 41 5 23 4 41 5 51 4 teke:wé:nyé:?, ?eyé?hastéh. (489) ne? ti kho ne ?4kwé:h, ne? ne 41 2 2 3 41 5 23 3 k&:ekw4h, n a: ?tekaké:sé:?, hé:owéh, yoejaté?. (490) ta: né:h, he 4 2 2 4 41 2 47 2 3 41 4 5 5 niyéto?’kta:tyé?, ?okwaya?takohsétha?. (491) ?0:né w4ih, twatk4:- 4 5 52 3 3 4 41 3 5 23 3 41 thwAs, ne?ho niy4:wés, ne? shd: n i?, n okwate?swi:y6é:h, he?e ne?ho 2 3 41 2 5 52 3 3 41 2 3 te?4:wés, hé:ow okw4kwé:5?. (492) ne? kwa: ne tk4ye:i?, ?ehni:- 41 2 3 2 3 31 5 2 3 2 4 wakwaihsi?, ne?ho niyA:wes. (493) ta: kéiwakweni:y6? waih, he 41 2 2 3 2 41 5 52 3 2 3 nyo:tiyé:éh, hatioy&?ké:6no?. (494) ne? wai ne hé:né:h, ne? ne 412 3 2 4 41 5 b25 78 3 hey6:éh, ne? okwatk4eo?. (495) ne? he?e si:kw4:h, tha: yo?ha:stéh, 412 8 2 4 41 3 41 2 3 41 2 ?a:watkdhatSh. (496) ta: ne?ho tf shé:h, nitk4:té?, n okwa?nikoi- 3 4 41 3 & 23 3 41 2 2 yostahkéh. (497) ta: ?4o?e:s4t, hekAya?ti:h. (498) ta: nya:we ti & 41 3 5 2 3 2 32 41 4 ?ahso tkayé:{?, ?ohté:ty5:h, he nioiwihsa?5h, n o:tye:né?kta?5h., 5623 3 41 2 3 Ce ee} 3 2 3 31 [Drum beat] (499) ta :ne? tine wa?akwatsisyok, ne? ne: ne katé : ké ch, 5 he no: yo?té:5k, ne: né ska:t hesk4:h6?, neydnishé?t, [sung] kw4: hfh. 2) 3 412 3 4 2 3 41 2 2441 2 31 31 [Song: to:kes ne?ho watskotha? koneho:9? etc., as on p. 100] 15. The Thunderers (500) ta: te:noténo: onydh, ne? n e:kétyohkwakwe:kéh. (501) wai ne: he nisaye:€h, se? ewokatého?she:t7k, hekee :hkwé?skwa: na?wo:tih, *érni?tyo: ta?k. (502) ne? ti nz: ne?ho te:notawenyé:?, hé:owe nikAshato:ty6é?s, (503) ne? ti ne: ne ?o:nekasé:?, eotia- wi?sé:k, ne*ho wai né:h, nisa?’nikoew€?5h. (504) ta: ne? wai ?ae? ne tkaye:i?, *okwatokéhsé : te 505) ne? wai ne se?5h, ne? ne kano:- ksh#?, n o:ne ne ?eyakwathyénya :né?, eotiya?taté-K. (506) ta: CHaFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 123 They said, ‘‘We believe that your kinsmen will see it.’ (485) It was when they were telling our great one, Handsome Lake. (486) They told him, ‘‘We believe that your kinsmen will see it in the future. (487) This will happen. (488) The wind can become strong. (489) And we believe that it will scrape off everything on the earth.” (490) And up to the present time we who remain (491) see the way it hap- pens. We are the ones who have good luck; it does not happen in the spots where we are located. (492) We can indeed attest to what happens. (493) For it is true what the Sky Dwellers said. (494) They said, ‘‘It is the most important thing for us to watch, (495) that it does not become too strong in its revolving.” (496) And it is just the right strength, that we are content. (497) And let there simply be gratitude. (498) And indeed again there is thanks that it con- tinues as the Creator planned. (499) And we ask that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 15. The Thunderers (500) And the entire group is thankful. (501) This is what you did: you decided, ‘‘I shall have helpers who live in the west. (502) They will move about among the clouds, (503) carrying fresh water.’’ That is what you intended. (504) And this too was indeed explained to us. (505) You decided that there will be a relationship when we want to refer to them. (506) And we say “our grandparents, hi?no?, 124 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Butu. 183 ne? ne: n akwa:toh, ne? ne ?akhihso :t hi?ns?, hatiwenotatyé?s. (507) ne? wail ne: se?oh, ne? n o:nekasé:?, eotiawi?se:k ?éotietose : hse:k he ni:yo: satka?we ?atho? wato:pih. (508) ne? kho ne se75h, ne? ti n o:nekasé:?, *o monya :notyé?sé:k. (509) ne: *otihahtetyokw€h, ne: kho ka :nekeonyo?, ka :nekowa :nés. (510) ne: kho ?o0:nékitke:- shs?, se?a °o:nekase:? ti yonoto?se?s:ok. (511) ta: ne? kh ae?’kwa sheiwakéistani:h, ne: ?akhihso : t hi?ns?, hatiwenotatyé?s. (512) ne: he nisaye:€h, ne? wai ne yoejako: hes4:a ne: ne kany6?towa :nés. (513) ne? sho: ’atkakwe:ni?, *o:sayakohte:tye:t ne ?o:kwe teyako- tawenyé:h. (514) ne: ne *ayotka:thé?, he niyoya?tans:ekwat. (515) ta: ne? waisheiwakéista ‘ni: hotito : ekone?ho yoéjaks shi ’(506) ta: °akwe: hae?kwa hoti:wayéisto he niydiwa? hati:wayetahksh. (517) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye A, *ohte:tys:h, he nisa?’nikoewé? 6h. [Drum beat] (518) ta: ne? ti ne wa?akwatsisy5k, kato:ké:h, he na-yo?té:ak, ne: ne ska:t heské:h6?, neysnishé?t, [sung] kwa: hih. [Song: wihiyah yowihiyah etc., as on p. 94] 16. The Sun (519) ta: te:noténo:onyd5h, ne? n e:kétyohkwakwe:koh. (520) wai ne: he nisaye:éh, seo ti ne? tin ekéoya:té:k, hetke no: tind?e: etih, ne ?o:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (521) ne? wai ne se?éh, ne? ti n ewokatého?she:ta7k, hé:ow ek€oya :té:k. (522) ne? ti ne: ne?ho to:tawénye: ak, hé:ow ek€oya:té ik. (523) ne? ti ne: ?ekaiwayetah- k6:ok, to shathé?ts: ok, he no?’keyend?te?hé?t, hé:owe yoejaté?. (524) ne? nekato:ke: he:kwa: *ethéhtabkwa:k, kato :ke: kho he: kwh, he:- etha:k. (525) ta: ne’? wai ne se?6h, ne? ti ne "ewé:nisheteny9:k, ti ?ekayasé ‘ok. (526) ta: tkaye : ite wai ne: "okw€ :nishzx: té?, waiwaye - CHarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 125 the Thunderers.” (507) You decided that they will always carry fresh water and sprinkle the gardens, all the things that you provided that grow of their own accord. (508) And you decided also that they will always furnish fresh water (509) for the flowing rivers and the ponds and lakes, (510) and the springs as well. You decided that fresh water will always be available to them.® (511) And you also gave our grandparents, hi?n0?, the Thunderers, an added responsi- bility. (512) This is what you did: under the earth you put the large animals. (513) For it might be that the people moving about could die (514) of fright if they saw them. (515) And you gave them * the added responsibility of holding them down under the earth. (516) And we believe that they too are carrying out the responsibility that was assigned them. (517) And again there is thanks indeed that it continues as you intended. (518) And we ask that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 16. The Sun (519) And the entire group is thankful. (520) This is what you did: you decided, ‘There will be a sky above the heads of the people moving about.’ (521) You decided, “I shall have a helper in the sky. (522) There in the sky he will move about. (523) It will be his responsibility to make it light for my creations on the earth. (524) He will always come from a certain direction, and he will always go in a certain direction.’* (525) And you decided, ‘‘They will be called ‘days’.”’ (526) And it is true: he is doing what he is 56 T.e. to the plants, 7 T.e. the Thunderers. 88 There is a tradition that large animals, too frightening for people to look upon, were put underground by the Creator, who assigned the Thunderers to see that they stayed there. 580135—61——_9 126 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 is, ne?ho hot#?neta:kto hé:owe kéoyaté?. (527) ta: ne? kwa: ne se’o kano: kshié?, n o:ne ne? eyothyony4:né?, ne *o:kweéh, teyakotawen- yé:h. (528) ta: ne? wai ne: ?ete:kha:? shakw4hji? kee:hkwa:?, (529) ta: ne? waihe ?é6iwake: no: ne: hehsi: wakéistani: ?6iwakwe:ko tha?’akwaiwayete :ih, (530) ta: ne: sho: niyoiwa? okwénohts?, ta: ?akwe: ?6iwakwe:ko hoiwayéistsh, (531) ne? ne tkaye:i? teyohat- hétsi:yo: ?o:ne ne?ho ?0?tyakwatawenye:? hé:owe yorjate?, (532) ne? kho ne tkaye:i? o?taie: teyowwe:nyé:h, ne? haiwayétahkoh, (533) ne? ne tkaye:1?, ?o?wenotohohte: ti?, he ni:yo: ?is satka?we ?a:ho? wato:ni hé:owe yoejate?, (534) ta: ne? tine: ?akwe: ?éiwak- we:ko hoiwayéistsh. (535) ta: nya:we ti ?ahso tkaye: i?, *diwakwe ko hoiwayeists: tyé?s, he niydiwa? hehsiota‘s?5h. [Drum beat] (536) ta: ne? ti hekaya?ti: ne wa?akwatsisydk. (537) ne? ti ne: ke: ne kato:ke: he no:yo?té:ok, ne: ne ska:t hesk&:h6?, he neyénishé’t, [sung] kwa: hfh. 31 [Song: nya:weh etc., as on p. 87] 17. The Moon (538) ta: te:noténo:onysh, ne? n e:kétyohkwakwe:koh. (539) wai ne: he nisaye:€h, hé:owe kéoyaté?. (540) ne? wal ne ?o?ki?, ne? ne kato:ke: he nisaye:€h. (541) ne? ne kato:ke: he neysnishét, teyohathéhsé:k, hé:ow eydeja: téik, ta on eswote: ands. (542) ne? wail ne se?5h, ne? ti neh, Peyakoya?tae?hesé:k, ne ?orkweh, ne teyakotawenyé:h, n o:n ewote:onds. (543) ne? ti ne ha’teskayé- ta?sé?, he yeyartayetatyé?, ne?ho wal nisa?nikoewé?oh, (544) ta: ne? kwa: ne se?éh, ne*ho ki?she neya: weh. (545) ne? ne kaeti?kwa niyo:wé?, tayakohsita?is. (546) ta: ne? wai ne sesh, ne? ne thika:- 4 2 3 31 2 4 2 CuarFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 127 supposed to do today, attached there to the sky. (527) And you decided, ‘There will be a relationship when they want to refer to it, the people moving about.”’ (528) It is “our elder brother, the sun”’. (529) And you gave him the responsibility for various things, if we were only aware of everything. (530) For we know but a small amount, but we believe that he has done all that he was obligated to do. (531) There is indeed beautiful daylight now for us who move about on the earth. (532) And indeed the warm wind is also his responsibility. (533) Indeed all the things are flourishing that you left on the earth to grow of their own accord. (534) And we believe that he has done all that he was obligated to do. (535) And again there is thanks indeed that he is carrying out the entire assign- ment that you gave him. (536) And we ask only (537) that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 17. The Moon (538) And the entire group is thankful. (539) This is what you did in the sky. (540) As I said, you did it in a certain way. (541) “For a certain period it will be light on the earth, and then it will become dark again.”’ (542) You decided, ‘“‘The people moving about will rest when it becomes dark. (543) Their bodies will then return to normal.” That is what you intended. (544) And you decided, “Tt will perhaps happen (545) that they will run into darkness some- where at a distance.”’ (546) And you decided, “‘There will be another 128 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuy. 183 té?, ti *eskee:hkwa:a?k, hé:ow ek€oya:té:k. (547) ne? ti hae?kwa ne: ne ha?teyakoshet4?o:ok?a teyakohathe?t5:ok. (548) ’ekakwe:- ni?, "eyakoya?tatékestak, ne °o:kwe teyakotawenyé:h, hé:ow ejdtko:- tak, hé:owe tyakoyaké?5h. (549) ta: ne?ho wai ne tkaye:i?, ?oiwa- yeists :tyé?s, he niyoto?kta : tyé?. (550) ta: ne? wai ne kano:kshxe? hée’kwa so:ni: hé:owe yeya?taté?. (551) ne? wai ne: ne se?5h, ne? n akhihso:t sdekha:? kee shkwa:?, ne?ho neyakwaye:ha:k, n o:ne ne?h eyakwathyo :wi?. (552) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:1?, koiwayeists :- tyé?s, he niydto*kta:ty6é?, (553) ne: he nisaye?€h, ne? ne: ne teka- tenydhsé:k, he niyo?té:h, "otéhkwahte:tys ch. (554) ne? ti ne: n ewote:ni?to?’ktha:k, ne?ho wai nisaye:€h. (555) ne? ti ne: ?eyakote- no?kee:htashetahko:ok ne ?o:kwe he neyakotkeists : tyé?, ne?ho wai nisa?’nikoewé?Sh. (556) ta: ne: ne? kho hae?kwa yeiwayétahkoh. (557) ne: he nisaye:e yeya?taté?, ne wendthowi:sas ne?ho ?etya- wehtd:tyé? wa:se:? teotitA?o:otye? n a:tiksa?sh5?5h. (558) ta: tkaye:i? hae?kwa koiwayéisto koti:wahtétya?to he niydéto?kta:tye? he niyéiwa? shéiota :s?5h. (559) ta: ne? wai ne hekayati he ’akwe: ?éiwakwe:ko koiwayéisto he niydiwa?, shéiota:s?dh. (560) ta: nya:- we ti ?ahso tkaye:i? oiwakwe:k ohte:tyo: he nisa?’nikoewé?5h, (561) ta: wa’akwatéisyok ti hek4ya?ti: ne: ne kato:ke: he no:yo?té:ok, ne ska:t hesk&:hé, he neysnishe?t, [sung] kwa: hih. [Song: wihiyah yowihiyah ete., as on p. 94] 18. The Stars (562) ta: teyokwaténo:nyotyé?, ne? okwathyowiatyé?, nioyeno?te?- 3 4 41 2 3 31 2 2 3 2 hé?5h, hotye:n6é?kta?o hé tyohe?. (563) ta: hawe:?5 waih, hé:ow 3 12 3 2 3 2 4 1 3 4 3 3 ekéoya:té:k, n o:tye:ndé’kta%5h. (564) ne? wai ne tkaye:{?, ?eka- 1 v4 41 12 3 1 3 31 4 2 3 jistanohkwa:5?, n o:n ewdté:onos. (565) ne? ti n ekajihso?tahsf:- 4 412 ee aa ae 4 41 CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 129 orb in the sky. (547) It will be a sort of guide for their steps, pro- viding them with light. (548) It will be able to direct the people moving about back to their homes, to where they came from. (549) And it is true: it is carrying out its responsibility up to the present time. (550) And you also made a relationship with respect to her. (551) You decided, “‘ ‘Our grandmother, the moon’, that is what they will say when they refer to her.” (552) And it is true: she is carry- ing our her responsibility up to the present time. (553) This is what you said: ‘“‘The moon will change its form as it goes along. (554) It will always come to the end of a phase.” That is what you said. (555) ‘People will use her to measure by as they are moving along.” That is what you intended. (556) And this too is her added responsi- bility. (557) You made it so that new infants, the children, will come from the women. (558) And indeed she is continuing to per- form her obligation too, up to the present time, the responsibility you assigned her. (559) And we believe simply that she is carrying out the entire assignment that you gave her. (560) And again there is thanks indeed that it all continues as you intended. (561) And we ask simply that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 18. The Stars (562) And we are being thankful, speaking of the works of Our Creator. (563) And the Creator decided, ‘‘In the sky (564) there will be stars when it becomes dark. (565) Stars will indeed be ar- 130 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 #?k, hé:ow ekéoya:té:k. (566) ne? ti yakotya?tasyonya?ta4hk5:5k, 2 3 eat} 31 2 1 3¢ 312 n o:n eyototahsi?, ne: ?ethihsdé:t, ssekh4:?, k#@:hkw4:?. (567) ta 3 2 4 12 3 12 31 12 2 31 3 ?oiwakéisto hae?kwah, hati: wayetahkih. (568) tkaye:i?, hoiwayeon- C nie 37 12 2 3 Piece as} 41 3 4 4 ya:nd?, ?eyakoteno?ke:htashetahko:5k, né ?o:kwéh, teyakotawen- 41 12 3 2 3 412 4 1 2 3 yé:h. (569) ne: henyo:yé:éh, hawé: ?5h, ne? ne kakwé:kéh, ?eyéhse- 41 4 412 3 aA C2 4 41 3 3 noyé:td:k, he ni:yé:h, ?eyojihsé?t#@:?k. (570) ne? ti ne ?eyeye- 31 23 3 12 3 2 31 4 4 téia:k, ne ?d:kwéh, teyakotawenyé:h. (571) ?ekakwé:ni?, h4e?k- 412 4 41 23 3 31 4 41 3 31 wah, né?, ?eyakoya?tatékestak, ?eyakohsiéta?is, ne?hdé wath, nio?ni- 12 3 3 aie) Caen! 12 3 2 3 Alpet2 3 12 2 koewé?oh. (572) ta: ne? kwa: ne tkaye:i?, hoti:wayéistéh, he 4 1 4 5 45 61 2 4 niyéiw4? né:h, hakoidtas?dh. (573) ne? wai n#: ne?hoéh, tayawehts:- 41 3 2 2 4 41 5 3 3 4 tyé?. (574) ne: he hawé:?5h, ?eyoti:nekahsinye?sé:k, he ni:yo: 41 5 62 3 3 4 3 4 3 12 3 2 hotka?’we ?a:hd? watd:nih. (575) ne? ne: ne hawé:?5h, ne? ne: 4 1 4 41 4 3 4 41 23 3 tkaye:i?, ?ewoti:nékeh4:k, he niw4hso:ti:s. (576) ta: ne? ne tka- 2 3 2-3 4 23 2 3 31 4 5 yer? setéhjiah, ?etwatya?takeské6?, ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, tey4ok6:h, 4 5 4 5 12 2 3 Ce 2 3 Ebi Wales) 3 381 2 ne ?asté:kw4:h. (577) ne? ne tkaye:i? 0?4:yé?, ne ?asté:kwA:h. 3 2 4 41 5 62 3 3 2a; 4 41 (578) ne? ne?ho tayawehtd:tyé?, wati:neké:ha? tkaye:i?, ne: né?héh, 5 £75 52 3 2 3 41 3 27172: 4 2 hati: wayetahkéh, kajihso?tAhsi:a?. (579) ta: ?itwe: wai h4e?’kw4h, oo iar’ 8 2 3 cee ee i | 4 5 4 52 3 hoti:wayéistéh, he niydéiwa?, hati:wayetahkéh. (580) tkaye:i?, 13 31 2 2 302 2 3 2 3 31 2 4 hae’kwa kéonyd5’?, ?ahsdh, ne koya?takéhsoth4?, koteno?ke:htashe- 4 41 3 3 2 3 2 3 4 1 2 3 tahkéh, ne teyakotawenyé:h, ne ?o:kwéh. (581) ta: ne? wai ne 2 3 407 2 3 31 4 5 tkaye:i? 40?e:sat, ne: he niydéiw4?, hawé:?5h, ne? eyakoteno?ke:- 52 3 3 41 2 3 41 2 3 htashetahkd:ok. (582) ta: nya:we ti ?ahsé tkaye:i?, hoti: wayéistéh, 4 1 4 5 2 3 23 41 2 ne: he niydéto?kta:tyé?, he niyéiw4?, hati: wayetahkjh. [Drum beat] 3 2 3 31 2 2 31 2 23 2 3 31 (583) ta: ne? ti hek4ya?ti:h, ne wa?akwatdisy5k. (584) ne? ne:ké:h, 4 5 23 3 2 4 41 5 5 23 ne katé:ké:h, he no:yo?té:5k, ne ska:t hesk4:hé?, he neyédnishé’?t, 3 4 23 3 4 412 3 2 41 2 3 cee) ue’) [sung] kw4: hih. 41 41 [Song: nya: weh etc., as on p. 87] Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS Pat rayed in the sky.” (566) Our grandmother, the moon, will be clothed in stars when she appears. (567) And they too have a responsibility that is theirs. (568) Indeed he indicated some of them to be used for measuring by the people moving about. (569) This is what he did: he decided, “They will all have names, all the stars that are there. (570) And the people moving about will know them. (571) They too can be used for guidance when people run into darkness.” That is what he intended. (572) And it is true: they are carrying out their responsibility, the assignment he gave them. (573) And this is due to them. (574) He decided that all the things he left to grow of their own accord would enjoy water. (575) He decided “Indeed they will drink throughout the night.”” (576) And it is true: in the morning when we arise it is indeed wet outside. (577) There is indeed dew outside. (578) It is indeed because of them that they drink; it is the responsibility of the stars. (579) And we believe that they too have performed their obligation, the responsibility that is theirs. (580) There are indeed still a few people left moving about who measure by them. (581) And let there indeed be gratitude that he decided that people would use them for measuring. (582) And again there is thanks indeed that they have performed their obliga- tion up to the present time, the responsibility that is theirs. (583) And we ask simply (584) that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 132 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 183 19. Handsome Lake (585) ta one wai né:h, nitydkwe?ta:ké:h, ?okwaya?tayéi?5h. (586) 3 5 5 52 3 3 4 41 ne? wai né?hoh, tayokwawenitké?5: otyé?, ?okwato’eshonys: tyé?, nio- 5 562 3 3 4 5 5 2 3 2 3 4 42 3 2 yeno’te?hé?oh, n o:tye:né?kta?Sh. (587) ta: ne? wai ne tkAéye:{?, 3 42 3 2 3 31 4 5 623 ne? ne: ne sha?ka:t ?é:kwéh, teyokwatawenyé:n5?. (588) ne? wai 4 3 4 42 3 3 4 41 5 ne waoyé:nd:?, ?ondhsotaiyd:?. (589) ne? wéi neh, waonoktané:t4:k, 25 3 27.63 4 41 5 52 3 3 42 3 ?o?yésheké:?, tare?takweht4:?. (590) ta: ne*?ho wai niy6é?té:h, ne? 2 3 12 a) ies, Oo 41 4 5. 23 4 ne *{:éh, si:k4:?, ha?tekaké:t, hay4?taté?. (591) ne? ne:ke: hosys:- 423 42 34 4 23 2S: 31 5 52 nith, he niyé?té:h, to:tawe:nyé:h. (592) kho ne: he niyé?té:h, 3 3 4 23 3 41 4 5 23 hotdhohté:tyd:h. (593) kho ne: he niyéd?té:h, hotkathwé:otyé?, 3 4 41 4 5 3 3 4 4 2 «8 hé:owe yoejaté?, (594) ta: ne? wai ne tkaye:i?, hatoisydhkw4?. 43 4 41 4 6 2 3 3 2 4 41 (595) ne? kho ne shatathewath4?. (596) ta one wai ne:ké:h, ne?ho 4 1 2 1 2. 3 31 4 5 4 niyé6?té:h, ho?nikoé?, hotye:né?’kta?4h. (597) tkaye:i? ta:ka:néh- 5 23 3 4 23 3 1 3 31 4 5 ji:wéh, niyakotyé:éh, ne ?4:kwéh, shakétk4?wth, teyakotawenyé:h. 52 3 4 423 4 42 3 3 4 41 3 4 41 (598) ne? ne ?a:yé:?, he?e te?k4tk4?héh, te?skayet4hkdh, ne hoti?- 4 5 5 62 3 4 ert 8) 12 3 3 2 nikéé?. (599) kw4 shi:h, thiyotye:éh. (600) ta one ti ne:ké: wA:é?, 41 4 12 3 4 41 4 5 | bai to?éiwaté:ké:h, ne? ne?ho ?o:takyd?tak, ?o:sakhé:owi?, ne ?5:kwéh, 3.4 42 3 4 1 4 2 3 42 3 4 42 3 kheyatka?wéh. (601) ne: hokwéh, thaki:wayé:ni:h, ha?tewe:nishe- 34 41 5 3 3 4 42 3 3 4 2 ké:h, ha?téwahsotaké:h. (602) ta one wai né: né?héh, thakoyatén- 3 3. 4 41 4 5 23 3 4 yehtdh, hotého?shé?, ke:inye:noti:h. (603) né? wath, howoowiatyé:?, 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 41 5 23 3 41 23 shetwakow4:néh, kanyotaiyd?, twaté:k. (604) ne? wai né:ké:h, he 3 4 41 3 4 3 41 3 3 41 5 4 41 23 3 tyondhsaté:kéh, ta: hsawé?, ne? hothyéwi: Atyé?, na?o?t howoowiatye?. 4 41) 2 3 12 4 5 4 51 3 3 41 (605) he nejakwayé:5k, ne ?o:eté:kw4:h. (606) ta: ne? wai ne 4 5623 3 414 41 4 tkaye:{?, taohtetyS:tyé?, ka:o? nithawe:né:h. (607) tkaye:{? wai 5 54 61 23 2 3 31 4 5 ne: twayeté:ih, ne?ho nékhéh, héohtetyS:h. (608) ta: né? kw4: ne 4 5613 3 4 3 23 31 4 5 51 3 tkaye:i? itwé:h, hoiwayéistdh. (609) ne?ho wai ne ye:i? ska:é?, 1 Bes) 12 2 3 31 5 2 3 4 2 3 Cuarp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 133 19. Handsome Lake (585) And now those of us who have gathered (586) are expressing our gratitude for the works of the Creator. (587) And indeed he was among us people who moved about. (588) Illness took hold of him. (589) For a number of years he was confined to bed, lying helpless. (590) And the way things were, he thought that there must be someone there (591) who made it the way it was when he was moving about, (592) and the way his health was then. (593) And the way things were he was looking about on the earth. (594) And then indeed he prayed, (595) and repented. (596) And then, the way things were in the mind of the Creator, (597) he saw well indeed how the people he had left to move about were acting. (598) It seemed that nowhere was there any longer any guidance for their minds. (599) It was simply not as it should be. (600) And then he thought, ‘It might be better for me to tell them through him, the people whom I left, (601) through this man who is concentrating on me every day and every night.” (602) And then he sent his helpers, the Four Beings. (603) They spoke to him, our great one, whom we used to call Handsome Lake. (604) And he began at Cornplanter. He told about the things that they had told him. (605) We shall continue to do it that way in the future. (606) And indeed he traveled on, coming this way. (607) Indeed we know that he was from here.®® (608) And indeed we believe that he performed 6 Handsome Lake’s mother is said to have been a Tonawanda woman, and to have been buried near the present longhouse. 134 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 no?yésheké:?. (610) ne? né:ké:h, waeosyéke?tak, ne? shako: wiatyé?s, 2 3 31 4 41 23 8.5 = 5a) ot 12 3 41 12 ne shakénokshs?, he nio’nik6?té:h, n o:tye:nd?kta?oh. (611) ta: ne? 2 12 2 31 4 wal ne kanaktiys?ich, ne?ho heoya?tyéne?oh. (612) ta: ?itwé: wath, 4 61 23 2 4 5 23 ?diwakwé: koh, Hsia. (613) ne? wai jokwaty#: ?tahkéh, tet- 5 1 23 2 3 31 hobwenéhish, n oitye:nd?kta?oh. (614) ta: ’eswe:hé-kk tih, wa?ak- watye: nd: ni’, Po:né: né?, *o?tsakwand: nyo: ii ne: kanyotaiyo? ae 2 3 12 to: k, ta: netho wai ous: dk, n sialate [Drum beat] 2 3 Lee 2 3 231 [Song: yowrhiyah etc., as on p. 90] 20. The Four Beings (615) ta: hawe:?5 w4ih, hotye:né?kta?o hé tyohe?. (616) ne? ti 3 4 3 3 2 3 2 4 Pinal 4 n ewokatého?she:t4?k tih, ke:i niySkwe?t4:ké:h. (617) ne? wai ne: 5 3 4 3.4 41 5 45 teshakoné?nyaétd:?, né ?o:kwéh, ne ydeja’kéh. (618) ?o?tyotawé:- 4 5 23 4 2 3 2 3. 4 41 4 41 nyé:?, ?o0?tydtoejine:hsd:?. (619) ne? wai ne ha?té:yo: niyotyé:éh, 3 3 31 5 52 4 413 hé:owe yoejata:tye?. (620) ne? wai ne he?e ta?a:kakwé:ni?, ne 45% 143 41 5 52 koya?toska?ah, ta: yakotawenyé: ak. (621) ney ne nx: sho: ka: £67, 62 3 n eyakoti: watyé: OMe ys kweéh, teyakotawenyé: h. -(622) ta: ne? 2 Sani 2)5% 413 4 41 5 wal ne hawé: dh, ke:i ae enor an Prete ne? tesha- 62 3 4 41 2 2 3 4 2 3 2 koné?nyats:?. (623) ta: ned hée?kwah, hakoiwakéistant:h, howe- notk4e5?, ne: he ni: iys: i. tena? teydkhisnyé: Ike ne yéeja?kh, 412 2 2 phon T 2 (624) ta: ne? nao né: he niyéto "kta: tye? itw6é:h, hot: way ith, 4 5 he niyéiwa?, hati:wayetahkidh. (625) ne? ne tkaye: i etwikaé:- 2 3 2 2 3 2 4 41 52 yd:?, n ethene?néo?*kté?, ?ekayé:t4?k, n atyéosh#?, (Se ta: ne? 3 3 41 2 3 31 2 2 3 31 4 n a: "tewe:nisheké:h, ha?téwahsotaké: teyékeshd5?, hwa?okhi:atyé? Chia: yay | 2 2 3 4° 1 2 ne ske:nd? i:ké:h, mactwenshtony: ?, (627) ta: ne?ho wai ni:kaé:?, 4 5 2 31) 53% 3 12 ?A07e:sAt, hoti: wayéistoh, he niydiwa’, hakoidtas?oh. (628) ta: 52 3 nya:we ti ?ahsd tkéye:{?, eGiwakwo: k ohte: itys: h, nio?ikoew6?oh. 5 523 3 3 CHABE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 135 his obligation. (609) For 16 years (610) he labored, telling his kins- men the intentions of the Creator. (611) And at Onondaga he col- lapsed. (612) And we believe that he did all that he was obligated to do. (613) We are still following the message sent down by the Creator. (614) And give it your thought, that we may do it prop- erly: we now give thanks for him whom we called Handsome Lake. And our minds will continue to be so. 20. The Four Beings (615) And this is what Our Creator decided. (616) ‘‘T shall have as helpers the Four Beings. (617) They will protect the people on the earth, (618) who are moving about across the earth. (619) Every- thing is going on on the earth. (620) It is impossible for people to move about alone. (621) It is inevitable that they will have acci- dents, the people moving about.” (622) And he decided, ‘The Four Beings, my helpers, will protect them.’ (623) And he also gave them the responsibility of watching over all his appointed helpers that look after us on the earth. (624) And we believe also that up to the present time they are carrying out their responsibility. (625) Indeed we notice that accidents occur which are beyond our reach. (626) And every day and every night they are showing us the way to happiness. (627) And therefore let there be gratitude that they are carrying out the responsibility he assigned them. (628) And again there is thanks indeed that it still continues as he intended. (629) 136 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 [Drum beat] (629) ta: ne? ti sho: ne wa?akwatsisysk, ne? ne: ne 52 5 kat6:ké:h, he no: yo?té:5k, ne: ne ska:t hesk4:h6?, he neydnishe?t. 62 3 3 4 412 2 3 31 2 2 ce [Song: nya:weh etc., as on p. 87] 21. The Creator (630) ta: niyéto?kta:tyé?, ne? okwathyowiatyé?, teyokwaténo:n- 3 4 41 2 3 41 2 2 3 31 ? :? snys: AyArtt: 25: 20 ?tya- yotyé ; hawe: A) teyoteno ny5:5k, hekay ti hi, ne 5 kwéh, 0 tyo tawé:nye:?. (631) ne: ti’kwa na?ahte?éh, ?eyakotkathwé: otyé?, 41 5 5 by 1 2 no?keyend?té?he?t. (632) ta: ne?ho wai ?é6:néh, nik4:wi?s, ?o:ne: 2 4 41 4 5 bis 2 2 41 2 2 3 ne? ne?ho hetwa:yo? he nyo:?nikoewé?oh. (633) hawe:?5 waih, 4 4 3 41 2 2 3 2 4 1 4 5 3 ne*ho ti hejako?kth4:k, n eyoto?eshony5 : 5k, ne ?5:kwéh, ne ySeja?kéh. 3 4 1 12 3 412 4 41 2 2 3 31 (634) ne: hetke n i? no?kéoy4:tih, ne?ho né:h, heski?ty5:ta?k. (635) 4 5 61 2 2 3 2 tes 31 ne?ho ti hejféko?ktha:k, n eydto?é:shd:?, ydeja’ke ?eydhsaha:k. 4 § 2 3 2 3 41 2 2 3 31 (636) né? shé:h, n eyoto?eshony5:5k, ne? eyakothyéwi:4k, he no?- 4 23 3 2 412 3 Cpe 3 keyené?te?hé?t. (637) ta: ?etwaiwaye:is wafh, ne: swé?5h, 71? eka- 2 3 31 4 5 12 3 3. 12 3 2 yakéhtak, n e:twawenokwe:kdh. (638) né? shd:h, ?etwAthy6:wi?, ss 12 3 31 4 23 2 3 31 2 nyo:yeno?te*hé?oh, ?atd?eshi:nysk, ?atwenota:ksh#é?, totétwde?. 2 3 2 2 3 31 2 2 3 31 2 23 31 (639) ta: ne:ta nitydkwe?ta:ké:h, kaiwaya:s5 shé:h. (640) ne? ne 4 5 52 3 4 41 4 41 4 ské:no? twendhtonydh, ne: né:w4?, ?oti:wahté:ty5:h. (641) ta: ne? 41 3 2 3 1 2 3 41 2 23 31 4 tine ?eswé:hé:k, ne? ke ne wa’?’akwatyé:né:ni?, ?o:né: né?, ?o?tsak- 5 62 3 4 41 2 3 4 12 3 2 wand :nyd:?, n o:tye:ndé*kta?o h akyo:hé?, ta: ne’?ho wai ney6?te:5k, 41 2 4 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 n okwa?nikée?. [Drum beat] 3 41 repeat to ending as before Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 137 And we ask only that it will continue in the same manner for the period of another year. 21. The Creator (630) And we have been speaking along up till now, giving thanks; for he decided, ‘The people moving about will simply be thankful (631) for whatever things they see that 1 created.” (632) And now that brings it up to where we are, according to the way he intended it. (633) He decided, ‘‘The people on the earth will end their grati- tude (634) with me, above the sky where I shall dwell. (635) There they will always end their gratitude, having begun on the earth. (636) They will simply express their gratitude, telling about what I created.” (637) And we have done what we were supposed to do. You © decided that all our words would issue from me. (638) We simply told about his creations, and repeated our gratitude and our hope. (639) And we here can at least claim (640) that we are happy at this ceremony today. (641) And give it now your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks to him, Our Creator. And our minds will continue to be so. 6 Plural; addressed to those present, and specifically the Faith Keepers. 61 That each item would continue to function. 138 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 22. The Singers (642) ta one ti né:h, niketyohk6é?té:h, ?6:néh, "etwaiwaye: is. 4 5 5 4 6 23 4 3 41 (643) né: swe?oh, a? ekayakehtak, n e: twawenokwe : koh. (644) ta: ne? n skwés harickyartt h, ne? ne katpeshs: nydh, he Ske:nor née: 5 23 41 2 3 ies Ee anan (645) ne: He Peswé:?, a? Pt ane ne?hé 12 2 3 31 4 1 23 3 4 423 2 3 tektA?t. (646) hé: owen o:néh, tekaendédkehkéh. (647) ne?h ekayakéhtak, 31 a 42 3 3 4 41 4 3 4 23 hetwawenokwé:kéh, ?até?eshd:nyok. (648) ta: tekw4no:onyo ti ne 4 42 3 23 41 4 5 2 3 swe: ?seshe? swati:5t, ne: hé ?eswé:?, ne?h ekayakéhtak, n e:yak- 4 2 3 423 4 5 2 23 3 2 4 23 4 wawenokwé: koh, hé kya?ta:te?. (649) ta one ti ne: j@:?seshé?, 41 5 2 23 kaens?, aire yetaleoh (650) ne?ho wai nyo :ye:éh, hotye:nd?kta- 31 3 3 4 2 "oh, ne? ne ha:h?, ne?h6 nyo :ye:éh. (651) Bt ne:ke: shokwa- ya’te: eae ti?kwa naPéhtereh, Peyokwaye?he?s: bk, ne vieja, 5 23 3 4 (652) ta: is ne: jé?seshé? ine :nyd: i ne: nikaend?té: h, wA:tdh, J ry 3 32 3 evant (653) te: am n esni: wayé:is, ie ear 5° n 0: ne Peek: aaa | 623 3 4 423 3 ng veer (654) ta: A ti hekAy4?ti:h, ne tota:tie?. eh) 2; 0) 2) 41 4 6 23 3 23 41 ne? hekaya?tt:h, ne wa?étsiejéonys:?, n o:etd:kwa:h, *o?w€ inishie- 23 3 tenys: : ty6?, ne: serie no: yo?téotye? na: ke:dk, te?kand: $9, ji*nikoé?, 23 3 423 2 neshatinystatys? ka?shéh, he jiyariater (656) ne? wai ne to?oi- wano?k6: was, teyokwaténo: nystyst he ni: y ciwihsarhs?, n 0: tye: - 5 52 3 n6?kta?5h, ta: ?is ti ?o:ne eeikai ean enter aan eles 3 23 4 5 52 3 3 4 3 4 ke?hé?t, ne?ho ti netwatkwe:ni?, tetwaweni:tké?t, ta: ne?ho wai 23° 8 a15 92 3 ney6?te: i, n okwa ?nikoe?, t4: ne?hoh. 3 23 4 hy | THANKSGIVING DANCE PART THREE: FINAL SONG GROUP Repetition of Songs V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XXII, XXIII, XXV, and XXVI from Part One. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 139 22. The Singers (642) And now we in this group have fulfilled our obligation. (643) You decided that all our words would issue from me. (644) And certainly I myself, expressing the gratitude, am happy. (645) You decided that it would be my responsibility to stand up (646) here in the middle of the song, (647) that all our words of gratitude would issue from me. (648) And I thank you, the moiety partners, the Faith Keepers, that you decided that all the words would issue from me. (649) And now for you two moiety partners whose responsi- bility is the song. (650) This is what the Creator did; this is what he himself did. (651) He chose certain of us to learn certain things on the earth. (652) And you two moiety partners are able to do the songs, these songs called konéoo?. (653) And you fulfilled your obligation, did not hold back when they extended their hands to you. (654) And they simply repeat it here. (655) They simply give you encouragement, that in future days your minds may not hold back when perhaps they extend their hands to you again. (656) It continues unchanged. We are giving thanks for the works of the Creator. And it is now up to you again: how many more songs there will be. That is all the speaking we can do. And our minds will continue to be so. That is it. 62 When the Faith Keepers asked you to be the singers, EXCERPTS FROM OTHER PERFORMANCES EXCERPTS FROM THE TOBACCO INVOCATION Final Sentences from Sections Dealing with the Wind . « « (657) ta: ne? ti ?4e?, n oyé?kwa?o:wéh, wa’akwatys: ?tak. 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 (658) ne? ne ?o?tyakwané:nyd:?, ne: hé:owe ?ot&?eo0dh, tyotato:- 2 4 2 4 2 ni:h, teyoerwe:nyé:h, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?te:5k, ne: ne sa?nikée?. 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 aie: «1§(659) ta: ne? ti ?ae?, ne Poyé?kwa?o:wéh, ’o?kaye?kweot€?. (660) ne? ne: ne wa?akwatoisysk, ne: ne kato :ké:h, shs: noiyo?té: ak. (661) ne?ho sho: ne:ké:h, no:taka:té:k, ne teyoewe :nyé:h, noi yokwa?nikoiyostahks : ok, (662) ne: he skein9?, ’akwénohto:nydh, ne?ho sho: he niy6?hasté?, teyoxwe:nye: ne ske:n9?, "i:k€:h, ’akwe- nohto:nydh. (663) ta: wa’akwatdisyok ti né:h, kato :ké: shoth, no:yo?té:ok, n o:ets:kwath, ?o?wé :nishetenyo: tyé?, ta: ne?ho wai ney6?te:dk, ne sa’nikde?, 4 2 3 31 EXCERPT FROM A SECOND RECORDING OF THE THANKSGIVING SPEECH BY CORBETT SUNDOWN Section Dealing urth the Wind (664) ta one wai nyo:ye:éh, hotye:ndé?kta?o he tyohé?, tkaye:i? 2 4 2 4 2 hawe:?5h, ne? o:néh, ?o?kyene:tA?t, ?eydeja:té:k. (665) ta one ti 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 ne? ne ha’tekaké:t, wai he?e ta?4yoska:sthé?t, ne?ho sho:h, no: yo?- 4 2 4 2 2 té:ok. (666) ta: ne? wai ne ha?tekaké:t, ?ekésyoini?, ne? ne teke:- 4 1 2 4 2 2 we:nyé:?, hé:ow eydeja:té:k. (667) ta: ne? wai ne heke:hkwé?sk- 4 2 3 31 2 wa:h, no?wo:tih, ne®?ho hosyo:nf:h, ?0t4?eod5h, sken5?5:h, nityoye:éh, 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 ?otkahaté:h. (668) ne?ho Potato nich, ta one teyoewe:nyé:h, ta one 2 41 2 2 4 2 140 SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 141 . . . (657) And again we use the tobacco. (658) We give thanks for the thing that is covered by a veil, where the wind is formed. And your mind will continue to be so. . . . (659) And again the tobacco smoke rises. (660) We ask that it will continue in the same manner. (661) That the wind will be just so strong that we are content. (662) We are happy; the wind is just so strong that we are happy. (663) And we ask that it will continue in the same manner in future days. And your mind will continue to be so. (664) And now this is what Our Creator did: indeed he decided, ‘““Now I have finished the creation of the earth. (665) And now it must not be by itself in just this way. (666) And I must make the wind on the earth.” (667) And in the west he made the thing that is covered by a veil. Slowly it moves and revolves. (668) And now the wind is formed there, and now we who move about on the earth 580135—61——_10 142 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 ske:no? twendhtonydh, ne ydeja’kéh, teyokwatawenyé:h. (669) ne?ho 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 sho: kho nitka:té?, ne teyomwe:nyé:h, n okwa?nikoiyéstahkéh, ?ok- 4 2 4 2 4 2 yoishé:ni:ydh, hawe:?5h, ne?ho ney6é?te:5k, ne yseja?kéh, shokwAt- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 ka?wéh. (670) ta one ?4e?, ?okwatokéhsé:?, ?okhi:owf:h, hatioy4?- 31 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 ke:on5?. (671) ne? wai ne ho:né:h, ?akwe: ne? wai ne:ké:h, ne? 31 2 4 2 4 2 eydtkath6?, ne sheno:kshd?, n o:eté:kwa:h. (672) ne? ki?she ne?ho 4 2 4 2 4 31 2 neya:wéh, ney6?hastéh, teke:we:nyé:?, hé:owe yoejata:tyé?. (673) 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 ta: ne? wai ne ?akwé:h, ne? ne ka:ekw4h, n a: ?tekake:sé:?, hé:owe 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 yoejaté?, ne? kho ne ?ekaiwahté?t, hé:owe ne:ké:h, ko?niko:iydé:h, 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 kokwé:ony5?, ne?ho wai ne:ké:h, ?akwé:h, niyokwa?nikoté:h. 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 31 (674) ta: ne?ho wai nyo:tive:éh, hatioy4?ke:on5?, ?okhi:owi:h, ta: 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 tkaye:i?, twaiwakwaAihsés, we:nishete:ny5?, ne? ne tkaye:{?, ?etwAt- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 kathé6?, ?o:né ne?ho niya:wés, ne ka:ekw4 no?tkake:sé:?, kokwé:on- 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 2, y5?. (675) ta: ?okwate?swi:yé:h, wai n i?, he?e ta?aetwakwe:ni?, 31 2 4 2 4 2 4 ?4etwatka:th6é6?, ?ahséh, ne:ke: niydto?’kta:tyé?, he n3:yo?ha:stéh, 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 take: we:nyé:?, na: yokwatowe:htak. (676) ta:ne?ho wai ni:k4:?, ne 2 4 2 3 21 2 4 2 ?40?e:sat, ne:ke: n etwato?éshonyd:k, ske:nd?, ni? sho: twendhtonysh. 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 (677) ta: ?eswe:hé:k, ti wa?akwatye:no:ni?, ne: ne ?0?tyakwand:n- 2 4 2 4 2 y5:?, ne: tyota?eosh, teyosewe:nyé:h, ta: ne?ho wai neyé?te:d5k, n 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 okwa?nikde?. 2 41 EXCERPTS FROM THE THANKSGIVING SPEECH BY SOLON JONES Section Dealing with the Wind (678) ta one waih, hawe:?5h. (679) ne? néh, teyoewenyé:ak ne: 3 4 3 1 2 4 2 3 hé yoejaté?. (680) ne?ho sho: khé netka:té:k. (681) ne:ke: ?i:- 4 3 31 2 4 3 21 2 ké:h, so:ka:? tha:yakétowe:htak. (682) ta: ne?ho ne: niyd?té:h. 4 2 31 2 4 31 (683) ne: tewaktatyé?. (684) ta: ne?ho na: si:kwa:h, nitwAte?- 2 31 2 2 Cuarp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 143 are happy. (669) And the wind is just the strength for us to be content with it; it strengthens our breath. He decided it would be so, with us whom he left on the earth. (670) And again it was ex- plained to us; the Sky Dwellers told us. (671) They said, ‘‘We believe that your kinsmen will see that in the future (672) it may happen that the wind will become strong over the earth. (673) And we believe that it will scrape off everything on the earth and will destroy people’s homes and property. That is what we believe, what is on our minds.” (674) And that is what the Sky Dwellers said, what they told us. And indeed we can attest to it; in these days it — is true: we see it happen, that it scrapes off all their homes. (675) But we ourselves are fortunate. We are not able to see it yet, up to the present time: that the wind would become so strong as to harm us. (676) And therefore let there be gratitude. We shall be grateful that we ourselves, at least, are happy. (677) And give it your thought, that we may do it properly: we now give thanks for the thing that is covered by a veil, for the wind. And our minds will continue to be so. (678) And now he decided, (679) “There will be wind on the earth. (680) And it will be just so strong, (681) so that no one will be harmed.”’ (682) And the way things are, (683) surrounding us 144 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 hast5?. (685) ne?ho ne:ké:h, ?eyakotéwehtak, né ?o:kwéh. (686) 4 31 2 og 2 4 4 3 21 yeks4?sho%o yekehjishd?oh. (687) ne?ho kwa: hé:owéh, ?okwikwe:é? 2 Cae 2 3 2 3 ne: tyokwé?o:wéb. (688) ta: ne?ho thikeo ?aiké:h, ne:ke: he ni- 2 4 3 21 2 4 2 kayetha?, ne si:kwa: niy6?hasté?, héh, teyowwe:nyé:h. (689) ta: Sipgre 4 2 4 38 4 4 2 31 2 ne? ti ?ae? diw4?. (690) ne? kho ne tkaye:i? wai ?okhi:owi:h. (691) 3 43 21 2 4 3 21 hé:owe ne:ké:h, twatato:nfh, ne: héh, teyoewe:nyé:h. (692) ne? 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 31 2 ne wa:to waih, né?, néh, ?ot&?eodh. (693) ta: ne?ho ne:ké:h, tyo- 4 4 3 243, 2° eat 2 3 2 tato:ni:h, teyosewe:nyé:h, he yoejata:tyé?. (694) ta: ne? n etwa- 4 2 3 3 31 2 tye:no:ni? n okwa?nikée?. (695) ?o:ne ?o?titwand:ny5:?, hé:owéh, 41 2 4 2 4 twatato:nih, teyoewe:nyé:h, ne: he yoejata:tyé?, ta: ne? he neyé?- 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 te:ok ne: ?okwa?niksde?, 41 Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 145 (684) it is stronger (685) and brings harm to people, (686) to children and old people. (687) But where we Indians are living (688) the wind strikes with less force. (689) And another thing. (690) They told us this, also. (691) Where the wind is formed, (692) it is called the thing that is covered by a veil. (693) And there it is formed, the wind over the earth. (694) And we shall do what we should with our minds. (695) We now give thanks for the place where it is formed, the wind over the earth. And our minds will continue to be so. GRAMMATICAL COMMENTARY This commentary is based on the analysis published in Chafe (1960-61). References to paragraphs in that work are made in square brackets. Seneca has seven vowels: 7, e, @, @, 0, €, and 9. The last two are nasalized. There are nine consonants: n, w, y, t, k, s, 7, h, and ? (glottal stop). The stops ¢ and & are voiced before a vowel and before n, w, and y. The affricate 7 is phonetically [dz]. Vowel length is written with a colon, stress with an acute accent mark. There are at most five distinctive pitches (see below), which are written, from low to high, with the numbers 1 to 5 under the letters. The pitch remains level until a new pitch is indicated. Juncture between phrases is written with a comma, between sentences with a period. The two are distinguished by relative length of pause. Word space has no phonological significance but is simply a guide to word boundaries, except that after t, k, and s it indicates interword juncture, phoneti- cally similar to plus juncture in English. Seneca words are classified as verbs, nouns, and particles. Except for some elliptical forms, verbs (kzhsa:s ‘I’m looking for it’) and nouns (kahsi?ta? ‘my foot’) contain a stem (-chsa:s, -ahsi?ta?) pre- ceded by a pronominal prefix (/- ‘first person’). The latter may be subjective (as above), objective (?akihsa:s ‘it sees me’), or transitive (hakthsa:s ‘he sees me’). The stem consists of at least a root (-chsa[:k|- ‘look for’, -ahsi?ta- ‘foot’) followed by an aspect suffix (-s ‘iterative’) or noun suffix (-? ‘simple noun suffix’). The root may be modified by a root suffix (kihsa:khoh ‘I’m looking for things’), an incorporated noun root (kya?tihsa:s ‘I’m looking for the body’), a reflexive or reciprocal morpheme, or any combination of these. A modified root is called a base. The aspect suffix may also be modified in several ways (kihsa:skwa? ‘IT used to look for it’). Finally, this entire struc- ture may be modified by a modal prefix (?ekihsa:k ‘I will look for it’), a primary prefix (skihsa:s ‘I’m looking for it again’), a secondary prefix (nikthsa:s ‘how I look for it’), or several prefixes of unique distribution (te?kthsa:s ‘I don’t look for it’). There are a few attrib- utive suffixes which modify the entire structure that precedes them: kihsdsko:wa:h ‘I’m a great one at looking for things’. While no thorough syntactic analysis of Seneca has been made, several factors relating to syntax can be discussed. These include the morphophonemic variation found at the borders of juxtaposed words, or external sandhi, and the two syntactic styles which are represented in these texts. 146 SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 147 The class of sandhi alternates which can be designated ‘formal’ and associated with the formal morphological style [27.1] is easily described. A word that ends in A before juncture occurs with- out this 2 before a following word: see the first three words of sen- tence 2, ta: ne?ho wai (niotiye:eh), which are in isolation ta:h, ne?hoh, and wazh. Interword juncture occurs after ¢t, k, and s when another word directly follows. Since its presence can be inferred from the word boundaries, which are marked by word space, there is no need for a special notation. It is found, for example, between ?ethihso:t and ssekha:? in sentence 138. Finally, when a word that ends with ? precedes a word beginning ?, only one ? is actually present. The convention is followed of writing it at the end of the first word and omitting it at the beginning of the second: see ne? eyakao?eshdhse? in sentence 6, where the second word is in isolation %eyakao?eshdhse?. Compare in the same sentence ne ?9:kweh, where the first word is neh in isolation. There is a second class of sandhi alternates which can be termed ‘colloquial’ and associated with the colloquial style of [27]. This style is distinguished by the absence of word-initial ? or A after a word that would end in / in isolation. In the following list of alterna- tions included in this style, a stands for any vowel and o for any second vowel: In Isolation: In Sequence: (a) - - - ah ?o--- ---0--- (b) - - - ah ?o:--- ---0O:--- (c) - - - ah ho(:)- - - ---Oi--- (d) - - - ath ?o0(:)--- ---a0--- An example of (a) is n okht:owi:h (neh, ?okhi:owi:h) in sentence 2; of (b), ne?h o:neh (ne?hoh, 20:neh) in sentence 33; of (c), n o:tye:n6?k- ta?oh (neh, hotye:né?kta? oh) in sentence 9; of (d), ta oneh (ta:h, 20:neh) in sentence 1. In (a), however, if the first vowel is 7, it, rather than the second vowel, remains: ti yakota?se?d: ok (tih, 2?eyakoto?se?5:ok) in sentence 65. There are in Seneca at least three speaking styles that are dis- tinguished solely by their patterns of pitch and stress. Two of them, which will be referred to as ‘chanting’ and ‘preaching’, are exemplified in these texts. The third is the style of normal conversation, and it is represented here only in the Epilogue to the Thanksgiving Speech. Chanting is the characteristic style for rituals of this sort. It is followed throughout the Thanksgiving Speech and in sections 2 to 12 and 15 to 17 of the Thanksgiving Dance. It utilizes only pitches 1 to 4. In it, nearly all of the phrases which are not sentence-final 148 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLy. 183 begin on pitch 2 and remain there until the end of the phrase, where there is a rise to pitch 4. This rise is accompanied by stress, which is in addition to the morphological stress on the word, if there is one. The position of the phrase-final stress and rise to pitch 4 is as follows: it occurs on the next to last vowel of the phrase if that vowel (a) is directly followed (without intervening length) by the phrase-final vowel, or (b) is separated from the latter only by length and is at the same time either identical with it or morphologically stressed. An example of (a) is wdih in sentence 5. Hxamples of (b) are to:ne?ni- koewenyd?ts:ok in sentence 63, and ?eyot?eohtani:ak in sentence 20. Otherwise the stress and rise is on the last vowel of the phrase (see examples passim). In the sentence-final phrase there is most commonly a rise to pitch 3 at some (apparently nondistinctive) point during the phrase and a fall to pitch 1 on the last vowel (or vowel sequence), which is again stressed. Other patterns occur in chanting, but those described above are overwhelmingly the most frequent and characteristic. Preaching is conspicuous as the style in which the Good Message of Handsome Lake is recited. It occurs in other rituals too, and is found in sections 1, 13, 14, and 18 to 22 of the Thanksgiving Dance recorded here. Its alternation with chanting seems to have some semantic function, indicating, although not consistently, the begin- ning of a major subdivision of the text. Here, at least, it signals the first section of the entire text, and the shift from terrestrial to celes- tial items at section 13 (cf. p. 7). Preaching utilizes five pitches. Its patterns are more intricate and varied than those of the chanting style, but several characteristic features can be easily described. Probably its most characteristic feature is an added stress that im- mediately precedes the usual phrase-final stress. In phrases that are not sentence-final this stress is accompanied by a falling pitch, with a partial rise on the phrase-final stress. Typical pitch patterns are 523, 423, and 412, the last two usually preceded by a phrase contain- ing the first. In the sentence-final phrase there is very often a rise to pitch 4 before the end of the phrase, with a fall from 4 to 1 on the final vowel. Many sentences contain an initial phrase which begins on pitch 4 and ends with a rise to pitch 5. All of these above-men- tioned patterns are exemplified in sentence 465. Variations of them, and some entirely different patterns, can be found throughout the sections of the Thanksgiving Dance containing this style. CHarp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 149 The structure of each word in the texts will now be described. A boldface number is given to each word for purposes of cross reference. The following abbreviations are used: asp., aspect attr., attributive augment., augmentative [20.2] ® caus., causative [13.3, 5, 7] charact., characterizer [20.4] cisloc., cislocative [21] coin., coincident [25.3] coll., colloquial cont., continuative [18] contr., contrastive [25.4] dat., dative [13.12] dese., descriptive [5.6—-7] dimin., diminutive [20.3] direct., directive [13.2] dist., distributive [13.10] du., dual dupl., duplicative [22.1] ell., elliptical even., eventuative [16] excl., exclusive ext., external [7.5] fem., feminine [6.1, 7] fut., future [8.5] iden., identical impv., imperative [5.10-11] inch., inchoative [13.5, 8-9] incl., inclusive incorp., incorporated indef., indefinite [7.3] indic., indicative [8.6] inst., instrumental [13.11] int., internal [7.5] intens., intensifier [13.16] iter., iterative [5.8—9] lit., literally loc., locative masc., masculine [6.1, 6] mod., modal neg., negative [23] neut., neuter [6.1, 8] nn., noun nom., nominalizer [12] nonmasc., nonmasculine obj., objective oppos., oppositive [13.4, 6] opt., optative [8.4] part., partitive [25.2] pers., person pl., plural plur., pluralizer [20.7] popul., populative, [20.5] pref., prefix prim., primary prog., progressive [17] punc., punctual [8.2] purp., purposive [13.15] recip., reciprocal [15] refl., reflexive [15] repet., repetitive [21] rt., root sec., secondary spl., simple [7.5] subj., subjective suff., suffix trans., transient [13.14] transloc., translocative [24] vb., verb 6 Only the most important morpheme references are cited in this list. A complete general index to Chafe (1960-61) can be found in [30.1]. 150 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 Thanksgiving Speech (1) 1. ta:h ‘and’ (sentence connective) 2. ?o:neh ‘now, then, at a specific time’ 3. tih ‘now, at this moment’ 4, niketyohko’te:h ‘the way the group is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?¢e- ‘be of a certain kind, in a certain condition’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkw- [3.12, 6.8] ‘group, crowd’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ (usual with this vb. rt.) 5. wa?okwaya’taye:ih ‘we (pl.) gather’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yei- ‘be right’; rt. suff. -“h- ‘inch. II’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ (together meaning ‘gather’, usually with reference to a religious gathering) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -okwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ (2) . nhe?hoh ‘that, there’ waih ‘just, precisely’ . niotiye:eh ‘what they (masc.) did’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ OND 9. hatisya?ke:ono? ‘the Sky Dwellers (masc. pl.)’ Nn. rt.: -(y)5:ya- [3.21, 6.3] ‘sky’ Nn. suff.: -’?ké- ‘ext. loc.’ Subj. pref.: hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Attr. suff.: -’0n5? ‘popul.’ 10. ne? ‘it is that . . .’ (followed by a predication; usually untrans- lated, as here) 11. neh ‘the’ (often untranslatable, as here) 12. ?okhi:owi:h ‘they told us’ Vb. rt.: -’ (hy)ow7- [6.3] ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: ?okhi- ‘they ... us ’ 13. ?eyakwaye:ta?k ‘we (pl.) shall continue to have it’ Vb. rt.: -yeta- ‘have’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yokwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 151 14. kanooshkwa?shz? ‘love’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -nodhkwa- ‘love’; -’ 2shxe- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 15. ydeja?keh ‘on the earth’ Nn. rt.: -deja- ‘earth’ Nn. suff.: -’?kéh ‘ext. loc.’ Subj. pref.: y- ‘neut.’ 16. teyokwatawenye:h ‘we (pl.) are moving about’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -awenye- ‘stir, move about’; -at- ‘refl.’ (yields intransi- tive meaning) Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) See also 1. (3) 17. ?etyotyéehts:ak ‘it will continue to be first’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeéht- ‘instigate; (with refl. and cisloc.) be first’; -at- [10.8] ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak [3.14] ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -¢- ‘cisloc.’ 18. ?eyakoya’tayéihse? ‘people will come and gather’ Vb. base: -yd?ta-yei- ‘gather’ (5); -’hs- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘purp.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ (here ‘people, they’ [6.1]) Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 19. ?etyotawe:nye:? ‘people will move about there’ Vb. base: -at-awenye- ‘move about’ (16). Asp. suff.: -? Spunce.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 20. ?9:kweh ‘person’, here ‘people’ Nn. rt.: -akwe- ‘person’ Nn. suff.: -’h- ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ?- ‘indef.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 15. 152 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (4) nityOhsa:? ‘how it begins’ Vb. rt.: -ahsaw- [38.10] ‘begin’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ (very often with this rt.) Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ teydkwe?ta:ke:h ‘two people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’ (used in enumeration); incorp. nn. rt. -akwe?ta- ‘person’ (incorp. allomorph of -okwe-; cf. 20) Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘indef.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (here meaning ‘two’) te:yatate: ke? ‘they (masc. du.) will see each other’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ke- ‘see’; -atate- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’:y- ‘they (masce. du.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ tyotyéehtoh ‘it is first’ Iden. with 17 except that cont. and fut. are lacking. hoti: wa: ye? ‘they (masc.) have the obligation’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye- ‘have’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, affair’, here ‘obligation’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ waond’e:sha? ‘it pleases them (masc.), they are grateful’ Vb. rt.: -a?esha- ‘please, gratify’ Asp. suff.: -*? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘them (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ ske:no? ‘it is well, healthy (mentally and physically)’ yendshtonyoh ‘people think’, with ske:na? ‘people are happy’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(e)ndhto- ‘know’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’ (together meaning ‘think’) Asp. suff.: -’h ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: y- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10 29. (5) te:yatahnd:nya:? ‘they (masc. du.) will greet each other’ Vb. base: -ndanyo- ‘rejoice in, greet, thank’; -atah- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -”:y- ‘they (masce. du.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) ——— CHaArn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 153 30. nezh ‘this’ 31. he:ni: wa?hote? ‘they (masc. du.) will take up the matter there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?hot- ‘attach, add on’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -€? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’:n7z- ‘they (mase. du.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ 32. hiya?ti:h ‘they (masc. du.) alone’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -7- ‘make up the total’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’ (often, as here, simply indicating that living beings are involved) Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: hi- ‘they (masce. du.)’ 33. hondti: wa:te? ‘their (masc.) subject matter’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’; -at- [3.14] ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘their (masc.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11. (6) 34. nioye:eh ‘what he did’ Iden. with 8 except for obj. pref. -’o- ‘masc.’ 35. hotye:nd?kta?ah ‘the Creator’, lit. ‘he has fashioned it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?kta- ‘come to the end’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -yeen- (with this vb. rt. yields meaning ‘fashion’) ; -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -dh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ 36. heh ‘there, where’ 37. tyahe? ‘we (incl. pl.) are alive’ (85-37 together are translated ‘Our Creator’) Vb. rt.: -ahe- ‘be alive’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ty- ‘we (incl. p.)’ 38. hawe:?ah ‘he decided’ Vb. rt.: -e?9- ‘decide, ordain’ Asp. suff.: -’h- ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: haw- ‘masc.’ 39. ?eyakao?eshahse? ‘people will come to express their gratitude’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -o?esha- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -’hs- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘purp.’ Obj. pref.: -yaka- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 154 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 40. hekaya’ti:h ‘it is all that there is, simply’ Vb. stem iden. with 32. Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ (here indicating completeness) 41. teyakotawenye:h ‘people are moving about’ Iden. with 16 except for obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15. (7) 42. ne:ke:h ‘this, that’ 43. nity}kwe?ta:ke:h ‘how many of us people there are’ Vb. stem iden with 22. Subj. pref.: -ty- ‘we (inel. pl.)’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 44, ?okwaiwayestah ‘we (pl.) have the obligation’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye- ‘have’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus.-inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, obligation’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kwa- ‘we (pl.)’ 45. ?eyakwato?esé:ak ‘we (pl.) shall continue to be grateful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0?es- ‘please, gratify’ (formally distinct from the vb. rt. in 26, 39); -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 5, 7. (8) 46. khoh ‘and, also’ 47. niy6’te:h ‘the way it is’ Vb. rt.: -6?te- ‘be in a certain condition’ (cf. 4) Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 48. kanotakwéhta:? ‘community’, lit. ‘town laid out flat’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwéhta- ‘lay out flat’; incorp. nn. rt. -nata- ‘town’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 49. he?eh ‘no, not’ 50. ta?dkwa:okeh ‘we (pl.) have not heard’ Vb. rt.: -d0(:)k- ‘hear’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -?0kw- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: t2?- [27.5] ‘negative’ CHaFe] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 155 51. kano:9? ‘it is difficult’ Vb. rt.: -noo- ‘be difficult’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 52. ki?sheh ‘perhaps, maybe’ 53. no:yotyé:ak ‘how it might continue to happen accidentally’ Vb. rt.: -atyea- ‘happen accidentally or unexpectedly’ Asp. suff.: -’@- ‘desce.’; -ak [3.14,19,20] ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -aa- [8.14] ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 6, 11, 390. (9) 54. kakéota:tye? ‘it is laid down all along’ Vb. rt.: -kéot- ‘lay down’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 55. koya?to:zekho? ‘it is holding people down here and there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6xzk- ‘hold down’; rt. suff. -ha- ‘dist.’ (‘here and there’) ; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t-‘body’ (cf. 32) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 56. ?ondhsotaiya:? ‘disease’ Vb. rt.: -nahsotaiya- ‘make sick’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 57. kwa:h ‘even, especially’ 58. ha:hoa? ‘he himself’ Nn. rt.: -ha- ‘emphatic third person’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ha- ‘masce.’ [28.4] 59. nz:h ‘emphatically, certainly’ 60. kaiwayétahkoh ‘it is a responsibility, obligation’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeta- ‘have’; rt. suff. -“hkw- [3.12] ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, responsibility’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 35, 47. 156 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 1&8 (10) 61. ni:ka:? ‘what is in it’, here ‘therefore’ Vb. rt.: -(C)- “put in, incorporate in’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 62. ?49’e:sat ‘let it cause gratification, let there be gratitude’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -o?esa- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -’ht- [3.6] ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘impv.’ Obj. pref.: ?a- ‘neut.’ 63. ?eyakyo’éshahse:k ‘we (pl.) shall continue to be grateful’ Vb. rt.: -a?esha- ‘gratify’ Asp. suff.: -’hs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yaky- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 64. nd?ke:? ‘behind, afterward’ 65. ?okwaya?takohsohta: atye? ‘we (pl.) are remaining’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kahséht- ‘remain’; incorp. nn. rt. -ydé?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: 2akwa- ‘we (pl.)’ 66. kaiwaya:soh ‘it is claimed’, lit. ‘the matter is called’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yas- ‘call, name’; nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref. ka- ‘neut.’ 67. 7i? ‘I, me, we, us’ 68. ?etwi? ‘we (incl. pl.) shall say’ Vb. rt.: -i- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (inel. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 69. twendhtonyoh ‘we (incl. pl.) think’ Iden. with 28 except for subj. pref. tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 27, 30, 36. (11) 70. ?eswe:he:k ‘you (pl.) will continue to think’ Vb. rt.: -ehe- ‘think, give thought’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -sw- ‘you (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ CHarE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 157 71. keh emphasizes meaning of preceding word (sometimes of follow- ing word) 72. tayakwatye:et ‘it’s first for us (excl. pl.)’ Vb. base iden. with 17. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢é- ‘cisloc.’ 73. ?o?tyakwatahno:onya:? ‘we (excl. pl.) greet each other’ Vb. stem iden with 29. Subj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ Other pref.: -é- ‘dupl.’ 74, neyo’te:ak ‘it will continue to be so’ Vb. rt.: -6?/e- ‘be in a certain condition’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 75. ?okwa?nikde? ‘our (pl.) minds’ Nn. rt.: -?nik5e- ‘mind’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 67. (12) 76. nyo:ye:eh coll. for 34. 77. ?ekdeja:ta:t ‘I shall establish the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- [13.5] ‘be present, in place’; rt. suff. -at- ‘caus. IT’ (together meaning ‘establish’); incorp. nn. rt. -deja- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 78. teyotawe:nye:? ‘people will move about’ Iden. with 19 except for ¢- ‘dupl.’ and lack of -t- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 11, 20, 30, 35-8. (13) 79. wa:se:? ‘it is new’ Vb. rt.: -ase- ‘be new’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: w- ‘neut.’ 580135—61——11 158 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 80. teyakota?o:atye? ‘people are coming to be standing’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ta- ‘stand’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Other pref.: ¢e- ‘dupl.’ 81. hé:aweh ‘where’ 82. ?eydeja:te:k ‘the earth will continue to be there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -deja- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 11, 20, 30, 46. (14) 83. kano: kshz? ‘relationship’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -nak- ‘be related’; -shex- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 84. n o:neh ‘when’ neh (11) ?0:neh (2) 85. ?eyathyonya:ne? ‘people are going to tell about it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hyonya- ‘tell’; rt. suff. -":n- ‘trans.’; -at- ‘refl.’ (yields meaning ‘tell about’) Asp. suff.: -é? ‘purp.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 86. ?e:natd:ak ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to say’ Vb. rt. -ata- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 87. ?akhino’eh ‘we (excl.) have her as mother, our mother’ Vb. rt.: -n6?e- ‘have as mother’ Asp. suff.: -’h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: ?akhi- ‘we (excl.) . . . her’ 88. teyakwe:hsi?take?séhkah ‘we (pl.) have it as a support for our feet’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ke?s&hkw- ‘put a support under’; incorp. nn. rt. -ahsi?ta- [15.4]; -(e)e- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yokw- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 1-3, 10, 11, 82. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 159 (15) 89. tkaye:i? ‘indeed, in fact, actually’ Vb. rt.: -yei- ‘be right’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: é- ‘cisloc.’ 90. ?okwaty#:?tahkoh ‘we (pl.) use it’ Coll. for ?0kwatyéx?tahkah [27.2] Vb. base: vb. rt. -yew- ‘do’; rt. suff. -’?a- ‘caus. I’ (yields meaning ‘use’), ~hkw- ‘inst.’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kw- ‘we (pl.)’ $1. ha?tewe:nisheke:h ‘every day’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- [14.4] ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -é:nishe- ‘day’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’, ha?- ‘transloc.’ (indicating completeness, ‘every’) 92. ha?téwahsotake:h ‘every night’ Iden. with 91 except for incorp. nn. rt. -ahsoat- ‘night’ 93. yoejate? ‘the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -deja- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: y- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 16, 81. (16) 94. teyakwahkwéodtye? ‘we are lifting’ Vb. rt.: “hkw- ‘lift’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘dese.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yokwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) 95. ?i:ke:h ‘this, here’ See also 6, 11, 27, 30, 46, 69, 81, 93. (17) 96. ?itwe:h ‘we (incl. pl.) think, believe’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘think, believe’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: 2itw- [6.11] ‘we (incl. pl.)’ 160 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 97. ?6iwakwe:koh ‘the whole matter, everything’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwek- ‘be the whole of’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4: wa- ‘matter’ Asp suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 98. koiwayéistoh ‘she has done what she was obligated to do’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yez- ‘be right’; rt. suff. -’sf- ‘caus.-inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, obligation’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 99. ?ethino?ch ‘we (incl.) have her as mother, our mother’ Iden. with 87 except for trans. pref. ?ethi- ‘we (incl.) . . . her’ 100. niyéiwa? ‘what responsibility’ Nn. rt.: -(C)éi: wa- ‘matter, responsibility’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 101. shakoiStas?ah ‘he has given her an assignment’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0(:)ta- ‘attach’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i- ‘matter, assign- ment’ Asp. suff.: -’s?- ‘even.’; -5h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: shako- ‘he .. . her’ 102. wa?akwatye:na:ni? ‘we (excl. pl.) do it properly’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -o(:)ni- ‘make’; incorp. nn. rt. -yeen- (together meaning ‘do properly’; cf. 35); -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 103. ?o:ne: ‘now’ ?0:neh (2); the final vowel length is anomalous, but occurs consistently in this one context. 104. ?0?tyakwans:nyd:? ‘we (excl. pl.) thank’ Vb. rt.: -ndonyo- ‘thank’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ Other pref.: -é- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 61, 62, 70, 74, 75, 88. (18) See 1, 2, 7, 30, 35, 76. CHarp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 161 (19) 105. ?eyot?eohtani:ak ‘plants will continue to grow’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0(:)ni- ‘make’; incorp. nn. rt. -?ed6ht- ‘plant’; -at- ‘refl.’ (with this vb. rt. yields meaning ‘grow’) Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 38, 81, 82, 89. (20) 106. kakwe:koh ‘the whole, all’ Vb. rt.: -kwek- ‘be the whole of’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 107. ?eyétihsensye:ta:k ‘they (nonmasc.) will continue to have names’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yet- ‘have’; rt. suff. -9- ‘dist.’ incorp. nn. rt. -hsena- ‘name’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yoti- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 108. ni:ya:h ‘how many’ Vb. rt.: -9- ‘be a certain amount’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 82, 89, 105. (21) 109. kato:ke:h ‘it is certain, specific, the same’ Vb. rt.: -toke- ‘be certain, etc.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 110. niy6: wa?’keh ‘at a specific time’ Nn. rt.: -’: wa- ‘specific time’ Nn. suff.: -’?kéh ‘ext. loc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 111. tewensejotka?wahse:k ‘they (nonmase. pl.) will always emerge from the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -otkd?w- ‘emerge from’; incorp. nn. rt. -dej- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -d/s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wen- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 162 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuy. 183 112. ?a:ho? ‘itself, themselves’, here ‘of their own accord’ Nn. stem iden. with 58. Obj. pref.: ?a- ‘neut.’ 113. ?ewatotyahse:k ‘it will always grow to maturity’ Vb. rt.: -atoty- [8.14] ‘grow to maturity’ Asp. suff.: -dhs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ See also 2, 3, 10, 11, 36. 114. 115. 116. 117. (22) ?onodhkwa?shz?sho?ah ‘medicines’ Nn. rt.: -nahkwa?she- ‘medicine’ Nn. suff.: -?- ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ Attr. suff.: -sh5?5h ‘plur.’ ?o:nato?se?5:9ak ‘it will continue to be available to them (masc.) in abundance’ Coll. for ?eonata?se?5:9k [26.2] Vb. rt.: -ato?se?- ‘be available in abundance’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- [3.16] ‘fut.’ ?o?tyatawe:nye:? ‘people move about’ Iden. with 78 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ nio’niksewé? ah ‘what he intended’, lit. ‘how his mind fell’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nikde- ‘mind’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masce.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 42. 118. (23) niy6to’kta:tye? ‘up to the present time’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?ki- ‘come to the end, extend to a certain point’; -af- refi. Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 89, 990. ata — sac at ee es Pe ee CuaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 163 (24) 119. hasnya:no? ‘he made them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -onya- ‘make’; rt. suff. -’:noa- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ha- ‘masc.’ See also 11, 30, 35, 114. (25) 120. teyakohkwéstye? ‘people will be lifting’ Vb. stem iden. with 94 except for final asp. suff. -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: f- ‘dupl.’ 121. ?ewotihsi:2?k ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) will continue to be distrib- uted’ Vb. rt.: -hstax- [5.4] ‘stand in array, be distributed’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ Mod pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 38, 74, 82, 114. (26) 122. ?eyakox?se? ‘it will catch up with people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)£?- ‘catch up with’; rt. suff. -se- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 123. kand:kte:she? ‘illness’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -ndokte- ‘feel sickly’; -shx- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 124. ?ekaye:ta?k ‘it will continue to be there’ Iden. with 13 except for subj. pref. -ka- ‘neut.’ (with subj. pref. this rt. means ‘be put down, be there’) 125. ?eyakoya?take:ha? ‘it will assist people’ Vb. rt.: -ya?takeh- ‘assist’ Asp. suff. -G? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15, 34, 35, 38, 41. 164 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 1838 (27) 126. ha?teyondhkwa’she:ke:h ‘all the medicines’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- [14.4] ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -nohkwa?shex- ‘medicine’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’, ha?- ‘transloc.’ (cf. 91, 92) 127. hotka?weh ‘he left, provided’ Vb. rt.: -atké?w- ‘leave, provide’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ 128. ?eyakwaya’takehasheé?ke:ok ‘it will be our assistance in the future’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?kéok- ‘be there in the future’ (?); incorp. nn. base: vb. rt. -ya?takeha- ‘assist’; -she- ‘nom.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘our (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 81, 93. (28) See 1, 6, 35, 46, 76. (29) 129. ?ot?éohta:ni:h ‘plants are growing’ Vb. base iden. with 105. Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 130. ?eka?eohtatéke:9k ‘there will continue to be a certain plant’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -toke- ‘be certain, specific’; incorp. nn. rt. -?edhta- ‘plant’ Asp. suff.: -°Q@- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 131. ?ewo:yaniyotha:k ‘berries will always hang’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -nzyot- ‘hang’; incorp. nn. rt. -d: ya- [3.14] ‘berries, fruit’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 47, 81, 93, 109, 110. CuaFe] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 165 (30) 132. ?etkhawihtak ‘I shall then bring it about, cause it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hawi- ‘carry’, with cisloc. ‘bring’; rt. suff. -’hi- ‘caus. I’; -‘hkw- ‘inst.’ (the entire base meaning ‘bring about’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘Ist pers.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -i- ‘cisloc.’ 133. ?eyakash#:?se:k ‘people will always remember me’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ashax- [5.4] ‘take cognizance of’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ (together meaning ‘remember’) Asp. suff. -s-‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Trans. pref.: -yok- ‘people . . . me Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 10, 11, 15, 20, 116. ) (31) 134. kes ‘repeatedly, each time’ 135. ?eyoto?éshonyd:? ‘people will repeatedly be grateful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -o?es- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -ho- ‘dist.’, -nya- ‘double dist.’ [13.10]; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 136. ?eydtkatho? ‘people will see’ Vb. rt. -atkathw- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 137. ?ews:yaniya:te? ‘berries will hang’ Iden. with 131 except for asp. suff. -é? ‘pune.’ 138. niyoejake:ya:t ‘above the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ké:yat- ‘put on top of, above’; incorp. nn. rt. -deja- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 84. 166 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 183 (32) 139. hotiyastah ‘they (masc.) call it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yas- ‘call’; rt. suff. -t- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 140. shés?a:h ‘wild strawberry’ Vb. base (?): vb. rt. -s?éa- ‘be small’; incorp. nn. rt. -she- (not found elsewhere) Asp. suff.: -’h ‘dese.’ See also 1, 7, 9-11, 30. (33) 141. jistata?shx? ‘strawberry’ Ell. for ?ojistatd?shx? [26.6] Nn. base: vb. rt. -ata- ‘attach’; incorp. nn. rt. -jist- ‘ember’; -’?shz- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ (Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’) 142. ?etwayastha:k ‘we (incl. pl.) shall always call it’ Vb. base iden. with 139. Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, 67. (34) 143. ?etwatkatho? ‘we (incl. pl.) see’ Vb. stem iden. with 136. Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘indie.’ 144. na?tetyo?taie:h ‘when it is warm again there’ Vb. rt.: -a?taie- ‘be warm, hot’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: -¢e- ‘dupl.’ Sec. pref.: na?- ‘part.’ (a variant of no?- in this speaker’s idiolect) 145. teyowwe:nye:h ‘the wind’, lit. ‘the wind is stirring’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -awenye- ‘stir’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)e- ‘wind’ [14.4] Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ CuaFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 167 146. ?0?wa:yaniyd:te? ‘berries hang’ Iden. with 137 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 7, 30, 36, 89, 93, 141. (35) 147. ?etwaty#:?tak ‘we (incl. pl.) use it’ Vb. base iden. with 90. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘indic.’ 148. hetwa:neko:net ‘we (incl. pl.) swallow the drink’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -anéht- ‘swallow’; incorp. nn. rt. -’:nek- ‘drink’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘indice.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ (usual with this rt.) 149. ?eyeko:tak ‘people will direct it toward, take it to’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kota- ‘perform an irrevocable act’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’ (together meaning ‘direct toward’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ b] 150. koya?tayéistha? ‘where people gather, meeting place Vb. base: -yd?ta-yei- ‘gather’ (5); rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus.-inst.’ Asp. suff.: -hd? ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 151. teyénd:anya:? ‘people will give thanks’ Vb. stem iden. with 104. Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ 152. ha?teyokwé?take:h ‘all the people’ Iden. with 91 except for incorp. nn. rt. -akwe?ta- ‘person’ 153. koya?takshsotha? ‘people remain’ Vb. base iden. with 65. Asp. suff.: -hd? ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 168 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 1838 154. teyotend:nys:? ‘people will be thankful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ndonyo- ‘thank’; -ate- ‘refl.’ (together meaning ‘be thankful’) Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 46, 76, 84, 89, 108, 134, 136, 146. (36) 155. ?0?kaiwaye:ih ‘it comes to pass’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye7- ‘be right’; rt. suff. -’h- ‘inch. II’; nn. rt. -(C)4: wa- ‘matter’ (the entire base meaning ‘come to pass’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ 156. na?we:? ‘while, during, since’ 157. tetyo?taics?ah ‘it eventually becomes warm again there’ Vb. rt.: -a?taie- ‘be warm’ Asp. suff.: -’s?- ‘even.’; -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -/- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 158. ?o?titwaténd:onyo:? we (incl. pl.) are thankful’ Vb. stem iden. with 154. Subj. pref. -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indice.’ Other pref.: -ti- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 93, 97. (37) 159. ska:t ‘one’ 160. wa’akwaye:? ‘we (excl. pl.) put down, establish’ Vb. rt.: -ye- Sput down, establish’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -?akwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 161. ?okwanohkwa:?shz? ‘our medicines’ Nn. rt.: -nahkwa?shex- ‘medicine’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?okwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 42, 70, 71, 74, 75, 104, 108, 129. Cure] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 169 (38) 162. ?eyo:nekitkeshs:k ‘there will continue to be water emerging here and there, to be springs’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ctke- ‘emerge’; rt. suff. -sho- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. ~’ :nek- ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 34-38, 81, 82. (39) 163. ?eyojind: ya?teonyo:k ‘there will continue to be arteries on it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(Cz)- ‘be on’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’, -nyo- ‘double dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -jind: ya?ta- [14.4] ‘artery, vein’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 164. ?eyotihahtetydkwa:9ak ‘rivers will continue to flow’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘move, flow’; rt. suff. -okwa- ‘oppos.’, -’9- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -zh- ‘river’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 165. yoejako:sho? ‘under the earth plurally’ Nn. rt.: -deja- ‘earth’ Nn. suff.: -ko- ‘int. loc.’ Subj. pref.: y- ‘neut.’ Attr. suff.: -sh5? ‘plur.’ 166. neyozhts:ok ‘how it will continue to pass by’ Vb. rt.: -’(h) &ht- ‘pass by’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 30, 46, 81, 93. (40) 167. ?ek4:nekeanya:k ‘there will continue to be waters on it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(Cz)- ‘be on’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’, -nyo- ‘double dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -’: neka- [14.4] ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -k- ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 170 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunt 183 168. ?eka:nekowané?se:k ‘there will always be large waters’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -owane- ‘be large’; incorp. nn. rt. -’:nek- ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -*?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 169. tewotiyenows?kho:k ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) will continue to work hand in hand’ Vb. rt.; -yenaw5?kho- ‘hold on to’, with dupl. ‘work hand in hand’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: é- ‘dupl.’ 170. na?keyen6’te?he?t ‘how I fashion it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; rt. suff. -’?hé?- ‘inch: I’; incorp. nn. rt. -y(C)en- ‘cause, custom’ (the entire base meaning ‘fashion, create’) Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- [3.14] ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 171. ?o?kdeja:ta:t ‘I establish the earth’ Iden. with 77 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ 172. ?eyotishate?se:k ‘there will always be moisture falling’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -shat- ‘fog, mist, moisture’ Asp. suff.: -s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yoti- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 36, 46, 89. (41) 173. ?o:nekase:? ‘fresh water’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ase- ‘be new, fresh’; incorp. nn. rt. -’ :nek- ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 174. ?akwata?se:?ah ‘it is available in abundance to us (pl.)’ Vb. rt.: -ata?se?- ‘be available in abundance’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kw- ‘us (pl.)’ 175. ?akwa?niksiyostahkoh ‘it contents us (pl.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -cyo- ‘be good’; rt. suff. -’sta- ‘caus.-inst.’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nik5- ‘mind’ (the entire base meaning ‘content, satisfy’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?70kwa- ‘us (pl.)’ CHare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS Lek 176. hae?kwah ‘also, too, in addition, moreover’ 177. hondto?se:?ah ‘it is available in abundance to them (masc.)’ Iden. with 174 except for obj. pref. hon- ‘them (masc.)’ See also 1, 10, 11, 15, 16, 30, 36, 46, 67, 89, 108, 127. (42) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 90, 118. (43) 178. °etwaty#:?tak ‘we (incl. pl.) shall use it’ Iden. with 147 except for mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 179. ?etwatya?takesko? ‘we (incl. pl.) shall arise’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -keskw- ‘raise’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’; -at- ‘ref.’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 180. tejaweta:ti? ‘day will open, dawn again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a(:)ty- ‘open’; incorp. nn. rt. -et- ‘day’ Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -[j]- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 181. ?o0:nekanos ‘water’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -no- ‘be cold’; nn. rt. -’: neka- ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -’s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 24, 79, 84, 147. (44) See 1, 7, 62, 89. (45) 182. ?oiwayei?5:tye?s ‘it is coming to pass’ Vb. base iden. with 155. Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 183. nyo: ?nikoewé?oh ‘what he intended’ Coll. for 117. See also 35-37. rs BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buun. (46) 184. ?o:nékitke:sho? ‘the springs’ Vb. base iden. with 162. Asp. suff.: -*? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 185. ?ojina: ya?teanya? ‘the arteries on it’ Vb. base iden. with 163. Asp. suff.: -*? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 186. ?otihahtetyakweh ‘the rivers’ Vb. base iden. with 164 except for lack of dist. Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 187. ka:nekeanya? ‘waters on it’ Vb. base iden. with 167. Asp. suff. -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 188. ka:nekowa:nes ‘large waters’ Vb. base iden. with 168. Asp. suff.: -’s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 46, 70, 74, 75, 102-4. (47) See 1, 2, 7, 30, 34, 35. (48) 189. ?eyotehatani:ak ‘forests will continue to grow’ Iden. with 105 except for incorp. nn. rt. -hat- ‘forest’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 38, 81, 82, 89. (49) 190. ?eyakoya’takehash#?ke: ak ‘it will be people’s assistance’ Iden. with 128 except for obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 89, 116, 189. 183 Cars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (50) 191. sho:h ‘just, only’ 192. neyonishé?se:k ‘the length of time it will always become’ 173 Vb. base: vb. rt. -is- ‘be long’; rt. suff. -hé?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt, -on- ‘period of time’ Asp. suff.: -s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 193. tekz:we:nye:? ‘the wind will stir’ Vb. base iden. with 145. Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -kz- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 194. neyo’ taichse:k ‘when it always will be warm’ Vb. rt.: -a?tate- ‘be warm’ Asp. suff.: -’hs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 195. nikaiwi:s ‘how long a matter’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -is- ‘be long’; nn. rt. -(C)4: w- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 196. ?ek4no?nos ‘when it will become cold’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -n5?no- ‘be cold’; rt. suff. -’st- [3.4] ‘caus.-inst.’ (here with inch. meaning) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 38, 89, 109, 176. (51) 197. ?o:tiya?tataia?tahk5: 9k ‘it will continue to provide heat for them’ Coll. for ?eotiya?tataia?tahks:ok Vb. base: vb. rt. -taia- ‘be warm’; rt. suff. -’?fa- ‘caus. I’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘them (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- [3.16] ‘fut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 35, 81, 82, 89, 117, 189. 580135—61——12 174 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bun. 183 (52) 198. to?oiwand?ko: was ‘it continues unchanged’ Coll. for te?o0iwdna?ko: was [27.5] Vb. base: vb. rt. -n5?kow- (with neg.) ‘be capable of anything’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)t: wa- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘continue unchanged’) Asp. suff.: -ds ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: -?0- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 199. tohka:?ah ‘a few’ 200. ?akwaya’tataia’tahkoh ‘we (pl.) are using it for heat’ Vb. base iden. with 197. Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?akwa- ‘we (pl.)’ 201. ?otéhata:ni:h ‘forests are growing’ Vb. base iden. with 189. Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 30, 36, 42, 81, 89, 93, 118. (53) 202. ?othota:ni:h ‘trees are growing’ Iden. with 201 except for incorp. nn. rt. -hat- ‘tree, brush’ See also 1, 6, 10, 46, 76, 81, 93, 114, 119, 176. (54) 203. ?ekakwe:ni? ‘it will be possible’ Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be possible’ Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.? Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 204. ?eyakoto?se?5:ak ‘it will continue to be available to people in abundance’ Vb. rt.: -ata?se?- ‘be available in abundance’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem? Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 11, 15, 20, 38, 114, 116, 176. Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 175 (55) 205. ?ae? ‘again’ 206. ?ekeotatoké:ok ‘there will continue to be a certain tree’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -toke- ‘be certain, specific’; incorp. nn. rt. -(y)ata- ‘tree’ Asp. suff,: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 207. ?eyakosh#:?se? “it will remind people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ashax- ‘take cognizance of’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ (ef. 133), -se- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem,’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 208. ?eyakash#:?se? ‘people will remember me’ Iden. with 207 except for trans. pref. -yak- ‘people . . . me See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 30, 38, 41, 42, 46, 57, 67, 76, 132. | (56) 209. ?ewati:otanyo:k ‘trees will always be standing here and there’ The length in 7:0 is inconsistent with [38.21]. Apparently this word is a recent change < * ?ewoticotanya:k, analyzable as follows: Vb. base: vb. rt. -ot- ‘stand upright’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’, -nyo- ‘double dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -’ (h)e- ‘tree’ Asp. suff,: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 210. wahta? ‘(hard) maple’ Nn. rt.: -dhta- ‘maple’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: w- ‘neut.’ 211. ?etka:nekai?se:k ‘sap will always flow there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’(h)i- ‘spill’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -’:neka- ‘water, sap’ Asp. suff,: -s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 212. ?eyoweend:ek ‘it will continue to be sweet’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)e- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -weno- ‘sugar’ (together meaning ‘be sweet’) Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 30, 42, 81, 82. 176 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bur (57) 213. tetyo?taich ‘it will become warm again there’ 214. Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?taie- ‘be warm’; rt. suff. -“h- ‘inch IT’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. perf.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ (here ‘again’) etka: nekai?t ‘sap will flow there’ Iden. with 211 except for asp. suff. -¢ ‘punc.’ 215. ?6:no°e:sha? ‘they (masc.) will be grateful’ 216. 217. 218. 219. 220. Coll. for ?é0n0?e: sha? Vb. rt.: -o?esha- ‘gratify’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ henénohta:nyah ‘they (masce. pl.) think’ Iden. with 28 except for subj. pref. hen- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ ne:tah ‘this, that’ hosaka:e? ‘the time arrives again’ Vb. rt.: -(h)e- ‘arrive (of time)’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ (usual with this rt.) teshatisnye:? ‘they (masc. pl.) will attend to it again’ Vb. rt.: -snye- ‘attend to’ Asp suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) wati:otanya? ‘trees are standing here and there’ Iden. with 209 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ and of ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 1-3, 10, 11, 27, 36, 42, 84, 89, 93, 134, 205, 210. (58) 221. niydkwe?ta:ke:h ‘how many people there are’ Iden. with 43 except for subj. pref. -y- ‘indef.’ 183 Carp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS UKE 222. hoti: wastéistah ‘they (masc.) have noticed it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -asteist- ‘manage, arrange’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘notice, pay attention to’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 223. hendhke:otha? ‘they (masc. pl.) tap the tree’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -of- ‘stand upright’; incorp. nn. rt. -ahke- ‘chip’ (to- gether meaning ‘tap a tree’) Asp. suff.: -hd? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 224. wa:tihseno:ni? ‘they (masc. pl.) store it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -9(:)ni- ‘make’; incorp. nn. rt. -hsen- ‘name’ (together meaning ‘store, put away’) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 225. ?owse:nd? ‘sugar’ Nn. rt.: -weno- ‘sugar’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 15, 20, 30, 38, 41, 89, 198, 204. (59) 226. ?ahsoh ‘still, yet’ See also 1, 89, 90, 118, 198. (60) 227. ?ohte:tya:h ‘it is continuing’ Vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, continue on’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 228. nioiwihsa?ah ‘the way he planned it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -2hs4?- ‘create’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘plan, promise to do’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 6, 35, 36, 61, 62, 97, 205, 226. (61) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 70, 74, 75, 81, 93, 102-4, 201. 178 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (62) 229. ?ekya?tata:tho:? ‘I shall establish various types’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; rt. suff. -af- ‘caus. II’ (ef. 77), -ha- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body, form’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 230. kanyo:? ‘wild animal’ Vb. rt.: -nyo- ‘be wild (of animals or plants)’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 231. ?ekatakhenotyé?’se:k ‘they will always be running about’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -takhe- ‘run’; rt. suff. -na- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’ ; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: #e- ‘fut.’ See also 1-3, 7, 10, 11, 35-38, 76, 82, 89. (63) 232. to:ne?nikoewenya’ta:ak ‘they (masc.) will continue to use it as a source of amusement’ Coll. for teone?nikoewenyd?ta:ok Vb. base: vb. rt. -awenya- [24.4] ‘stir’; rt. suff. -’?¢- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nikée- ‘mind’; -e- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 233. wa:tah ‘it says, it is called’ Vb. rt.: -ata- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -*h ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: w- ‘neut.’ 234. hotiske?ékehtah ‘they (masc.) are warriors’ Vb. rt.: -ske?ekéht- ‘be a warrior’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 235. hotiya?ta:ni: yah ‘their (masc.) bodies are solid, tough’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’:niy- ‘be solid, tough’; incorp. nn. rt. -y4?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘their (masc.)’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 42, 89. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 179 (64) 236. hakdke: yatani:h ‘he provided it for them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ké: yata- ‘put up, provide’; rt. suff. -ni- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: hako- ‘he .. . them’ 237. katakheno:tye’s ‘they are running about’ Iden. with 231 except for lack of -ek ‘cont.’ and ?e- ‘fut.’ 238. te:ne?nikoewenya’tha:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always use it as a source of amusement’ Iden. with 232 except for asp. suff. -h- ‘iter.’ and subj. pref. -’en- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ See also 10, 11, 30, 38, 59, 230, 234, 235. (65) 239. ?aténo?shze? ‘food’ Nn. base: nn. rt. -no?shex- (?); ?ate- ‘refi.’ [15.6] Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 15, 20, 41, 204. (66) 240. tetwaka:ne:? ‘we (incl. pl.) have seen’ Vb. rt.: -kd:ne- ‘see, look at’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) 241. nikanyo?ta?s’a:h ‘small animals’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?s?da- ‘be small’; incorp. nn. rt. -ny6?ta- ‘animal’ Asp. suff.: -’h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 242. hatitakhenotye’s ‘they (masc. pl.) are running about’ Iden. with 237 except for subj. pref. hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 243. niyotehato’kta:tye?s ‘along the edges of the forests’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?kt- ‘come to the end, extend to the edge’; incorp. nn. rt. -hat- ‘forest’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 180 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 183 244, kahatako:sho? ‘within the forests’ Nn. rt.: -hata- ‘forest’ Nn. suff.: -ka- ‘int. loc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ Attr. suff.: -sh4? ‘plur.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 30, 36, 46, 89, 118. (67) 245. tejitwaka:ne:? ‘we (incl. pl.) see again’ Iden. with 240 except for addition of prim. pref. -ji- ‘repet.’ 246. kany6é’towa:nes ‘large animals’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -owane- ‘be large’; incorp. nn. rt. -nyo?t- ‘animal’ Asp. suff.: -’s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 247. henotke?5:ne?s ‘they (masc. pl.) appear momentarily’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atke?o- ‘appear momentarily’; rt. suff. -°:n- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -6?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: hen- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 36, 42, 57, 118. (68) 248. to:kwah ‘so many’ 249. no’?yésheke:? ‘how many years’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -oshx- ‘winter, year’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- [3.14] ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 250. te?jitwakeh ‘we (incl. pl.) don’t see it any longer’ Vb. rt.: -ke- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -*h ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -iwa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Prim. pref.: -ji- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: te?- ‘neg.’ See also 7, 11, 49, 84, 89, 246. (69) 251. niyéto?kta:tye?s ‘up to the present time’ Iden. with 118 except for asp. suff. -’?s ‘iter.’ CHAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 181 252. jokwato?se:h ‘it is available to us (pl.) again in abundance’ Vb. rt.: -ata?se- ‘be available in abundance’ (formally distinct from -ato?se?-; cf. 174) Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yakw- ‘us (pl.)’ Prim. pref.: [j]- ‘repet.’ See also 1, 2, 30, 57, 89, 118, 237, 239, 245, 246. (70) See 1, 7, 35-37, 90, 117. (71) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 42, 61, 62, 70, 74, 75, 89, 97, 102-104, 117, 226; 224s ZOU, aate (72) See 1, 6, 34-37. (73) 253. teyonote?sztesyatyé?se:k ‘they (nonmasc.) will always be spread- ing their wings’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0(:)ty- ‘throw open’; incorp. nn. base: vb. rt. -?sxte- ‘stretch (as on a frame)’; -sy- [14.2] ‘nom.’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -é?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yon- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 254, neyéto?kta?k ‘it will continue to extend to the limit’ Vb. base: -6?kta- [18.3 end] ‘come to the end, extend to the limit’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 38, 89, 138, 229. (74) 255. h#:?kwah ‘also, in addition’ Variant of 176. 256. ?eatiyaso:ak ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to be called’ Vb. rt. -yas- ‘call’ Asp. suff.: -3- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 230. 182 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 183 (75) 257. neyohsawa?k ‘how it will continue to begin’ Vb. rt.: -ahsawa- ‘begin’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref:: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 258. nitkashata:tye?s ‘where the mist falls, in the clouds’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a(:)ty- ‘throw open, fall (of rain, snow, mist, etc.)’; incorp. nn. rt. -shat- ‘moisture, mist’ Asp. suff.: -é?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -f- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 10, 11, 138, 254. (76) 259. hotihsenoye:ta? ‘they (masc.) have names’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yel- ‘have’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -hsena- ‘name’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 260. ji?te?osh5?ah ‘birds’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e?0- (?); incorp. nn. rt. -7i?é- ‘bird’ (cf. 7i?té?9:h ‘bird’) Attr. suff.: -sh5?5h ‘plur.’ 261. teyonote?szxtésyatye’s ‘they (nonmasc.) are spreading their wings’ Iden. with 253 except for lack of -ek ‘cont.’ and of -e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 30, 88, 106, 176. (77) 262. nya: tiji?ta?s?4:h ‘small birds’ Coll. for niatiji?ta?s?4:h [27.3] Iden. with 241 except for incorp. nn. rt. -ji?ta- ‘bird’ and subj. pref. ~’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 263. neydnishe’t ‘the length of time it will become’ Iden. with 192 except for asp. suff. -é- ‘punc.’ 264. to:notawenyé:ak ‘they (masc.) will continue to move about’ Coll. for teonstawenyé: ak Vb. base: vb. rt. -awenye- ‘stir’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff. -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (masc.) Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ CHaArE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 183 265. ?eshenotka:eko? ‘they (masc. pl.) will turn back’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kadekw- ‘turn back’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -hen- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ (here ‘back’) Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 266. hé:kwa:h ‘toward there, in that direction’ heh ‘there’ (36), -kwah ‘toward’ [26.8] 267. tyone:no? ‘where it is warm’ Vb. rt.: -neno- ‘be warm (of weather)’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: f- ‘cisloc.’ 268. heshe:ne:? ‘they (masc. pl.) will go back there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘go’; rt. suff. -n- [8.10] ‘direct.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 57, 89, 109. (78) 269. ?eshatiya?ta?’ti:he?t ‘they (masc. pl.) will come around again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?ti- ‘lean’; rt. suff. -hé?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’ (the entire base meaning ‘arrive, come around’) Asp. suff.: -t ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ 270. ha?tewatiweno:ke:h ‘all their (nonmasce. pl.) voices’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘voice’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘their (nonmase. pl.)’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’; ha? ‘transloc.’ 271. ?eswenoati?stae? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) will sing, chatter again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -/?sta- ‘noise’; -at- ‘refl.’ (the entire base meaning ‘chatter’) Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -wen- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ 272. watiweni:yo’s ‘their (nonmase. pl.) beautiful voices’ Vb. base: -iyo- ‘be beautiful’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘voice, word’ Asp. suff.: -’?s ‘iter.’ 184. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn. 183 Subj. pref.: wati- ‘their (nonmase. pl.)’ See also 1, 10, 11, 36, 93, 213. (79) 273. tekahkwa?t ‘it will lift’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hkwa- ‘lift’; rt. suff. -’?t- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: f- ‘dupl.’ 274. hoti?nikde? ‘their (masc.) minds’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. hoti- ‘their (masc.)’ 275. hotiya’takohsdétha? ‘they (masc.) remain’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kohsdéht- [3.6] ‘remain’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ (cf. 65) Asp. suff.: -hé? ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 276. nikaji?ta?s?a:h ‘small birds’ Iden. with 262 except for subj. pref. -ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 30, 36, 108, 269. (80) See 1, 6, 11, 30, 57, 76, 174, 176, 239, 260, 261. (81) See 30, 89, 90, 174, 176, 239, 260, 261. ($2) 277. hoti: wayéistoh ‘they (masc.) are performing their obligation’ Iden. with 98 except for obj. pref. hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 278. hoti: wayetahkoh ‘their (masc.) responsibility’ Iden. with 60 except for obj. pref. hoti- ‘their (masc.)’ See also 1, 36, 57, 96, 100, 106, 176. (83) 279. ?0?ki? ‘T said’ Vb. rt.: -7- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ CHare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 185 280. no:tiyA?to?te? ‘what their (masce. pl.) type is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -yé?t- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘their (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- [3.14] ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 7, 36, 106, 259. (84) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102-104, 260, 261. See 1, 2, 7, 35-37, 76. 281. ?i:eh ‘he thought’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘think, decide’ Asp. suff.: -A ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ?4- ‘masce.’ [6.11] 282. ?eka:tka? ‘T shall leave it’ Vb. rt.: -atka- ‘leave, provide’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 283. hono:ho? ‘they (masc.) themselves’ Iden. with 58 except for obj. pref. hon- ‘they (masc.)’ 284. to:notate?nya:e? ‘they (masc.) will take care of themselves’ Coll. for teonatdte?nya:e? Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’ (together meaning ‘take care of’); -atate- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -€? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 81, 89, 93. (87) 285. yaejako:h ‘in the earth’ Iden. with 165 except for lack of -sh5? ‘plur.’ 286. ?eatiyé:ok ‘they (masc. pl.) will always put it down’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘put down’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 186 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuu. 183 287. to:tihkwéatye? ‘they (masc.) will be harvesting it’, lit. ‘lifting it’ Coll. for teotihkwéotye? Vb. rt.: -“hkw- ‘lift’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -atye ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 288. ?e:nenohtanyd:ak ‘they (masc. pl.) will always think’ Iden. with 216 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 10, 11, 27, 112, 113. (88) See 1, 7, 36, 59, 89, 118, 240. (89) 289. teyonsejotka?weh ‘they (nonmasc.) emerge from the earth’ Vb. base iden. with 111. Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yon- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 290. ?eyakwa?niksiyostak ‘it will bring us (pl.) contentment’ Iden. with 175 except for asp. suff. -@ ‘punc.’ and addition of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 291. tata: we? ‘it comes again’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘come’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -f- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ (here ‘again’) 292. teskate:ni? ‘it will change again’ Vb. rt.; -teny- ‘change’ Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) See also 2, 10, 103, 145, 240. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 187 (90) 293. ?akyoishe:niyéhkoh ‘it strengthens our breath’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’:niye- ‘be solid, strong’; rt. suff. -“hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -aishe- ‘breath’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?aky- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10. (91) 294. tsa?ka:no? ‘when it came, arrived’ Vb. rt.: -ya- ‘arrive’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indie.’ Sec. pref.: ts- ‘coin.’ 295. ka?niko:iyo:h ‘good-mindedness’, here referring to the Good Message of Handsome Lake Vb. base: vb. rt. -zyo- ‘be good’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nikd5- ‘mind’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 296. ?akwatokéhse:? ‘it was explained to us (pl.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -toke- ‘be straight’; rt. suff. -’hse- ‘dat.’ (together meaning ‘set straight, explain to’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’; -? ‘past’ (?) Obj. pref.: ?okwa- ‘us (pl.)’ 297. ?eke:tyé?se:k ‘it will always be included’ Vb. rt.: -(C)z- ‘put in’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -kx- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 298. ?oti: wahte:tyo:h ‘the ceremony is performed’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, operate’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter, ceremony’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 299. ke:ih ‘four’ 300. niydiwa:ke:h ‘how many ceremonies’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘ceremony’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 84, 176. 188 301. 302. 303. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL. 183 (92) onatdisyahkah ‘they asked’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -aisy5hkw- ‘persist’; -at- ‘refl.’ (together meaning ‘ask, request, pray, hope’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0n- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ tewenoté: notze’k ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) will continue to be sisters (to each other)’ Vb. rt.: -até: natx- ‘be siblings’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wen- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: é- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) tewati?nya:? ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) are taking care of it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’ (cf. 284) Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 46, 59, 81, 91. | 304. 305. 306. 307. 308. (93) niyo: we? ‘how far it is (in distance or, as here, time)’ Vb. rt.: -we- ‘be a certain distance’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ ?otd?ah ‘it became, there arose’ Vb. rt.: -at5?- ‘become’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ watiya’ta:te? ‘their (nonmasce. pl.) bodies are present’, here, ‘between them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’, incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: wati- ‘their (nonmasce. pl.)’ netwata:ak ‘how we (incl. pl.) shall always say it’ Vb. rt.: -ata- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ tewenoté:no:te:? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) are sisters’ Iden. with 302 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 189 309. tyohéhkoh ‘we (incl. pl.) use it for living, our sustenance’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahe- ‘be alive’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ty- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ 310. ?etwathyony4:ne? ‘we (incl. pl.) are going to tell about it’ Iden. with 85 except for subj. pref. -iw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 30, 36, 83. (94) 311. ?okwa?nik5:iyo:h ‘we (pl.) are satisfied’ Iden. with 175 (cf. also 290) except for lack of -’sta- ‘caus.-inst.’ and of ~"hkw- ‘inst.’ 312. ?ota:ni:h ‘it is growing’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -9(:)ni- ‘make’; -at- ‘refi.’ (cf. 105) Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 7, 16, 11, 42, 89, 118, 240. (95) 313. no?tewendte:no:te:? ‘how they (nonmasc. pl.) are sisters’ Iden. with 308 except for addition of sec. pref. no?- ‘part.’ 314. ?akyShehkoh ‘we (excl. pl.) use it for living’ Iden. with 309 except for subj. pref. ?aky- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 70, 74, 75, 102-4. (96) 315. ta?akakwe:ni? ‘it can’t be’ Coll. for te?akakwe:ni? [27.5] Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be able’ Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -?a- ‘indic.’ Other pref.: ée- ‘neg.’ 316. no: yo?té:ok ‘it might continue to be so’ Iden. with 74 except for mod. pref. -aa- [3.14] ‘opt.’ See also 1-3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 35-38, 49, 76, 191. (97) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 38, 39. 580185—61——138 190 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULL 183 (98) 317. ha?tekako:t ‘it must be’ Vb. rt. -ka(:)t- ‘perform an irrevocable act’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ (together indicating complete- ness or inevitability) 318. teyoewenyé:ak ‘the wind will continue to stir’ Iden. with 145 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ 319. ?eotiya?ta:niyo:ok ‘their (masc.) bodies will continue to be strong’ Iden. with 235 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. %e- ‘fut.’ 320. ?0?thenotawenye:? ‘they (masc. pl.) move about’ Iden. with 116 except for subj. pref. -hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 321. ?0?khéyatka? ‘I left them’ Vb. rt.: -atka- ‘leave, provide’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -khey- ‘I . . . them’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 20, 81, 171. (99) 322. hosya:ni:h ‘he made it’ Vb. rt.: -’syo(:)ni- ‘make, fix, prepare’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ 323. ?0ta?eooh ‘it’s covered with a veil’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -o- ‘cover’; incorp. nn. rt. -a?a(z)- [14.4] ‘veil’; -at- ‘ref.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 324. heke:hkwé?skwa:h ‘toward where the sun sets, the west’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)éhkwe- ‘sun’ Asp suff.: -s- ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -kz- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ Enclitic: -kwah ‘toward’ Cure] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 191 325. nd?woa:tih ‘on which side’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ati- ‘be on a certain side’; rt. suff.: -’h ‘inch. IT’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 326. skend?9:h ‘slowly’ 327. nityoye:eh ‘how it goes, moves’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’, with cisloc. ‘go, move’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: nz- ‘part.’ 328. ?otkahats:h ‘it revolves’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kahats5- ‘revolve’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11. (100) 329. tyotata:ni:h ‘it forms there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0(:)ni- ‘make’; -atat- ‘recip.’ (together meaning ‘form’) Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: t- ‘cisloc.’ 330. ?akysish#:ni:yoh ‘it strengthens our breath’ Iden. with 293 except for lack of -’hkw- ‘inst.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 15, 16, 27, 36, 42, 69, 89, 145. (101) 331. nitka:te? ‘how much it is present there, how strong it is’ Vb. rt.: -te- ‘be present’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 6, 11, 27, 46, 69, 95, 145, 175, 191. (102) 332. ho:ne:h ‘they (masc.) said’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘they (masc.)’ 192 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuy. 183 333. ?akwe:h ‘we (excl. pl.) think’ Iden. with 96 except for subj. pref. ?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ 334. shend:ksho? ‘you have them as kinsmen’ Vb. rt.: -nak- ‘have as kinsman’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: she- ‘you . . . them’ Attr. suff.: -sh5? ‘plur.’ See also 1, 7, 9-12, 57, 136. (103) 335. ?o:eta:h ‘it is ahead, in the future’ Vb. rt.: -*et- ‘be ahead’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 336. ?o0? wé:nishetenyo:tye? ‘days are present all along’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -fe- ‘be present’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -€: nishez- ‘day’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ 337. neya: weh ‘how it will happen’ Vb. rt.: -€h- ‘happen’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘punc.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 338. ?etyakwe?néo’kte? ‘it will then be beyond our (excl. pl.) reach, control’ Vb. rt.: -e€?ne6?kt- ‘be unable to reach’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 339. hey6:eh ‘it is time’ Vb. rt.: -’e- ‘arrive (of time)’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ (usual with this rt.) 340. ?akwatkaes? ‘we (pl.) are watching it’ Vb. rt. -atkdeo- ‘watch, observe’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?72kw- ‘we (pl.)’ See also 6, 10, 11, 30, 52. CHaFE) SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 193 (104) 341. neyé’hasteh ‘how strong it will become’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?hast- ‘be strong, powerful’; rt. suff.: -éh- ‘inch. Il’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 342. ?ewStkaha:tah ‘it will revolve’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kahat5h- ‘revolve’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 343. ka:ekwah ‘very, extremely, excessively’ 344. ha?tekake:se:? ‘it will scrape everything’ Vb. rt.: -kese- ‘scrape’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: -i- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ (together meaning: everything’) See also 7, 10, 11, 52, 81, 93, 332. (105) 345. ?eyakot6wehtak ‘it will cause harm to people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -oweht- ‘disturb’; rt. suff. -*hkw- ‘inst.’; -at- ‘refl.’ (the entire base meaning ‘cause harm to’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 346. nyo:tiye:eh ‘what they (masc.) did’ Coll. for 8. See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 52, 193, 332, 340. (106) 347. ?etwaiwakwaihsi? ‘we (incl. pl.) shall attest to it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwdihs- ‘straighten out’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:wa- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘attest to’) Asp. suff.: -4? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢e- ‘fut.’ 348. niya: wes ‘how it happens’ Vb. rt.: -éh- ‘happen’ Asp. suff.: -s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 194 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 349. ?o?kaiwahta’t ‘it destroys’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahta- ‘lose’; rt. suff. -’?/- ‘caus. I’ (together meaning ‘make disappear, destroy’); incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ 350. hoti?niks:iyo:h ‘they (masc.) are content’ Iden. with 311 except for obj. pref. hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ 351. ?o0?kakwe:ni? ‘it is possible, it can’ Iden. with 315 except for lack of ta- ‘neg.’ 352. wa?6°hasteh ‘it becomes strong’ Iden. with 341 except for mod. pref. wa- ‘indic.’ and lack of n- ‘part.’ 353. ?o?tke:we:nye:? ‘the wind stirs’ Iden. with 193 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 30, 42, 81, 89, 118, 134. (107) 354. niyé’haste? ‘how strong it is’ Vb. rt.: -?haste- ‘be strong’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 27, 36, 57, 67, 69, 145, 175, 191. (108) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 70, 74, 75, 102, 104, 145, 323, 328. (109) 355. ?ewakatého’she:ta?k ‘I shall continue to have helpers’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -eta- ‘have’; incorp. nn. base: vb. rt. -hd?- [3.14] ‘hire, assign’; -sh- ‘nom.’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -wak- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 356. ?ethéni?tya:ta?k ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to dwell there’ Vb. rt.: -¢?iya(:)ta- ‘dwell’ Asp. suff.: -°?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -hen- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -f- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 35-38, 59, 76, 324, 325. Cuan] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 195 (110) 357. ?ethenehtahkwa:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always come from there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ehta- ‘come from’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 358. te:notawenye:? ‘they (masce. pl.) will move about’ Iden. with 78 except for subj. pref. -’en- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 359. nikashata:tye?s ‘as the moisture falls’ Iden. with 258 except for lack of prim. pref. -t- ‘cisloc.’ 360. ?eatiawi?se:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always carry it’ Vb. rt.: -’(h)awi- ‘carry’ Asp. suff.: -’?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 10, 36, 59, 173. (111) 361. ?éotietose:hse:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always sprinkle the gardens’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -osx- ‘sprinkle’; incorp. nn. rt. -’ (h)et- ‘garden’ Asp. suff.: -hs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 362. wata:nih ‘it grows’ Iden. with 312 except for asp. suff. -’A ‘iter.’ and subj. pref. w- ‘neut.’ See also 10, 11, 30, 36, 81, 93, 108, 112, 127. (112) 363. ne:notd:ak ‘how they (masce. pl.) will always say it’ Iden. with 307 except for subj. pref. -’en- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 364. ?ethihso:t ‘we (incl.) have them as grandparents, our grand- parents’ Vb. rt.: -’hsot- ‘have as grandparent’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: ?ethi- ‘we (incl.) . . . them’ 365. hi?ns? (a name; see p. 9) 196 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 366. hatiwenotatye?s ‘they (masc. pl.) are speaking out, spreading the word’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ot- ‘stand upright’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘voice’ (together meaning ‘speak out’) Asp. suff: -Q-‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 367. nedtiye:ha:k ‘how they (masc. pl.) will always do it’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 38, 57, 83-85. (113) 368. heakoyatka?weh ‘he left them there’ Vb. rt.: -atké?w- ‘leave, provide’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: -akay-‘he . . . them’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 324, 357. (114) 369. neyé’haste:k ‘how strong it will continue to be’ Vb. rt.: -?haste- ‘be strong’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 370. ?eyako?nikoiyostahko:ak ‘it will continue to satisfy people’ Vb. base iden. with 175. Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ 371. hondte?shx? ‘their (masc.) grandchildren’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -ate- ‘be grandparent to’; -?shz- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘their (masc.)’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 20, 41, 89. CHAE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 197 (115) 372. niyokehiso:atye? ‘all through the summer’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -is- ‘be long’; incorp. nn. rt. -keh- ‘summer’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 373. to:notawenye:h ‘they (masc.) are moving about’ Coll. for teonatawenye:h Iden. with 16 except for obj. pref. -’on ‘they (masc.)’ 374. hondnya:no:tye?s ‘they (masc.) are making things’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -onya- ‘make’; rt. suff. -’:no- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 1, 6, 30, 36, 46, 173, 186-188, 277, 359. (116) 375. ?0?tyethind:ny3:? ‘we (incl.) thank them’ Iden. with 104 except for trans. pref. -yethi- ‘we (incl.) . . . them’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102, 103, 364-366. (117) 376. ?ekésya:te:k ‘sky will continue to be there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present, in place’; incorp. nn. rt. -(y)5:ya- ‘sky’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 377. hetkeh ‘above, overhead’ 378. na?akon3’e:tih ’on which side of people’s heads’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ati- ‘be on a certain side’; rt. suff. -’h- ‘inch. II’; incorp. nn. rt. -na?ee- ‘head’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -?ako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ Cf. 144, 325. See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 20, 35-38, 76, 116. (118) See 7, 10, 11, 36, 176, 317, 355, 376. 198 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (119) 379. hawaidtas?oh ‘he gave him an assignment’ , Iden. with 101 except for trans. pref. hawa- ‘he .. . him 380. hote#é?neta:ktah ‘he is attached, stuck on’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)2?netak- ‘stick on’; rt. suff. -t- ‘caus. I’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masce.’ 381. kéoyate? ‘the sky’ Iden. with 376 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?¢- ‘fut.’ Cf. 93. See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 81, 89. (120) 382. to:tawénye:ak ‘he will continue to move about’ Iden. with 264 except for obj. pref. -’o- ‘masc.’ 383. taejiya?ktha:k ‘he will always cross the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -2yd?k- ‘cross’; rt. suff. -t- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -Jej- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: f- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this vb. rt.) The initial morph sequence ¢-€-a-9€7- occurs as t9ej-. 384. nethe:tha:k ‘how he will always come’ Vb. rt.: -eht- ‘come from’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -h- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 385. he:etha:k ‘he will always go there’ Vb. stem iden. with 384 (with transloc. means ‘go’) Subj. pref.: -’@- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 6, 10, 30, 46, 109, 267. (121) 386. ?ete:kha:? ‘diurnal’ ?e:teh ‘day’ Attr. suff.: -kha? ‘charact.’ CHars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 199 387. shetwahji? ‘we (incl. pl.) have him as older brother, our older brother’ Vb. rt.: -"hji- ‘have as older sibling’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: shetwa- ‘we (incl. pl.) . . . him 388. k#:hkwa:? ‘sun, moon is in it’ (in the sky) Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)&hkwa- ‘sun, moon’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: kz- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 30, 57, 76, 83, 84, 176, 307, 310. (122) 389. hoiwayéistah ‘he has done what he was obligated to do’ Iden. with 98 except for obj. pref. ho- ‘masc.’ 390. teyohathétsi: yo:h ‘the beautiful daylight’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -cyo- ‘be beautiful’; incorp. nn. base: vb. rt. -hathe ‘be light’; -ts- ‘nom.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with -hathe-) See also 1, 2, 6, 27, 69, 81, 89, 380, 381. (123) 391. ?onotahdhtetya:h ‘they (nonmasc.) are flourishing’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, operate’; incorp. nn. rt. -ah- ‘life’; -at ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?on- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ 7 392. howdiwakéistani:h ‘he gave him the assignment, responsibility Vb. base: vb. rt. -keista- ‘move’; rt. suff. -ni- ‘dat.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, responsibility’ (the entire base meaning ‘give responsibility, authority’) Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Trans, pref.: howo- ‘he . . . him’ 393. ?e9?taia?tha:k ‘he will always make it warm’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?tata- ‘be warm’; rt. suff. -’?t- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’@- ‘masce.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 200 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 394. ?ewenotshohte:ti? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) will flourish’ Vb. base iden. with 391. Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -wen- ‘they (nonmase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 27, 30, 36, 81, 82, 89, 96, 97, 108, 112, 127, 176, 362, 389. (124) See 1, 7, 36, 96, 100, 118, 379, 389. (125) 395. ?etsakwand:ny9:? ‘we (excl. pl.) shall thank him there’ Vb. rt.: -ndonyo- ‘thank’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -sakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.) . . . him’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ 396. shakwa4hji? ‘our (excl. pl.) elder brother’ Iden. with 387 except for trans. pref. shakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.) .. . him’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102, 386, 388. (126) 397. ?ewotéonostha:k ‘it will always make shade’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atéono- ‘be shady’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus.-inst.’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 1-3, 7, 35-38, 42, 76, 82, 109, 191, 263. (127) 398. ?ewé:nishetenyo:k ‘days will continue to be there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -é:nishx- ‘day’ Asp. suff.: -Q@- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -%e- ‘fut.’ See also 46, 199, 263. (128) 399. ta:ka:nehji: weh ‘he saw well’ Coll. for teaka:n&hji: weh Vb. base: vb. rt. -kaé:nz- ‘see, look at’; rt. suff. -hj#:w- ‘intens.’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -*a- ‘masce.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) CHAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 201 400. kotatya?takeha:no? ‘people helped, took care of themselves’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ya?takeha- ‘help’; rt. suff. -’:na- ‘dist.’; -atat- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 89. (129) 401. ?eyatdishe:ak ‘people will always rest’ Vb. rt.: -ataishe- ‘rest’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 402. ne: we:? ‘while, during’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 183, 397. (130) 403. kaeti?kwah ‘wherever’ 404. ?etyakohssta?is ‘people will run into darkness there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?ist- ‘run into, puncture’; incorp. nn. rt. ‘darkness, night’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 52, 57, 304, 337. (131) 405. thika:te? ‘another one’ Vb. rt.; -te- ‘be present’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: thi- ‘contr.’ 406. ?ek#:hkwa:a?k ‘a moon will continue to be in it’ -ahsot- Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- [5.4] ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)&hkwa- ‘moon, sun’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -kz- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 57, 81, 355, 376. (132) 407. sosekha:? ‘nocturnal’ soeh ‘night’ Attr. suff.: -kha? ‘charact.’ Cf. 386. 202 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 408. ha?teyakosheta?9:9k?ah ‘it will continue to be a sort of guide for people’s steps’ Vb. rt.: -asheté?- ‘tread, step’ Asp. suff.: -d- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: -t- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ Attr. suff.: -?4h ‘dimin.’ 409. teyakohathe?t5:9k ‘it will continue to bring people light’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hathe- ‘be light’; rt. suff. -’?t- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 6, 10, 30, 203, 363, 364, 367, 388. (133) 410. ?okwateno?ke: htashétahkoh ‘we (pl.) are using it for measuring’ Coll. for ?okwatens?kexhtashétahkoh Vb. base: vb. rt. -eta- ‘put down’; rt. suff. -’hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. base: vb. rt. -ateno?kexhta- ‘try’; -’sh- ‘nom.’ (together meaning ‘measure- ment’; with -eta-, ‘measure’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kw- ‘we (pl.)’ 411. neyokwatkeistd:tye? ‘as we (pl.) shall be moving along’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -keist- ‘move’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yokw- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, 36, 89. (134) 412. tekatenyshse:k it will always change’ Vb. rt.: -teny- ‘change’ Asp. suff.: -dhs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ 413. ?ot#éhkwahte:tyo:h ‘the moon is traveling’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)&hkw- ‘sun, moon’; -at- ‘refi,’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 203 414. ?ewote:ni?to?ktha:k ‘the moons always come to an end’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?kt- ‘come to the end’; incorp. nn. rt. -é:né?t- ‘month, moon (as a period of time)’; -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 47, 139. (135) 415. ?okwatkéista:otye? ‘we (pl.) are moving along’ Iden. with 411 except for final -’? ‘desc.’ in asp. suff. and lack of mod. and sec. prefs. See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, 36, 42, 47, 89, 118, 226, 410. (136) 416. tayawehts:tye? ‘it is coming from there’ Vb. rt.: -eht- ‘come from’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: t- ‘cisloc.’ 417. to:tita?o:atye? ‘they (masc.) are coming to stand, taking their places’ Coll. for teotita?o: 2tye? Vb. base: vb. rt. -ta- ‘stand’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 418. sa? diminutive particle 419. niendh3?s?ah ‘little children’ Vb. rt.: -ah- ‘be alive’ Asp. suff.: -5?s- ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Attr. suff.: -?4h ‘dimin.’ See also 1, 6, 57, 81, 93, 96, 99, 176, 198, 306. (137) 420. shakoiwakéistani:h ‘he gave her the assignment, responsibility’ Iden. with 392 except for trans. pref. shako- ‘he . . . her’ See also 1, 6, 7, 36, 61, 96-98, 100. (138) See 1-3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102, 103, 364, 375, 388, 407. 204 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (139) See 1, 2, 7, 35-37, 76. (140) 421. ?ekajihso?tahsi:e?k ‘the stars will continue to stand in array’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hstaz- (cf. 121) ‘stand in array’; incorp. nn. rt. -jihs5?ta- ‘star’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 81, 89, 176, 376, 397, 402. (141) 422. na?ahte?eh ‘things’ 423. hakoistas?ah ‘he gave them an assignment’ Iden. with 101 except for trans. pref. haka- ‘he . . . them’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 36, 74, 109, 176. (142) 424. ?eydtihsenoye:ta?k ‘they (nonmasc.) will continue to have names’ Iden. with 107 except for lack of -9- ‘dist.’ 425. ?ojistanéhkweod? ‘speckles, stars in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(Cx)- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -s- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -jista- nohkwa- [14.4] ‘speckle’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 7, 36, 38, 81, 106, 108, 176, 381. (143) 426. ?ekaiwayéonya:no:k ‘it will indicate things’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeanya- ‘indicate’; rt. suff. -’:na- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4: wa- ‘matter, thing’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ 427. °eyakotena?ke:htashetahko:ok ‘people will continue to use it for measuring’ Iden. with 410 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ to asp. suff. and of mod. pref. %e- ‘fut.’ and obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ 428. ?eyakohsdta7is ‘people will run into darkness’ Iden. with 404 except for lack of -f- ‘cisloc.’ Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 205 429. ?athaino?keh ‘on the journey’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ina- ‘go’; incorp. nn. rt. -hd- ‘road’; ?at- ‘refi.’ [15.6] Nn. suff.; -’?kéh ‘ext. loc.’ [26.4] 430. koy#:?tah ‘people use it’ Coll. for koyéx?toh Vt. base: vb. rt. -yex- ‘do’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘caus. I’ (together meaning ‘use’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 20, 30, 41, 46, 52, 89, 176, 337. (144) 431. ?eyotkoskahate? ‘people will turn up their faces’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kahat- ‘turn (up)’; incorp. nn. rt. -k3hs- [3.6] ‘face’; -al- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 432. ?eyakoya?tatékestak ‘it will set people straight’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -toke- ‘be straight’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus.-inst.’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ 433. ?ej5tko:tak ‘people will go directly back’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kota- ‘perform an irrevocable act’; rt. suff. -“hkw- ‘inst.’ (together meaning ‘direct toward’); -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -[j]- ‘repet.’ 434. he:owé:kwa:zh ‘toward where’ hé:oweh ‘where’ (81) Enclitic: -kwah ‘toward’ [26.8] 435. tetyako?nikohka:nyeh ‘it bites people’s minds back there, their home’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kany- ‘bite’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nik5h- ‘mind’ Asp. suff.: -€h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 59, 89, 425. §80135—61——_14 206 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buiy. 183 (145) 436. hati: wayetahkoh ‘their (masc. pl.) responsibility’ Iden. with 60 except for subj. pref. hati- ‘their (masce. pl.)’ See also 1, 10, 30, 118, 176. (146) 437. ?oteondstoh ‘it is in shadow’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atéono- ‘be shady’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus.-inst.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ (cf. 397) Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 438. ?éatisha:tet ‘they (masc. pl.) will cause moisture to fall’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -*ht- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -shat- ‘moisture’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 30, 36, 81, 93, 108, 112, 127, 362, 402. (147) 439. ?oti:nekahsonye’s ‘they (nonmasc.) savor the water’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hsany- ‘savor’; incorp. nn. rt. -’:neka- ‘water’ Asp. suff.: -é?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ?ot7- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ 440. niwahso:ti:s ‘how long the night is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -is- ‘be long’; incorp. nn. rt. -ahso(:)t- ‘night’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 441. ojihso?tahsi:a? ‘the stars standing in array’ Vb. stem iden. with 421 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 30, 36, 81, 89, 108, 112, 127, 362, 381, 416. (148) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 70, 74, 75, 81, 96, 100, 102, 103, 176, 277, 375, 381, 436, 441. Cuare) SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 207 (149) 442. teshakoné?nyata:? ‘they (masc.) will protect people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -f- ‘stand’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’; -e- ‘refl.’ (the entire base meaning ‘protect’) Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -shakon- ‘they (masc.) . . . people’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: t- ‘dupl.’ See also 1-3, 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 35-38, 116, 221, 299, 355. (150) 443. ta?ayoska:sthe’t ‘it can’t be alone, doesn’t work by itself’ Coll. for te?dyoska: sthe?t Vb. base: vb. rt. -oska- ‘be only’; rt. suff. -st- ‘caus.-inst.’; -hé?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -t ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -?a- ‘indic.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 444, hotiya?téska?ah ‘only them (masc.), nothing but them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -oskG?a- (variant of -oska-) ‘be only’; incorp. nn. rt. -ya?t- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -’h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘them (masc.)’ 445. taonotawénye:ak ‘they (masc.) might continue to move about’ Iden. with 264 except for mod. pref. -aa- [3.21] ‘opt.’ See also 7, 49, 89, 399. (151) 446. ha?te:ya:h ‘everything’ Vb. rt.: -9- ‘be a certain amount’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.; ha?- ‘transloc.’ 447, niyotye:eh ‘what’s being done, is going on’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye- ‘do’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 448. yoejata:tye? ‘along the earth’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -t- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -deja- ‘earth’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: y- ‘neut.’ 208 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bun 183 449. ?ethenotawenye:? ‘they (masc. pl.) will move about there’ Iden. with 19 except for subj. pref. -hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89. (152) 450. ka:te? ‘it’s there’, with preceding particles ‘it’s right there, imminent’ Vb. rt.: -fe- ‘be present’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 451. ?eyakotye:3? ‘it will happen to people accidentally’ Vb. rt.: -atyeo- ‘happen accidentally to’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘punc.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 15, 20, 41, 59, 191. (153) 452. ?eyakoti: watye:9? ‘people will have accidents’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atyeo- ‘happen accidentally to’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘matter’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ 453. ?ethene?néo?kte? ‘it will then be beyond their (masc. pl.) control’ Iden. with 338 except for subj. pref. -hen- ‘their (masc. pl.)’ See also 10, 11, 15, 20, 41. (154) 454. twaiwakwaihsoas ‘we (incl. pl.) attest to it’ Iden. with 347 except for asp. suff. -ds ‘iter.’ and lack of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 6, 11, 15, 16, 30, 36, 46, 47, 89, 93, 337, 452, 453. (155) 455. ?eawendtkaea? ‘they will watch them (masc.)’ Vb, rt.: -atkdeo- ‘watch’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -’owen- ‘they . . . them (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Cuarn} SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 209 456. hotého?she? ‘his helpers’ Vb. base iden. with 355. Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ 457. nikétyohkwa:ke:h ‘how many groups’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkw- ‘group’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 46, 89, 95, 176, 233, 299, 436. (156) 458. téotisnye:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to look after it’ Vb. rt.: -snye- ‘look after, attend to’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ Cf. 219. 459. shokwatka?weh ‘he has left us (pl.)’ Iden. with 127 except for trans. pref. shokw- ‘he . . . us (pl.)’ 460. ?eyoakwa?nikoiyostahko:ak ‘it will continue to content us (pl.)’ Iden. with 290 except for asp. suff. -3- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ See also 30, 81, 93. (157) 461. nye:noti:h ‘(four) of them (masce. pl.) in all’ Coll. for nienati:h Vb. base: vb. rt. -7- ‘make up the total’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 462. teyakhiyé?nyata? ‘they protect us’ Vb. base iden. with 442. Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: -yakhiy- ‘they... us Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 30, 36, 96, 100, 176, 233, 277, 278, 299. (158) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 27, 30, 61, 62, 69, 70, 74, 75, 96, 103, 159, 160, 299, 375, 456, 461, 462. ’ 210 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL, 183 (159) See 1, 2, 7, 30, 35-37, 76. (160) 463. nio?’niké’te:h ‘what the state of his mind was’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be in a certain state’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nik- ‘mind’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 89, 317, 337. (161) 464. sha?ka:t ‘it’s the same thing’, here ‘among’ Coll. for tsa?ka:t [27.9] Vb. rt.: -é- ‘stand’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: ¢s- ‘coin.’ 465. teyokwatawenyé:n9? ‘we (pl.) were moving about’ Iden. with 16 except for addition of -’:n5? ‘past’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 81, 89, 93. (162) 466. waoye:no:? ‘it took hold of him’ Vb. rt.: -yena- ‘take hold of’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’” Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 467. waonoktane:ta:k ‘it confined him to bed’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -netak- ‘attach’; incorp. nn. rt. -nakta- ‘bed’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 56, 89. (163) 468. ?0?yéshzke:? ‘it was years’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -oshz- ‘winter, year’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 469. ta:e?takwehta:? ‘he lay helpless’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwéhta- ‘lay flat’; incorp. nn. rt. -i?ia- ‘feces’ (as incorp. nn. rt. serves simply to intensify meaning) Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -’e- ‘masce.’ Mod. pref.: -aa- [3.21] ‘opt.’ [8.1, fn. 15] Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11. (164) 470. ta:tend:nyo:? ‘he was thankful then’ 471. 472. 473. 474, 475. Vb. base: vb. rt. -ndonya- ‘thank’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’@- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ wahsotate: nyo? ‘nights’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’ -ahsata- ‘night’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: w- ‘neut.’ we:nishete: nyo? ‘days’ Iden. with 471 except for nn. rt. -€:nishzx ‘day’ sd:ka:? ‘someone’ haya’tate? ‘he is there’ Iden. with 306 except for subj. pref. ha- ‘masc.’ hotkathwe: tye? ‘he was seeing it’ Vb. rt.: -atkathw- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 11, 36, 46, 47, 108, 281, 317, 322. 476. (165) tethaeha? ‘he puts it on it there again, thereupon’ Vb. rt.: -’(A)e- ‘put on’ Asp. suff.: -hd? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -ha- ‘masc.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ ’ 211 incorp. nn. rt. 477. shatathewatha? ‘he repents’, lit. ‘punishes himself again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -hewdéht- ‘punish’; -atat- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -ha? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -h- ‘masc.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 212 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 478. hoyé’hihse?s ‘he comes to do wrong’ Vb. base: vb. rt.-yé?hi- ‘err’; rt. suff. -*As- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -é?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘mase.’ 479. to:tawe:nye:h ‘he moved about’ Coll. for teotawe:nye:h Iden. with 16 except for obj. pref. -’o- ‘masc.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 15, 36, 42, 46, 106, 108, 281. (166) 480. to:tend:nyo? ‘he was thankful’ Coll. for teotend: nya? Vb. base iden. with 470. Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Other pref.: fe- ‘dupl.’ 481. ti?kwah ‘whatever’ 482. wa:tkatho? ‘he saw’ Vb. rt.: -atkathw- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’Q- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 57, 79, 89, 91, 422. (167) 483. no?2: weh ‘what happened’ Iden. with 337 except for mod. pref. -a- [3.14] ‘indic.’ 484. se?eh ‘because, for what reason’, here ‘how’ 485. niyakotye:eh ‘how people acted’ Iden. with 447 except for obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 35, 36, 42, 89, 399. (168) 486. ?a:ye:? ‘it seems, apparently’ 487. te?katka?hoh ‘nowhere’ 488. te?skayetahkoh ‘there is no longer any guidance’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeta- ‘set down’; rt. suff. -"hkwe ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: te?- ‘neg.’ [BuLu. 183 CHarn} SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 243 489. ko?nikoe? ‘people’s minds’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. ko- ‘fem.’ See also 10, 11, 41, 49. (169) 490. thakoyatényehtah ‘he sent them here’ Vb. rt.: -atenyeht- ‘send’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: -hakay- ‘he . . . them’ Prim. pref.: é- ‘cisloc.’ 491. hawawene:?ah ‘they told him’ Vb. rt.: -wenee?- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: howo- ‘they .. . him b 492. shetwakowa:neh ‘our (incl. pl.) great one’ Vb. rt.: -kowane- ‘be great’ Asp. suff.: -°h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: shetwa- ‘we (incl. pl.) . . . him’ 493. twati:k ‘we (incl. pl.) used to say’ Vb. rt.: -ato- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘iter.’; -4k ‘past’ Subj. pref.: twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ 494. kanyotaiyo? ‘Handsome Lake’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -zyo- ‘be beautiful’; incorp. nn. rt. -nyota- ‘lake’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ [26.4] Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 495. tsa?to:tawenye:h ‘when he moved about’ Coll. for tsa?teotawenye:h Iden. with 479 except for addition of sec. pref. tsa?- ‘coin.’ See also 1-3, 6, 10, 30, 456, 483. (170) 496. ?etsikwa:owi? ‘he will tell us (pl.) again’ Vb. rt.: -’ (hy) owi- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -sokwa- ‘he . . . us (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘repet.’ 497. nejakwayé:9k ‘how we (excl. pl.) shall continue to do it again’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ (-yé-e-ak occurring as -yé:9k) Subj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod, pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -[j]- ‘repet.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 214 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 498. ?o:etd:kwa:zh ‘in the future’ ?0:eta:h ‘it is ahead’ (335) Enclitic: -kwah ‘toward’ See also 7, 10, 11, 42, 392. (171) 499. hothyéwi:atye? ‘he was telling about it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’(hy)ow7- ‘tell’; -at- ‘refl.’ (cf. 85) Asp. suff.: -“Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.; ho- ‘masc.’ 500. nya: wen6’te:h ‘the manner of his words’ Coll. for niawené?te:h Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 35, 36, 468. (172) 501. niy6’te:atye? ‘the way it was, went along’ Vb. rt.: -6%te— ‘be in a certain state’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 502. ha?tosa: yoskwéhta: at ‘he fell back to a prone position, collapsed’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -éhtax- [5.4] ‘lay flat’; rt. suff. -"At- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -(h/:)yoskw- ‘belly’ Asp. suff.: -2 ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: -é- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ 503. hooyaké?ta: atye’s ‘he was laboring’ Vb. rt.: -(y)5: yaké?t- ‘force to labor’ Asp. suff.: -4- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 36, 42, 304. (173) 504. nikeatye? ‘how things go along in it, occasionally’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(Cz)- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -9- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ CHarn]) SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 215 505. saydkwatho: teh ‘we (pl.) come to hear it again’ Vb. base: vb. rt.-atho(:)t- ‘hear’; rt. suff. -éh- ‘inch IT’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yokw- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 35, 36, 42, 62, 89, 343, 500. (174) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 61, 62, 226-228. (175) 506. ?0?tsakwand:nya:? ‘we (excl. pl.) thank him’ Vb. rt.: -ndonyo- ‘thank’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -sakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.) . . . him Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ Other pref.: -f- ‘dupl.’ Cf. 395. ? 507. ?akwata:k ‘we (excl. pl.) used to say’ Iden. with 493 except for subj. pref. ?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102, 494. (176) See 1, 2, 7, 35-37, 76. (177) 508. no?késya:tih ‘on which side of the sky’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ati- ‘be on a certain side’; rt. suff. -’h- ‘inch. II’; incorp. nn. rt. -(y)5:y- ‘sky’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 509. heski?tyo:ta?k ‘I shall continue to dwell there again’ Vb. rt.: -t?tyo(:)ta- ‘dwell’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ 216 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 510. hejako?ktha:k ‘people will always come back to the end there’ Vb. rt.: -6?kt- ‘come to the end’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -yak- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -[j] ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 11, 15, 38, 67, 89, 154, 377. (178) 511. ?eyakoye:ta?k ‘people will continue to have it’ Vb. rt.: -yeta- ‘have’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 512. ?atd?esho:nyak ‘gratitude’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?es- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -ha- ‘dist.’, -nyo- ‘double dist.’, ~"hkw- ‘inst.’ ?at- ‘refi.’ [15.6] Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘impv.’ 513. ?eyakotkathwe:atye? ‘people will be seeing it’ Vb. rt.: -atkathw- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘punc.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 514. ?eyotaniatye? ‘it will be growing’ Vb. base iden. with 312. Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 40, 46, 108, 117, 170, 171, 191. (179) 515. teyotend:ny5:9k ‘people will always be thankful’ Iden. with 154 except for asp. suff. -’Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ See also 3, 11, 14, 15, 20, 40, 116, 511. (180) 516. ?eydhsaha:k ‘people will always begin’ Vb. rt.: -ahsaw- ‘begin’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS P17 517. tayen5:ny9:9k ‘people always thank then’ Vb. stem iden. with 515 except for lack of -ate- ‘refi.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 518. kotkathwa7oh ‘people have come to see it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atkathwa- ‘see’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ See also 6, 36, 81, 82, 108. (181) 519. heyéahse:k ‘people will always take it there’ Vb. rt.: -’(h)a- ‘take’ Asp. suff.: -hs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 6, 377, 509, 510. (182) 520. ?ewokathotehji: we:ak ‘I shall continue to listen carefully’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -athate- ‘listen’; rt. suff. -hji: w- ‘intens.’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -wak- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 521. ?eyeiwa:notatye’se:k ‘people will always be saying, preaching’, lit. ‘piling up words’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’:nota- ‘pile up’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4:wa- ‘matter, word’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 11, 20, 41. (183) 522. tekheka:nehji: wé:9k ‘I shall continue to watch them carefully’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kd:nz- ‘see, watch’; rt. suff. -hji: w- ‘intens.’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Trans. pref.: -khe- ‘I . . . them’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 218 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 523. neyakotyé:ak ‘how people will continue to act’ Iden. with 485 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 15, 20, 36, 46, 89. (184) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 27, 30, 43, 69, 89, 96, 118. (185) See 1, 6, 11, 27, 36, 46, 61, 62, 66, 68, 69. (186) 524. ?akya:he? ‘we (excl. pl.) are alive’ Iden. with 37 except for subj. pref. ?aky- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 1-3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 35, 36, 70, 71, 74, 75, 103, 159, 160, 506. (187) 525. niwatkwenyds ‘what is possible’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kweny- ‘be possible’; -at- ‘ref.’ Asp. suff.: -5s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 526. hone:?ah ‘they (masc.) decided’ Iden. with 38 except for obj. pref. hon- ‘they (masc.)’ 527. kaiwatéhkoh ‘usage, custom, ritual’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; rt. suff. -“hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4: wa- ‘matter, ritual’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 528. niwakeyé?he?oh ‘what I learned’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -y(C)e- ‘know’; rt. suff. -’?hé?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -wake- ‘1st pers.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 11, 18, 30, 36, 39, 42, 67, 124, 139, 191, 335, 346, 498. (188) See 1, 6. CHaFn} SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 219 Thanksgiving Dance (189) 529. ?0?wa:ta? ‘it became’ Vb. rt.: -at5?- ‘become’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ 530. hokatdisyohkwa:ni:h ‘they have requested me’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -aisy5hkwa- ‘persist’; -at- ‘refi.’ (together meaning ‘ask, request’); rt. suff. -ni- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: hak- ‘they . . . me 531. hone:?séshe? ‘they (masc.) are in opposite moieties’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘establish’; incorp. nn. base: -ee?se- ‘be cousins’; -"sh- ‘nom.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘they (masc.)’ 532. hondti:ot ‘the Faith Keepers’, lit. ‘they (masc.) have the cere- monies on them, attached to them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -9(:)é- ‘attach’; incorp. nn. rt. -i-~ ‘matter, ceremony’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 1-3, 11, 30, 60, 67, 233. ’ (190) 533. hekayakéhtak ‘it will go straight out’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yake- ‘take out’; rt. suff. -’hia- ‘caus. I’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff. -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ 534. heyakwawenokwe:koh ‘all our (excl. pl.) words’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwek- ‘be all of’; incorp. nn. rt. -wena- ‘word’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘our (excl. pl.)’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ 535. kya?ta:te? ‘my body is present’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -ydé?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: k- ‘1st pers.’ 220 536. BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (BULL. 183 niyawe’oh ‘what happened’ Vb. rt.: -€?- ‘happen’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 42, 81, 274, 526. 537. 538. 539. 540. 541. 542. 543. 544. 545, (191) katanite:stha? ‘I plead forgiveness’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ite- ‘show pity’; rt. suff. -st- ‘caus.-inst.’; -atan- ‘recip.’ (the entire base meaning ‘plead forgiveness’) Asp. suff.: -hé? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: k- ‘1st pers.’ ?eyakwaiwe’s ‘we (pl.) will inadvertently drop (part of) the ritual’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’?s- ‘dat.’ (together, with obj. pref., meaning ‘drop inadvertently’); incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter, ritual’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ heyawe:nd:h ‘it goes there’, here ‘the way it goes’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘go’; rt. suff. -n- ‘direct.’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ se:ndh ‘don’t”’ Aaeswe:h ‘you (pl.) might think’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘think, believe’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘impv.’ Subj. pref.: -sw- ‘you (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?ae- ‘opt.’ (rather than the usual fut. (8.5]) kwa? see 543. tha:aye:? with kwa? ‘he did it intentionally’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: th- ‘contr.’ swayete:ih ‘you (pl.) know’ Vb. rt.: -yetei- ‘know’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subi. pref.: swa- ‘you (pl.)’ sebkeb sae 546 CuarFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS ZT 546. thiyéto?oh with sehkeh ‘it isn’t normal, isn’t the way it should be’ Vb. rt.: -at5?- ‘become’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: thi- ‘contr.’ 547. tewakya’towehts:tye’s ‘I am pondering along, my thoughts’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -oweht- ‘disturb’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’ (together, with dupl., meaning ‘ponder’) Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -"?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: -wak- ‘1st pers.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 10, 11, 36, 52, 89, 191, 337, 472. (192) 548. ?eswa?hote? ‘you (pl.) will put it together’, here ‘fill it in’ Vb. rt.: -a?hat- ‘put together’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -sw- ‘you (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 549. tya:kwah ‘if’ 550. neyokwaya?taweh ‘how it will happen to us (pl.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -wéh- ‘happen’; incorp. nn. rt. -ydé?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.; -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yokwa- ‘us (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 551. ?etyono:9? ‘it will be deficient, have something lacking’ Vb. rt.: -noo- ‘be difficult’, with obj. and cisloc. ‘be deficient’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 552. hey6éti: wi:no:h ‘the ritual goes there’, here ‘the way the ritual goes, progresses’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -in- ‘go somewhere’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘matter’ ritual’; -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ 553. swaiwayete:ih ‘you (pl.) know the ritual’ Iden. with 544 except for addition of incorp. nn. rt. -(C)é: wa- ‘matter’ ritual’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 52, 89, 191. 580135—61——15 222 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (193) 554. takatyéehtak ‘what I begin with’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeéhta- ‘instigate’; rt. suff. -’hkw- ‘inst.’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.; -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘Ist pers.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indice.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 555. wa:i? ‘I thought, so far as I am concerned’ 556. ?ekata:isyok ‘I will request’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -aisy5hkw- ‘persist’; -at- ‘refl.’ (cf. 350) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ 557. na:ke:ak ‘it wouldn’t be’ 558. kwiste? ‘anything’ 559. to?6?te:h ‘it isn’t in that state’ Coll. for te?6?te:h Vb. rt.: -62te- ‘be in a certain state’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -?- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: fe- ‘neg.’ 560. swa?nikoe? ‘your (pl.) minds’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. swa- ‘your (pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 10, 42, 49. (194) See 1, 7, 10, 30, 35-38, 78, 81, 82. (195) 561. shokyo:ni:h ‘he made us (pl.)’ Vb. rt.: -0(:)ni- ‘make’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: shaky- ‘he . . . us (pl.)’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 16, 20, 89, 93, 459. (196) 562. ndo:h ‘perhaps, at least’ 563. we:nishete? ‘today’ Iden. with 472 except for lack of -nyo- ‘dist.’ 564. né: wa? ‘the present time’ See also 1, 6, 7, 16, 27, 42, 66, 390. Care] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 223 (197) See 1, 6, 11, 30, 36, 46—53, 89. (198) See 1, 5, 27, 36, 43, 69, 106, 317. (199) 565. twayete:ih ‘we (incl. pl.) know’ Iden. with 544 except for subj. pref. twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 7, 10, 11, 89, 106. (200) 566. teyokwaté:nishzyeta? ‘all the days we (pl.) have’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yet- ‘have’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -é:nishx- ‘day’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yokw- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, 191. (201) 567. ?akwaya?takohsdétha? ‘we (pl.) remain’ Iden. with 153 except for obj. pref. 2akwa- ‘we (pl.)’ 568. hosétwa:aho? ‘through another of our (incl. pl.) cycles, another year’ Vb. rt.: -’ (A)ahw- ‘go through a cycle’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (inel. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -9-e- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: A- ‘transloc.’ (usual with this rt.) 569. nydiwa:9? ‘how he has spaced the ceremonies’ Coll. for niéiwa:o? Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4: wa- ‘matter, ceremony’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 35-37, 62, 89, 203, 216, 220, 225. DIA BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (202) 570. ?eyakoti: wahtetya?t5:ak ‘people will continue their ceremonies’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtetya- ‘travel, continue’; rt. suff. -’?¢- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter, ceremony’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’ ; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 127, 299, 300. (203) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 40, 117, 170, 171, 191, 513, 515. (204) 571. ?ataisyShkwa’she? ‘request, hope’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -aistshkwa- ‘persist’; ?at- ‘refl.’ (cf. 530); -?shxe- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 11, 30, 36, 46, 109, 316, 512, 526, 533, 535. (205) 572. tyakwa:ya:h ‘we (pl.) entered here’ Vb. rt.: -yo- ‘arrive, enter’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 3, 46, 67, 70, 71, 221. (206) See 7, 27, 66, 69, 279. (207) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 67, 70, 72-75, 102. (208) See 1, 2, 5, 42, 43. (209) See 6, 7, 10, 11, 20, 35-38, 78, 82. (210) See 3, 6, 42, 46, 79, 80, 82. (211) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 38, 74, 83-85. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 225 (212) 573. ?eydta:ak ‘people will continue to say’ Iden. with 86 except for subj. pref. -y[a]- ‘fem.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 38, 84, 85, 87, 88, 117. (213) 574. ?akwé:nishe:te? ‘(in) our (pl.) day’ Iden. with 563 except for obj. pref. ?9kw- ‘our (pl.)’ 575. ho?titwatawenye:? ‘we (incl. pl.) move about there’ Vb. stem iden. with 19. Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -0?- ‘indie.’ Other pref.: -ti- ‘dupl.’; h- ‘transloc.’ 576. hasejatatah ‘he established the earth’ Vb. base iden. with 77. Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ha- ‘masc.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 81, 89, 147. (214) 577. teyakotawenyé:ak ‘people will continue to move about’ Iden. with 41 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ to asp. suff. and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 38, 82, 89, 147, 228. (215) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 96, 98, 100, 101. (216) 578. ?diwake:h ‘separate responsibilities’ Iden. with 300 except for lack of sec. pref. ni- ‘part.’ 579. hoiwakhahsokweh ‘he divided the responsibilities’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -khdhs- ‘divide’; rt. suff. -akw- ‘oppos.!’; incorp. nn. rt -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, responsibility’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ 580. yeiwayétahkoh ‘her responsibility’ Iden. with 60 except for subj. pref. ye- ‘fem.’ 226 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 581. teydkhisnye? ‘she is looking after us’ Vb. rt.: -snye- ‘look after’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: -yokhi- ‘she . . . us’ Other pref.: fe- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) See also 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, 42, 59. (217) 582. kaya:soh ‘it is called’, here ‘it can be said, claimed’ (cf. 66) Vb. rt.: -yas- ‘call’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 11, 42, 57, 118, 198, 311, 564. (218) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 70, 71, 87, 88, 102, 103, 375. (219) 583. totétwae? ‘we (incl. pl.) say it here again’ Vb. rt.: -’ (h)e- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -9-e- ‘indice.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 584. wa?akwatdisyak ‘we (excl. pl.) ask’ Vb. stem iden. with 556. Subj. pref.: -?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indice.’ 585. heska:ho? ‘it will be another cycle, year’ Vb. rt.: -’ (h)ahw- ‘go through a cycle’ (ef. 568) Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 30, 36, 46, 70, 71, 102, 109, 159, 316. (220) 586. ?akwaya?tayéi?ah ‘we (pl.) have gathered’ Iden. with 5 except for asp. suff. -dh ‘desc.’ and lack of mod. pref. ‘indice.’ See also 1, 2, 42, 43. wa- CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 22] (221) See 7, 10, 11, 35-38. 587. ?eyata?eshonys:ak ‘people will always be grateful’ Iden. with 135 except for asp. suff. -’@- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 15, 40, 41. 588. ?eatiya’tate:k ‘they (masce. pl.) will continue to be present’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -fe- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: 2¢- ‘fut.’ 589. hatikowa:nes ‘the chiefs’, lit. ‘they (masc. pl.) are great’ Vb. rt.: -kowane- ‘be great’ Asp. suff.: -’s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: hatz- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 30, 38, 233, 531. (224) 590. ?ekaiwayetahko: 9k ‘it will continue to be a responsibility’ Iden. with 60 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 591. koshenonyashe? ‘people’s security’ Nn. rt.: -ashenanydshex- ‘security’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 15, 30, 41, 59, 458. (225) 592. ?o:ti: we?noni:ak ‘they (masc.) will continue to make it round, roll it up’ Coll. for ?eoti: we?nani:ak Vb. rt.: -: we?na(:)ni- ‘make round’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 593. honityohkwa? ‘their (masc.) group, the people’ Nn. rt.: -ityéhkwa- ‘group’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘their (masc.)’ See also 10, 11, 60, 176, 274. 228 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn 183 (226) 594. heyaoska:?ah ‘all it is’ Vb. rt.: -oska?a- ‘be only’ Asp. suff.: -’h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -ya- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ 595. thakoyawi:h ‘he gave it to them’ Vb. rt.: -awi- ‘give’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: -hakoy- ‘he . . . them’ Prim. pref.: é- ‘cisloc.’ (here indicates ‘give temporarily, hand to’) See also 3, 10, 11, 59, 295. (227) 596. teati?nyz:hkd:ak ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to look after it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)ex- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- [5.4] ‘hand’ (the entire base meaning ‘look after’) Asp. suff.: -d- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 597. ?a:yenohtanyd:ak ‘people might always think’ Iden. with 28 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?aa- ‘opt.’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 27, 42, 59, 76, 95, 593. (228) 598. hatihsi:a? ‘they (masc. pl.) are standing in array, in an organized group’ Vb. rt.: -hsia- ‘stand in array’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: hati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 11, 30, 118, 198, 233, 531, 589. (229) See 6, 11, 36, 89, 100, 346, 436. (230) 599. tyawe7oh ‘at all times’ CHArFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 229 600. ta:ti?nya:? ‘they (masc. pl.) are looking after it’ Coll. for téati?nya:? Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’ (cf. 596) Asp. suff.: -? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 601. yekehjish5’oh ‘the old people’ Vb. rt.: -kéhgi- ‘be old’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ye- ‘fem.’ Attr. suff.: -sh5?5h ‘plur.’ 602. yeks4?sho?oh ‘the children’ Nn. rt.: -ksa- ‘child’ Nn. suff.: -’?- ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ye- ‘fem.’ Attr. suff.: -sh5?5h ‘plur.’ 603. tayékohsotatye? ‘those yet unborn’, lit. ‘people’s faces attached all along’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -at- ‘attach’; incorp. nn. rt. -k5hs- ‘face’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢é- ‘cisloc.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 27, 30, 46, 95, 226, 597. (231) 604. to:noti?stya?koh ‘they (masc.) do the talking’ Coll. for teonati?stya? koh Vb. base: vb. rt. -yé?k- ‘break’; incorp. nn. rt. -7?st- ‘noise’; -at- ‘refl.’ (the entire base meaning ‘do the talking’) Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’on ‘they (masc.)’. Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 605. ?eyakoya?taye:ih ‘people will gather’ Vb. stem iden. with 5. Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 606. kaeti?kwa:oweh ‘wherever, anywhere’ See also 1, 10, 11, 30, 46, 89. (232) 607. hoti: we?nd:ni:h ‘they (masc.) have rolled it up’ Iden. with 592 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 230 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 608. nyo:tikwe:nyo:h ‘what is possible for them (masc.)’ Coll. for niotikwe:nya:h Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be possible’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘them (masc.)’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 489, 593. (233) 609. hotikeatatye’s ‘they (masc.) keep laying it down’ Vb. rt.: -kéat- ‘lay down’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 10, 11, 27, 42, 95, 597. (234) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 35, 38. (235) 610. teatiyenawd’kho:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to help each other’ Vb. rt.: -yenows?kho- ‘hold onto’, with dupl. ‘work together’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 42, 59, 233, 531, 532, 590. (236) 611. ?€sta:aye:? ‘he will whisper’ Vb. rt.: -atdaye- ‘whisper’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’Q- ‘masce.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 612. hoti:at ‘the Faith Keeper’ Iden. with 532 except for obj. pref. ho- ‘mase.’ 613. te?éti?kwah ‘whatever’ 614. heni?tya? ‘they (masc. pl.) stay, are there’ Vb. rt.: -i2tya- ‘stay’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ See also 3, 6, 10, 11, 36, 42, 422, 463, 589. CHAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 231 (237) 615. ketyohkwaeh ‘in the middle of the group, in public’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’(h)e- ‘be in the middle of’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkwa- ‘group’ Asp. suff.: -“h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ke- ‘neut.’ 616. ?6:thze:k ‘he will be the speaker’ Coll. for ?éothe:k Vb. rt.: -thaz- ‘speak’; rt. suff. -’hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 617. hakowaneh ‘the chief’ Iden. with 589 except for asp. suff. -’h ‘desc.’ and subj. pref. ha- ‘masc.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 30, 60. (238) See 1, 6, 7, 47, 89, 198, 298, 565. (239) 618. hotitakwaihsa:h ‘they (masc.) have set it straight’ Vb. rt.: -takwaihs- ‘set straight’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 10, 11, 36, 47, 97, 227, 299, 300, 589. (240) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 97, 117, 197, 227. (241) 619. nya: weh ‘thanks, thank you’ See also 1, 3, 11, 30, 89, 226, 233, 276, 589. (242) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 584. (243) 620. ?aotiya’takohsétha:k ‘they (masc.) might continue to remain’ Vb. base iden. with 65. Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?aa- ‘opt.’ See also 11, 30, 36, 109, 159, 316, 585. 232 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buu 183 (244) 621. tayokwawenitké?0:atye? ‘we (pl.) are speaking along’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ctke- ‘emerge’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’ Asp. suff.; -5- ‘dese.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 30, 40, 90, 512. (245) 622. tsa:yene:ta?t ‘when he finished the creation’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -eté?- ‘finish’; incorp. nn. rt. -yen- ‘creation’ Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: ts- ‘coin.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 11, 30, 35, 81, 84, 93, 117. (246) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 38, 355. (247) See 11, 20, 30, 41, 81, 93, 464. (248) 623. ?eoti: wakéskwahse:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always get up the ceremonies’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -keskw- ‘raise’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:wa- ‘matter, ceremony, etc.’ Asp. suff.: -dhs- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 624. ?o?katati: waké:9s ‘I laid down the ceremonies for myself’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kéo- ‘lay down’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)éi:wa- ‘matter, ceremony’; -atat- ‘recip.’ Asp. suff.: -s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 59, 117, 299, 300, 590. (249) 625. twa:tah ‘we (incl. pl.) say’ Iden. with 233 except for subj. pref. tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 531, 532. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 233 (250) 626. hota?end:te? ‘his pole is there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -a?ena- ‘pole’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masce.’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 35, 42, 198, 598. (251) 627. taoti: wayeistd:tye? ‘they (masc.) are accomplishing their task’ Vb. base iden. with 98. Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -atye- ‘prog’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indie.’ Prim. pref.: é- ‘cisloc.’ 628. hosakaiwaihsd:ne? ‘the ceremonies come to spill out again, are due’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’ (h)é- ‘spill’; rt. suff. -’hso- ‘dist.’, -’:n- ‘trans.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, ceremony’ Asp. suff.: -€? ‘purp.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indice.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ 629. wa:ene:? ‘they (masc. pl.) decide’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘think, decide’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 630. ho?tkaye:ih ‘it is the proper thing’, here ‘proper time’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yei- ‘be proper’; rt. suff. -*h- ‘inch. IT’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -0?- ‘indie.’ Other pref.: -t- ‘dupl.’; A- ‘transloc.’ See also 2, 10, 11, 89. (252) 631. wa:ti: wakésko? ‘they (masc. pl.) get up the ceremony’ Vb. base iden. with 623. Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 234 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLn. 183 632. honotwenihsa?sh ‘they (masc.) announce it’, lit. ‘complete their word’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ihsé?- ‘complete’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hon- ‘they (masc.)’ 633. tetkaéiwayeoni:h ‘a ceremony is then indicated’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeoni- ‘indicate’; nn. rt. -(C){:wa- ‘matter, ceremony’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 30, 103, 422, 613. (253) 634. taoti: wakéskwe:otye? ‘they (masc.) are getting up the cere- monies’ Vb. base iden. with 623. Asp. suff.: -é- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: f- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 7, 11, 30, 89, 233, 532. (254) 635. nikaye:eh ‘how it is done’ Vb. rt.: -ye- ‘do’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: nz- ‘part.’ 636. tsa?tetkaeo:te? ‘the trees are of equal height’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -te- ‘be present’; incorp. nn. rt. -’ (h)é9- ‘tree’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: fsa?- ‘coin.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 176, 233, 531, 532. (255) 637. tekaweno?tihé?se? ‘there will be consent’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a?ti- ‘lean’; rt. suff. -hé?- ‘inch. I’, -se- ‘dat.’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’ (the entire base meaning ‘be in agreement’) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: é- ‘dupl.’ CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS) 235 638. ?otyz:?tahkoh ‘it uses it’, here ‘shown toward’ Iden. with 90 except for obj. pref. 20- ‘neut.’ 639. ketyOhkwani:ya:t ‘the dependent group’, lit. ‘hanging group’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -niyo(:)t- ‘hang’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkwa- ‘group’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ke- ‘neut.’ 640. ta?4kwiste? ‘nothing’ 641 te?kaidtahkoh ‘it is not an assigned responsibility’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -sta- ‘attach, assign’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp’ nn. rt.-(C)i- ‘matter, responsibility’ (cf. 101) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te?- ‘neg.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 233, 531, 532. (256) 642. ha?ta:tiyendwo’kho? ‘they (masc. pl.) all work together’ Coll. for ha?teatiyendwo?kha? Vb. rt.: -yenawa?kha- ‘hold onto’ (cf. 610) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ 643. teotiya?to:we:t ‘they (masc. pl.) will deliberate’ Vb. base iden. with 547. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 644. he:ne:h ‘they (masc. pl.) think’ Iden. with 96 except for subj. pref. hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 645. ho?ka:e? ‘the time arrives’ Vb. rt.: -’(A)e- ‘arrive (of time)’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -0?- ‘indie.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 2, 10, 11, 35, 84, 159, 569. (257) 646. tayohtetyd: tye? ‘it is operating’ Vb. rt.: -ahtety- ‘travel, operate’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -°? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 47, 89. 236 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buun. 183 (258) See 10, 11, 36, 100, 436, 627. (259) See 6, 30, 36, 118, 176, 436. (260) See 1, 6, 7, 36, 61, 62, 198, 226-228. (261) 647. te:noténd:onyoh ‘they (masc. pl.) give thanks’ Coll. for teenaténa: anyah Vb. base: vb. rt. -ndonya- ‘thank’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’h ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 648. hekétyohkwakwe: koh ‘the entire group’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwek- ‘be all of’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkwa- ‘group’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 3, 11. (262) See 6, 30, 36, 153, 198, 221, 226, 233, 531, 532, 598, 627. (263) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 191, 584. (264) See 11, 30, 36, 42, 109, 159, 263, 316, 585. (265) See 1, 2, 7, 40, 90, 512, 621. (266) See 1, 2, 7, 11, 35-38. Cuars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 937 (267) 649. ?ekhéyatka? ‘I shall leave them’ Vb. rt.: -atka- ‘leave, provide’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -khey- ‘I . . . them’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 30, 176, 226, 233, 373, 640, 641. (268) See 6, 16, 81, 93, 459. (269) 650. tsa?tetwayete:ih ‘we (incl. pl.) all know at the same time’ Vb. rt.: -yetei- ‘know’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Sec. pref.: ésa?- ‘coin.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’ 651. nikawen6?te:h ‘what kind of word it is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 27, 36, 59, 89, 191. (270) 652. ha?tetwayenowd’?kho? ‘we (incl. pl.) all work together’ Iden. with 642 except for subj. pref. -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ 653. heyoti: wahtetyo:h ‘the ceremony goes on’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, go on’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w- ‘matter, ceremony’; -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 159, 233, 422, 481, 640, 641. (271) 654. ketyéhkota:tye?s ‘the group is standing about’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -of- ‘stand upright’; incorp. nn. rt. -ityéhkw- ‘group Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: ke- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 57, 89, 176, 198. ’ 580135—61——_16 238 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (272) 655. ?ondthowi:seh ‘the women’ Vb. rt.: -athowis- ‘sing thowi:sas (a women’s dance), be a woman’ Asp. suff.: -€h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0n- ‘they (nonmasce.)’ See also 11, 30, 46, 226, 233, 234, 640, 641. (273) See 1, 10, 11, 57, 89, 96, 97, 176, 227. (274) See 11, 30, 35, 36, 228. (275) See 1, 3, 30, 89, 198, 226, 233, 275, 619, 640, 641. (276) 656. totayakwae? ‘we (excl. pl.) say it here again’ Iden. with 583 except for subj. pref. -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 36, 40, 159, 263, 584, 585. (277) See 1, 7, 40, 512, 621. (278) See 11, 30, 35-37, 117. (279) 657. hatiksa?sh3?oh ‘the children’ Iden. with 602 except for subj. pref. hati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ 658. ?eotitakhendStye?se:k ‘they (masc. pl.) will always be running about’ Iden. with 242 except for addition of -ek ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- aut 659. tetwaya?’tokesho? ‘among us (incl. pl.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -oke- ‘be between, among’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘us (incl. pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this vb. rt.) Attr. suff.: -sh5? ‘plur.’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 38. CHars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 239 (280) 660. ?eyata?kei?senotyé’se:k ‘they will always be crawling about’, lit. ‘dragging the dust’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -i?se- ‘drag’; rt. suff. -na- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -a?ké- ‘dust, ashes’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 659. (281) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 198. (282) 661. teyethika:ne:? ‘we (incl.) see them’ Iden. with 240 except for trans. pref. -yethi- ‘we (incl.) . . . them’ 662. ?okwaksa?ta? ‘our (pl.) children’ Nn. rt.: -ks&?ta- ‘child’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?akwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 30, 36, 118, 242, 659. (283) 663. yota’kéi?sena:tye’s ‘they are crawling about’ Iden. with 660 except for lack of -ek ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 89. (284) See 1, 3, 7, 11, 20, 35, 36, 38, 79, 80, 82, 182, 183. (285) 664. ?o:niyehkoh ‘it is strong, firm, solid’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -":niye- ‘be strong, etc.’; rt. suff. -"hkw ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 47. (286) See 30, 36, 88, 93, 99. (287) See 30, 36, 198, 417-419. (288) See 1, 6, 7, 61, 62. QAO BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (289) 665. ?ethiyatkathwe:otye? ‘we (incl.) are seeing them’ Vb. rt.: -atkathw- ‘see, look at’ Asp. suff.: -é- ‘dese.’; -atye-; -’? ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: ?ethiy- ‘we (incl.) . . . them’ 666. hotiya:atye? ‘they (masc.) are coming along’ Vb. rt.: -ya- ‘come, arrive’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 36, 79, 226, 418, 419. (290) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 647. (291) 667. teyakhika:ne:? ‘we (excl.) see them’ Iden. with 240 except for trans. pref. -yakhi- ‘we (excl.) . .. them’ (cf. 661) 668. henota?kéi?send:tye?s ‘they (masc. pl.) are crawling about’ Iden. with 663 except for subj. pref. hen- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 669. teyakwaya?toke:sho? ‘among us (excl. pl.)’ Iden. with 659 except for subj. pref. -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 11, 36, 198, 242, 662. (292) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 191, 584. (293) See 10, 11, 30, 36, 42, 71, 109, 159, 263, 316, 585. (294) See 1, 3, 11, 647, 648. (295) 670. sa?nikoe? ‘your mind’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. sa- ‘2d pers.’ See also 7, 11, 36, 42, 536. (296) 671. se?ah ‘you decided’ Iden. with 38 except for obj. pref. s- ‘2d pers.’ 672. ?ehta?ké: kwa:h ‘below’ Nn. rt.: ?éhta- ‘dirt’ [26.6] Nn. suff.: -’?ke- ‘ext. loc.’ Enclitic: -kwah ‘toward’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 82, 508. CHarr] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 241 (297) See 3, 6, 11, 20, 78, 649. (298) 673. ?eki: wakhahsoa:ko? ‘I shall divide their responsibilities’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -khdhs- ‘divide, separate’; -okw- ‘oppos.I’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter, responsibility’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 674. ?eyohtety5:ak ‘it will always continue’ Iden. with 227 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 74, 82, 671. (299) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 36, 81, 82, 89, 105, 109-112, 671. (300) See 3, 10, 11, 36, 105-108. (301) See 7, 10, 36, 84, 93, 145, 213. (302) 675. nisa?nikosewé?oh ‘what you intended’ Iden. with 117 except for obj. pref. -sa- ‘2d pers.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 112, 113. (303) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 46, 106, 107, 671. (304) 676. nisaye:eh ‘what you did’ Iden. with 8 except for obj. pref. -sa- ‘2d pers.’ (cf. 34) See also 7, 11, 15, 36, 41, 59, 89, 122, 123. (305) 677. satka?weh ‘you left’ Iden. with 127 except for obj. pref. s- ‘2d pers,’ See also 7, 10, 11, 81, 89, 93, 190. 242 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buuy. 183 (306) 678. watihsi:a? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) are standing in array, distributed’ Iden. with 598 except for subj. pref. wati- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 42, 81, 93, 114, 129. (307) 679. ho? wé:nishetenyd:tye? ‘days are present there all along’ Iden. with 336 except for addition of h- ‘transloc.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 190, 498, 671. (308) 680. ka?éohtato:ke:h ‘a certain plant’ Iden. with 130 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of ?¢- ‘fut.’ 681. se:kweh ‘you chose it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -kw- ‘oppos.I’ (together meaning ‘take out, choose’) Asp. suff.: -éh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: sx ‘2d pers.’ See also 1, 6, 10, 11, 46, 676. (309) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 132, 671. (310) See 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 30, 41, 203, 208. (oles) 682. ?o?ka:tka? ‘I provide’ Iden. with 282 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 11, 15, 20, 36, 40, 42, 483, 587. (312) See 3, 10, 84, 136-138. (313) 683. teydkasha:a?t ‘people will remember me’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ashazx- ‘take cognizance of’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ (ef. 207) Asp. suff.: -é ‘indic.’ Trans. pref.: -yak- ‘people . . . me Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 67, 671. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (314) See 7, 9, 10, 11, 30, 139, 140. (315) See 1, 7, 11, 12, 15, 16. (316) 684. ?eyakwatd:ok ‘we (excl. pl.) will continue to say’ Iden. with 86 except for subj. pref. -yakw- ‘we (excel. pl.)’ See also 3, 10, 11, 141. (317) 685. tsosayo’taieh ‘when it becomes warm again’ Vb. stem iden. with 213. Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Sec. pref.: ts- ‘coin.’ See also 1, 7, 145, 155. (318) 686. wa?akwatka:tho? ‘we (excl. pl.) see’ Iden. with 143 except for subj. pref. -?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 10, 11, 89, 138, 140, 141, 146. (319) See 1, 7, 10, 30, 46, 536, 670. (320) 687. ?eyé:ek ‘people will gather them’ Vb. rt.: -(C)eéek- ‘gather’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 42, 134. See 6, 10, 81, 149, 150. 688. ?etyeweni:tke?t ‘people will speak there’ Vb. base iden. with 621. Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘indie.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 243 244 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 689. teyotend:nya:k ‘people will continue to give thanks’ Iden. with 515 except for asp. suff. -Q- ‘desc.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 42, 159, 536, 670. (323) 690. wa:ti: waye:is ‘they (masc. pl.) do as they should’ Vb. base iden. with 98. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 691. tséenotka:tho? ‘when they (masc. pl.) see it’ Vb. stem iden. with 136. Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: ts- ‘coin.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 84, 140, 141, 146. (324) 692. wa?akoya’taye:ih ‘people gather’ Iden. with 5 except for obj. pref. -?ako- ‘fem.’ 693. ?akwaya’tayéistha? ‘our (pl.) meeting place’ Iden. with 150 except for obj. pref. ?akwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 10, 11, 81. (325) 694. tayeweni:tke?’t ‘people speak there’ Iden. with 688 except for mod. pref. -a- ‘indie.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 36, 106, 108, 153, 159. (326) 695. ?o0?tyesand:nys:? ‘people thank you’ Iden. with 506 except for trans. pref. -yesa- ‘people . . . you 696. saydtkatho? ‘people see it again’ [BuLu. 183 Iden. with 136 except for mod. pref. -a- ‘indic.’ and addition of prim. pref. s- ‘repet.’ 697. nisaiwa:o? ‘how you spaced the ceremonies’ Iden. with 569 except for obj. pref. -sa- ‘2nd pers.’ See also 2, 10, 11, 27, 28, 30, 36, 89, 205. Cuarz] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 245 (327) See 1, 7, 30, 36, 97, 118, 198, 227, 675. (328) See 1, 3, 40, 647. (329) 698. tota:tie? ‘they (masc. pl.) say it here again’ Iden. with 583 except for subj. pref. -’ati- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ See also 1-3, 10, 40. (830) See 10, 11, 30, 36, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (331) See 1, 3, 11, 647, 648. (332) See 7, 30, 36, 81, 93, 676. (333) See 7, 10, 11, 81, 82, 89, 162, 671. (334) See 3, 10, 11, 30, 46, 163, 164. (335) 699. kye:h ‘some, some of them’ See also 10, 11, 30, 46, 165, 166. (336) See 3, 10, 11, 42, 46, 167, 168. (337) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 30, 36, 169-171, 205, 675. (338) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 89, 118. (339) 700. neyo:nekitkesho:k ‘what springs there will continue to be’ Iden. with 162 except for addition of sec. pref. n- ‘part.’ 246 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 701. heyseja:te:k ‘there the earth will continue to be present’ Iden. with 82 except for addition of h- ‘transloc.’ See also 10, 11, 20, 30, 36, 116, 190, 671. (340) 702. kotyze: ?tahkoh ‘people use it’ Iden. with 90 except for obj. pref. ko- ‘fem.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 198. (341) 703. ?eyatya?takesko? ‘people will arise’ Iden. with 179 except for subj. pref. -y[o]- ‘fem.’ 704. tasayaweta:ti? ‘morning dawns again’ Iden. with 180 except for mod. pref. -9-a- ‘indic.’ See also 2, 7, 10, 11, 79. (842) 705. ?eyatyzé:?tak ‘people will use it’ Iden. with 178 except for subj. pref. -y[o]- ‘fem.’ See also 10, 11, 24, 181. (343) See 1, 7, 30, 36, 198, 298, 675. (344) See 1, 6, 7, 61, 62. (345) See 3, 10, 30, 36, 169-171, 671. (346) 706. ?eyahiyostahks:ak ‘it will be good for them’, lit. ‘make their lives good’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -cyo- ‘be good’; rt. suff. -’sta- ‘caus. I’, -’hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -ah- ‘life’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: 7e- ‘fut.’ 707. ?o?khéya?’takweni: yos ‘I did it for their benefit’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kweniyo- ‘be the main one’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -ydé?ta- ‘body’ (the entire base meaning ‘benefit’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -khe- ‘I . . . them’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 1-3, 10, 11, 20, 27, 36, 81, 93, 108, 116, 394, 682. Cure] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (347) 708. heyo:to’k ‘up to that point’, here ‘in addition’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?kt- ‘extend to the limit’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ 709. ?onoty#:?tahkoh ‘they (nonmasce.) use it’ Iden. with 90 except for obj. pref. ?0n- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ See also 10, 30, 81, 93, 176, 230, 237, 677. (348) See 1, 3, 89, 97, 198, 226, 227, 298, 333, 619. (349) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 36, 42, 109, 159, 191, 263, 316, 584, 585. (350) See 1, 3, 11, 647, 648. (351) See 7, 11, 30, 36, 536, 670. (352) See 3, 7, 10, 11, 81, 171, 189, 671. (353) 710. ?eyothotsni:ak ‘brush will continue to grow’ Iden. with 105 except for incorp. nn. rt. -’(h)at- ‘brush’ 711. netyohsawa?k ‘it will continue to begin there’ Iden. with 257 except for addition of prim. pref. -t- ‘cisloc See also 10, 11. (354) See 3, 10, 11, 15, 20, 116, 190, 205. (355) 712. tekhni:h ‘two’ 713. na?tesaye:eh ‘how you did it (twice)’ Iden. with 676 except for addition of -te- ‘dupl.’ See also 30, 36, 81, 93, 145. 247 YAS BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (356) See 7, 10, 11, 36, 109, 191, 192, 194, 671. (357) See 1, 2, 11, 109, 176, 193, 196, 263. (358) 714. ?eyakoya’tataia?tahk5:ok ‘it will continue to be used to make people warm’ Iden. with 197 except for obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 42, 81, 84, 93, 145, 196, 671, 675. (359) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 671. (360) See 3, 10, 11, 30, 89, 107, 176, 209. (361) See 189, 701. (362) See 1, 6, 10, 11, 176, 676, 681. (363) 715. ?ondhkwa?she? ‘medicine’ Iden. with 114 except for lack of attr. suff. -sh5?5h ‘plur.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 15, 20, 30, 116, 203, 204, 671. (364) See 30, 81, 202, 448. (365) 716. ?otihsensye:ta? ‘they (nonmasc.) have names’ Iden. with 107 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ and of mod pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 106. (366) 717. yeyetéihko: wa:h ‘people know well’ Vb. rt.: -yete?- ‘know’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ye- ‘fem.’ Attr. suff.: -kowah ‘augment.’ Cf. 544. Cuars] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 249 718. no?o0t6’te? ‘what kind of tree it is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn, rt. -(y)at- ‘tree’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -?0- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indie.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 719. wa?éihsa:kha? ‘people go and look for it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)ihsak- ‘look for’; rt. suff. -h- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -?e- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 720. kahatako:h ‘within the forest’ Iden. with 244 except for lack of attr. suff. -sh5? ‘plur.’ 721. heydtka:tak ‘people will go directly there’ Iden. with 433 except for lack of prim. pref. -[j]- ‘repet.’ and addition of h- ‘transloc.’ See also 10, 11, 613. (367) 722. sheya:wi:h ‘you gave to them’ Vb. rt.: -awi- ‘give’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: shey- ‘you... them’ 723. ?oya?towéhtashe? ‘the power of thought’ Nn. base: vb. base iden. with 643; -shzx- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 724. ?eyeyetéia:k ‘people will continue to know’ Vb. rt.: -yete7- ‘know’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Cie wilt. 725. ?etkaiwatiyo:te? ‘it will cause distress’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atiya(:)t- ‘stretch’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:w ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘cause distress’) Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 52, 61, 89, 125, 484. 250 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (368) 726. honoty#:?tahkoh ‘they (masc.) use it’ Iden. with 90 except for obj. pref. hon- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 118, 198. (369) See 1, 10, 36, 46, 676. (370) 727. ?ekz:ko? ‘I shall choose’ Vb. base iden. with 681. Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 89, 132, 205, 208, 671. (371) 728. keotato:ke:h ‘a certain tree’ Iden. with 206 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of ?e- ‘fut.’ Cf. 680. See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 676, 681. (372) See 10, 30, 36, 84, 109, 110, 135, 136, 205, 214. (373) 729. ?akwa:tah ‘we (excl. pl.) say’ Iden. with 233 except for subj. pref. ?akw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Cf. 625. See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 210. (374) See 6, 30, 198, 220, 244. (375) 730. yeiwastéistha? ‘people notice them’ Iden. with 222 except for asp. suff. -hdé? ‘iter.’ and subj. pref. ye- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 176, 198, 221. (376) 731. wa?dhke:ota:? ‘people tap them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ot- ‘stand upright’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -ahke- ‘chip’ (ef. 223) Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -?[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indie.’ CuHaAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 732. sayo’taich ‘it becomes warm again’ Vb. stem iden. with 213. Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 733. tasakee: wenye:? ‘the wind stirs again’ Vb. stem inden. with 193. Subj. pref.: -kx- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indie.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 79, 84, 93, 134, 351. Ci) See 1, 7, 10, 36, 676. (378) 734. ?i:se:h ‘you said’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?7s- ‘2d pers.’ [6.11] 735. ?eyéhsend:ni? ‘people will store it’ Vb. stem iden. with 224. Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 736. ?etwatyéehtak ‘it will be done first’ Vb. stem iden. with 554. Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: *%e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -f- ‘cisloc.’ 737. ?eya:ste?t ‘people will boil it down’ Vb. base: -aste- ‘be evaporated’; rt. suff. -’?/- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 134. (379) 738. ?akwas ‘that specifically’ 739. hewo:ta? “it will become’ Vb. rt.: -at5?- ‘become’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 225, 734. 251 252 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [But 183 (380) 740. ?eydte: wa:te? ‘people will store it away’ Vb. rt.: -até: wat- ‘put away, store’ Asp. suff.: -€? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -y[9]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 30, 735, 736. (381) 741. ?eyéke:ya:te? ‘people will put it on top, get it out’ Vb. rt.: -ké: yat- ‘put up on top’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 742. ?ewo:yawéthe:h ‘the berries will be between’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -awetha&h- ‘put between’; incorp. nn. rt. -é:y- ‘berry’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 42, 59, 84, 140, 141, 676. (382) 743. ?eka:nekaka?ostahk5:9k ‘it will continue to be used for flavoring the drink’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -k4?0- ‘be good, taste good’; rt. suff. -’sta- ‘caus.-inst.’, ~"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -’ :neka- ‘drink’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 744, ?eati:ek ‘they (masc. pl.) will gather it’ Iden. with 687 except for subj. pref. -’ati- ‘they (masc. pl.)’ 745. ?eotiya?tayéistak ‘they (masc.) will use it for their gatherings’ Vb. base iden. with 150 except for addition of rt. suff. -’hkw- ‘inst.’ Obj. pref.: -’oti- ‘they (masc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ 746. te:noténd:onya:? ‘they (masc. pl.) will give thanks’ Iden. with 154 except for subj. pref. -’en- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 30, 42, 84, 140. (383) See 1, 6, 7, 11, 30, 536, 670. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 253 747. heyé:neko:net ‘people will swallow the drink’ Vb. stem iden. with 148, Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 210, 671, 736. (385) See 7, 10, 11, 40, 135, 671. (386) See 2, 30, 36, 89, 110, 153, 205, 696, 697. (387) 748. ?eyako:ta:?s ‘it will be available to people’ Vb. rt.: -ato?s- ‘be available’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 41, 89, 536, 670, 715. 749. henoty#:?tahkwa? ‘they (masc. pl.) use it’ Iden. with 726 except for asp. suff. -d@? ‘iter.’ and subj. pref. hen- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 20, 36, 41, 89, 118, 198. (389) See 1, 10, 11, 57, 97, 198, 226, 298, 333. (390) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 97, 226, 227, 619, 675. (391) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 40, 656. (392) See 3, 10, 11, 36, 36, 1069, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. 580135—61—-__17 254 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY |Buy. 183 (393) 750. ?okwahsawa:tye? ‘we (pl.) are beginning’ Vb. rt.: -ahsaw- ‘begin’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -"? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?akw- ‘we (pl.)’ 751. teyoakwaténo:nyatye? ‘we (pl.) are giving thanks’ Vb. base iden. with 154. Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desce.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (pl.)’ Other pref.: fe- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 11, 35, 36, 183. (394) See!8, 10, 11, 647, 649. (395) See 7, 30, 36, 81, 93, 676. (396) See 3, 7, 10, 11, 30, 229-231, 671. (397) See 6, 30, 231, 244. (398) See 3, 10, 11, 20, 41, 204, 239. (399) See 3, 10, 11, 241, 711. (400) 752. ?otehaté’ktatye? ‘along the edge of the forest’ Iden. with 243 except for final -*? ‘dese.’ and lack of sec. pref. ni- ‘part.’ 753. ?ewotitakhendtye?se:k ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) will always be run- ning about’ Iden. with 231 except for subj. pref. -wati- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ See also 6, 30. (401) 754. tejakwaka:ne:? ‘we (excl. pl.) see them again’ Iden. with 245 except for subj. pref. -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 2, 30, 36, 118, 246. (402) 755. ?eska:tka? ‘you will provide them again’ Iden. with 282 except for addition of prim. pref. -s- ‘repet.’ CHaFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 255 756. ?ekanyo’towané’se:k ‘there will always be large animals’ Iden. with 246 except for addition of -ek ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref.?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 671, 676. (403) See 10, 115, 203, 239. (404) 757. teyakwaka:ne:? ‘we (excl. pl.) see’ Iden. with 240 except for subj. pref. -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 36, 89, 237, 246, 251. (405) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 59, 106, 107, 176, 671. (406) See 6, 7, 11, 20, 41, 47. (407) 758. ta?a:yokwe:ni? ‘it might be impossible’ Coll. for te?a: yokwe: ni? Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be possible’ Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -?aa- ‘opt.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 759. na:yake? ‘people might say’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘say’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -yak- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 760. h6:oweh ‘there, over there’ 761. twakéke:no? ‘I saw it there’ Vb. rt.: -ke- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -’:5? ‘part.’ Obj. pref.: -wake- ‘1st pers.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 762. sha?tewatiya’t6’te:h ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) have the same kind of form, look alike’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -ydé?t- ‘body, form’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmasc. pl.)’ Sec. pref.: sha?- ‘coin.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 49, 217, 230, 237, 464. 580135—61—_18 256 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (408) 763. ?eyéyasha:? ‘people will call them’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yas- ‘call’; rt. suff. -ha- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘punc.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 764. no? kaya?t6?te? ‘what kind of form it has’ Vb. base iden. with 762. Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 765. ko:ke:h ‘people see’ Vb. rt.: -ke- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 36, 40, 191. (409) See 1, 30, 36, 118, 174, 198, 239. (410) 766. ?eka:nekaka?3stak ‘it will be used for flavoring the water’ Iden. with 743 except for asp. suff. -@ ‘punc.’ 767. is ‘you (sg. or nonsg.)’ 768. ?o?sya’takweniyo’he’t ‘it is for your benefit’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kweniyo- ‘be the main one’; rt. suff. -’?hé?- ‘inch T’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -t ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -s- ‘2d pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ Cf. 707. See also 10, 11, 42, 84, 89, 343, 504. (411) See 1, 36, 97, 118, 226, 227, 333. (412) See 3, 10, 30, 234-6, 238, 671. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 257 (413) 769. ?ekano?néstha:k ‘whenever it becomes cold’ Iden. with 196 except for asp. suff. -h- ‘iter’; -ak ‘cont.’ See also 3, 10, 30, 36, 42, 59, 232, 402, 671, 676, 701. (414) 770. he:notsistaké:9? ‘they (masc. pl.) will lay down their fire there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kéo- ‘lay down’; incorp. nn. rt. -sista- ‘fire’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ See also 6, 30, 606, 720. (415) See 1, 10, 30, 36, 57, 118, 198. (416) See 233-235, 277. (417) 771. te:ne?nikoewenyA’tha? ‘they (masc. pl.) use it as a source of amusement’ Coll. for teene?nikoewenyd?tha? Iden. with 238 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 30, 81, 93, 230, 237. (418) 772. saiwihsa?oh ‘you planned it’ Vb. base: -ihsé?- ‘complete’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)4:w- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘plan’) Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: sa- ‘2d pers.’ Cf. 228. See also 1, 3, 36, 97, 108, 226, 227, 333. (419) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 97, 226, 227, 619, 675. (420) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 40, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (421) See 1, 10, 11, 647, 648. 258 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (422) See 3, 7,'10, 11, 30, 36, 138, 253, 260, 671, 676. (423) 773. heyawend:9k ‘it will continue to go there’ Iden. with 539 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 36, 59, 254, 258, 377. (424) See 2, 6, 10, 11, 36, 109, 110, 176, 264, 671. (425) 774. ?eyo?taieak ‘it will continue to be warm’ Vb. rt.; -a?taie- ‘be warm’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 84, 145, 264, 675. (426) See 1, 10, 11, 36, 89, 118, 176, 277. | (427) 775. sih ‘elsewhere, other’, here ‘larger’ 776. nikaji?ta’s ‘the size of the birds’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -a- ‘be of a certain size’; incorp. nn. rt. -7i?t- ‘bird’ Asp. suff.: -’?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: n7- ‘part.’ 777. niyo:to?k ‘as far as, up to’ Iden. with 118 except for lack of -atye- ‘prog.’ and -’? ‘desc.’ 778. sasyd:ni:h ‘you made it’ Iden. with 322 except for obj. pref. sa- ‘2d pers.’ See also 10, 11, 176, 276. (428) 779. ?eyakwato?se?5: ak ‘it will continue to be available to us (pl.)’ Iden. with 115 except for obj. pref. -yokw- ‘us (pl.)’ See also 10, 11, 89, 176, 239, 671. CHaFp] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 259 (429) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 89, 671. (430) See 30, 36, 47, 81, 93, 145. (431) 780. ?eskano?nos ‘it will become cold again’ Iden. with 196 except for addition of prim. pref. -s- ‘repet.’ 781. tyo?taie:h ‘it is warm there’ Vb. rt.: -a?taie- ‘be warm’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 782. ?eshénotko: tak ‘they (masc. pl.) will head back there’ Iden. with 433 except for subj. pref. -hen- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10, 36, 81, 84, 145. (432) 783. tsiyakokwé:9? ‘people stay in the same spots’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwé- ‘be in a particular spot’; rt. suff. -a- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Sec. pref.: ts7- ‘coin.’ See also 1, 2, 11, 20, 59, 89. (433) 784. totayo?taich ‘it becomes warm there again’ Vb. stem iden. with 213. Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -9-a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ 785. sa:tiya?ta?ti:he?’t ‘they (masc. pl.) come around again’ Iden. with 269 except for mod. pref. -a- ‘indic.’ 786. ha?ta:tiwend:ke:h ‘all their (masc. pl.) voices’ Coll. for ha?téatiwena:ke:h Vb. base: vb. rt. -ake- ‘be separate entities’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘voice’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘their (masce. pl.)’ Sec. pref.: ha?- ‘transloc.’ Other pref.: -te- ‘dupl.’ 260 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Buu. 787. saenoti?stae? ‘they (masc. pl.) chatter again’ Vb. stem iden. with 271. Subj. pref.: -’en- ‘they (masce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indie.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 788. hatiweni:yo:h ‘their (masc. pl.) beautiful voices’ Vb. base iden. with 272. Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: hati- ‘their (masc. pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 36, 84, 145. (434) See 1, 2, 7, 11, 20, 36, 108, 153. (435) 789. sayewen3:ak ‘people hear the voices again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -49(:)k- ‘hear’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘voice’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ye- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 790. sawati:ys? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) come again’ Vb. rt.: -yo- ‘come, arrive’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmasc. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 791. watiweni:yo:h ‘their (nonmasce. pl.) beautiful voices’ Iden. with 788 except for subj. pref. wati- ‘their (nonmase. pl.)’ See also 2, 260. (436) 792. waasasha:a’t ‘they remember you’ 183 Vb. base: vb. rt. -ashax- ‘take cognizance of’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ (cf. 133) Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -’os- ‘they . . . you’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 89, 153, 696, 767. (437) 793. ?o0?tyatend:nys:? ‘people are thankful’ Iden. with 154 except for mod. pref. ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 27, 28, 40. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (438) See 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 106, 107, 176, 671. (439) 794. wa’e:ke? ‘people see it’ Vb. rt.: -ke- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -?e- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 36, 84, 89, 717, 764. (440) 795. te?saiwaka: tah ‘it does not escape you’ 261 Vb. base: vb. rt. -ko(:)é- ‘perform an irrevocable act’; rt. suff. -9- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -*h ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: -sa- ‘you’ Other pref.: te?- ‘neg.’ 796. ta?5sa:tikwe:ni? ‘they (masce. pl.) are no longer able’ Coll. for te?5sa:tikwe: nt? Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be able’ Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -?9-a- ‘indie.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: fe- ‘neg.’ 797. ?5:sa:tiya:sho:? ‘they (masc. pl.) might still name them’ Vb. stem iden. with 763. Subj. pref.: -’ati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?99-a- ‘opt.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ 798. niyotihséno’te:h ‘what kind of names they (nonmasc.) have’ Vb. base: -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -hsen- ‘name’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yoti- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 799. ?okwé?owe:kha:? ‘characterized by Indianness’, here ‘the Indian language’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?0we- ‘be native, genuine’; incorp. nn. rt. -okwe- ‘person’ (together meaning ‘Indian’) Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ?- ‘indef.’ Attr. suff.: -kha? ‘charact.’ See also 1, 11, 30, 36, 49, 89, 106, 275. 262 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (441) See 1, 10, 11, 36, 57, 89, 97, 226, 298, 333, 675. (442) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 36, 74, 89, 97, 226, 227, 619, 670, 675. (443) See 1, 3, 11, 647, 648. (444) See 3, 6, 7, 11, 27, 36, 42, 81, 82, 282, 288, 671, 676. (445) See 3, 6, 7, 97, 287, 675. (446) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 84, 89, 294, 295. (447) 800. satého?she? ‘your helpers’ Iden. with 456 except for obj. pref. sa- ‘2d pers.’ 801. ?eyakwathyo: wi? ‘we (excl. pl.) shall tell about it’ Vb. base: -hyowi- ‘tell’; -at- ‘refl.’ (cf. 85) Asp. suff.: -°? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 2, 7, 10, 12, 36, 42, 74, 84, 296. (448) See 6, 7, 10, 11, 84, 308, 314, 685, 801. (449) See 1, 7, 42, 81, 89, 93, 677. (450) See 2, 10, 11, 20, 41, 283, 284, 671. (451) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 112, 113, 285, 286, 675. (452) See 1, 30, 36, 118, 312, 757. [BuLL. 183 CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 263 (453) See 30, 91, 293. (454) See 10, 90, 92. (455) 802. ?akwaya?ta:ni:yoh ‘our (pl.) bodies are strong’ Iden. with 235 except for obj. pref. ?9kwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 11, 15, 16, 89, 226. (456) See 1, 6, 7, 61, 62. (457) 803. saye:eh ‘you did it’ Iden. with 676 except for Jack of sec. pref. nz- ‘part.’ 804. tesa?sehtd:tye? ‘you are dropping it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -G?se- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’A- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -s- ‘2d pers.’ Other pref.: ée- ‘dupl.’ 805. ?a:yakwenohtsnyo:ak ‘we (excl. pl.) might always think’ Vb. stem iden. with 288. Subj. pref.: -yakw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?aa- ‘opt.’ 806. ?akw:hks:tye? ‘we (pl.) are along in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -’hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kwx- ‘we (pl.)’ See also 3, 11, 27, 30, 42, 95, 109. (458) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 40, 81, 93, 512, 677. (459) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 97, 108, 226, 227, 619, 772. (460) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 191, 584. (461) See 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 42, 109, 159, 263, 316, 585. 264 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (462) 807. ?okwato’e:seh ‘we (pl.) are grateful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0?es- ‘gratify’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -€h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: 2akw- ‘we (pl.)’ 808. nioyeno’te7?hé?ah ‘what he fashioned’ Vb. base iden. with 170. Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Other pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 2, 7, 10, 11, 35-37, 40, 750. (463) See 1, 7, 38, 81, 82, 124, 299, 300. (464) 809. teyakhno:nyo’tahkwa:k ‘people will always use it for thanking me’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -nd5anyo- ‘thank’; rt. suff. -’?ta- ‘caus. I’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Trans. pref.: -yak- ‘people . . . me Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 15, 20, 42, 116. ’ (465) 810. ?ostOwe’?ko: wa:h ‘Great Feather Dance’ Nn. rt.: -stowx- ‘headdress’ Nn. suff.: -’?- ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ Attr. pref.: -kowah ‘augment.’ 811. konéoo? ‘Thanksgiving Dance’, lit. ‘people are covered with hide (p. 2) Vb. base: vb. rt. -o- ‘cover’; incorp. nn. rt. -né- ‘hide, skin (?)’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ [26.4] Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 812. kane: hwé?ko: wa:h ‘Great Bowl Game’ Nn. rt.: -neehwe- (occurs only in this word) Nn. suff.: -’?- ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ Attr. suff.: -kowah ‘augment.’ ? CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 813. ?ata:we? ‘Personal Chant’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 127, 299, 300. (466) See 10, 11, 35, 38, 869. (467) See 1, 7, 10, 298, 563. (468) See 11, 36, 40, 807, 808. (469) 814. tekaenokehkeh ‘it is between the songs’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -oke- ‘be between’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)en- ‘song’ Nn. suff.: -“hkéh ‘ext. loc.’ [26.4] Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 38, 811. (470) 815. ?ewa:ta? ‘it will become’ Iden. with 529 except for mod. pref. ?<- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 153, 221, 688. (471) 816. ?okwatye:?tahkd:tye? ‘we (pl.) are using it’ Iden. with 90 except for addition of -atye- ‘prog.’ and -’? ‘dese.’ 817. ?okwathyowiatye? ‘we (pl.) are telling about it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’ (hy) ow7- ‘tell’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?akw- ‘we (pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 10. (472) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 35-37, 117. (473) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 97, 226-228, 619. (474) See 1, 3, 11, 30, 36, 40, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (475) See 1, 10, 11, 647, 648. 266 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuULL. 183 (476) 818. wa:e? ‘he thought’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘think’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’@- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 819. ?o?kyene:ta?t ‘I finished the creation’ Vb. stem iden. with 622. Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 2, 7, 171. (477) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 38, 89, 355. (478) See 6, 10, 11, 322, 324, 325. (479) 820. ?eyota?éoa:k ‘it will continually be covered by a veil’ Iden. with 323 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 821. netyoyé:ak ‘how it will continually go, move’ Iden. with 327 except for addition of -aA ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ 822. ?eyotkahats: ak ‘it will continue to revolve’ Iden. with 328 except for addition of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 59, 326. (480) 823. ?etyawehts: tye? ‘it will be coming from there’ Vb. rt.: -eht- ‘come from’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -"? ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yaw- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Cf. 416. 824. ?eyenohtd:nys:? ‘people will think’ Iden. with 28 except for asp. suff. -? ‘punc.’ and mod. pref. ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 6, 11, 20, 27, 59, 116, 193. (481) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 118, 145, 175, 354. CHaFs] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 267 (482) 825. te?6?te:h ‘it is not that way’ Iden. with 47 except for ¢e- ‘neg.’ in place of ni- ‘part.’ 826. na:yo’ha:ste:k ‘how strong it might continue to be’ Iden. with 369 except for mod. pref. -aa- ‘opt.’ 827. ta:ke:wenye:? ‘the wind might stir’ Iden. with 193 except for mod. pref. -aa- ‘opt.’ 828. ni: wa? ‘how big it is’ Vb. rt.: -a- ‘be of a certain size’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ 829. twanokenyod? ‘our (incl. pl.) abodes’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -nake- ‘dwell together’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: twa- ‘our (incl. pl.)’ 830. ?okwé?9: weh ‘Indian(s)’ Iden. with 799 except for lack of attr. suff. -kha? ‘charact.’ See also 6, 49, 81, 233. (483) See 1, 6, 9, 12, 30, 47. (484) See 3, 7, 10, 11, 136, 332-334. (485) 831. tsisw6: wi:atye? ‘when they were telling him’ Vb. rt.: -’(hy)ow7- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: -’owa- [8.17] ‘they .. . him’ Sec. pref.: ts7- ‘coin.’ See also 84, 492, 494. (486) 832. howéohse:h ‘they said to him’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e2- ‘say’; rt. suff. -’hse- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: how- ‘they ... him See also 7, 10, 11, 136, 333, 334, 498. ? (487) See 6, 11, 42, 337. ”268 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu, 183 (488) 833. ?eyé?hasteh ‘it will become strong’ Iden. with 352 except for mod. pref. %¢- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 193, 203. (489) See 3, 10, 11, 46, 81, 93, 333, 343, 344. (490) See 1, 30, 36, 118, 567. (491) 834. twatka:thwas ‘we (incl. pl.) see’ Iden. with 143 except for asp. suff. -dés ‘iter.’ and lack of mod. pref. 2e- ‘indic.’ 835. ?akwate?swi:yo:h ‘our (pl.) good luck. Vb. base: vb. rt. -cyo- ‘be good’; incorp. nn. rt. -at#?sw- ‘luck’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?okw- ‘our (pl.)’ 836. te?a: wes ‘it doesn’t happen’ Iden. with 348 except for te- ‘neg.’ in place of ni- ‘part.’ 837. ?akwakwe:9? ‘our (pl.) spots, we are scattered here and there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -Awé- ‘be in a particular spot’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?9kwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 49, 67, 81, 191, 348. (492) 838. ?ehni: wakwaihsi? ‘we (incl. du.) shall attest to it’ Iden. with 347 except for subj. pref. -hni- ‘we (incl. du.)’ Sec. also 6, 10, 11, 57, 89, 348. (493) 839. kaiwakweni: yo? ‘it is true’ Vb. rt.: -kweniyo- ‘be the main one’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i:wa- ‘matter’ (together meaning ‘be true’) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 7, 9, 36, 346. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (494) See 7, 10, 11, 332, 339, 340. (495) 840. si:kwa:h ‘in the direction away, too much’ sth ‘elsewhere’ (775) Enclitie: -kwah ‘toward’ 841. tha:yo?ha:steh ‘it wouldn’t become strong’ Vb. stem iden. with 833. Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: th- ‘contr.’ 842. ?a: watkahatah ‘it would revolve’ Iden. with 342 except for mod. pref. ?aa- ‘opt.’ See also 10, 49. (496) See 1, 3, 6, 11, 175, 191, 331. (497) See 1, 40, 62. (498) See 1, 3, 11, 35, 36, 89, 226, 227, 228, 619. (499) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (500) See 1, 10, 11, 647, 648. (501) 843. ?€:ni?tyoa:ta?k ‘they (masc. pl.) will continue to dwell’ Iden. with 356 except for lack of prim. pref. -t- ‘cisloc.’ See also 7, 30, 36, 324, 325, 355, 671, 676. (502) See 3, 6, 10, 59, 81, 358, 359. (503) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 59, 173, 360, 675. (504) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 89, 205, 296. 269 270 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (505) 844. ?eyakwathyonya:ne? ‘we (excl. pl.) are going to tell about it’ Iden. with 85 except for subj. pref. -yakw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 7, 10, 11, 83, 84, 588, 671. (506) 845. ?akhihso:t ‘we (excl.) have them as grandparents’ Iden. with 364 except for trans. pref. ?akhi- ‘we (excl.) . . . them’ See also 1, 10, 11, 30, 365, 366, 729. (507) See 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 108, 112, 173, 360-362, 671, 677. (508) 846. ?o:nonya:notyé’se:k ‘they (nonmasc.) will always be making them’ Coll. for ?eonanya: natyé?se:k Vb. base: vb. rt. -onya- ‘make’; rt. suff. -’:na- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -Q@- ‘desc.’; -tye- ‘prog.’; -’?s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’on- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 11, 46, 173, 671. (509) See 30, 46, 186-188. (510) 847. ?eyonote’?se?5:ak ‘it will continue to be available to them (non- masc. )’ Iden. with 115 except for obj. pref. -yon- ‘they (nonmasc.)’ See also 3, 10, 46, 173, 184, 671. (511) 848. sheiwakéistani:h ‘you gave them the responsibility’ Iden. with 392 except for trans. pref. she- ‘you . . . them’ See also 1, 10, 30, 46, 176, 365, 366, 845. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS oT (512) 849. hesa:ah ‘you took them there’ Vb. rt.: -’ (A)a- ‘take’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -sa- ‘2d pers.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 246, 285, 676. (513) 850. ?a:kakwe:ni? ‘it might be possible’ Iden. with 203 except for mod. pref. ?aa- ‘opt.’ 851. ?9:sayakohte:tye:t ‘it might kill people’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel’; rt. suff. -et- ‘caus. Il’ (together, with repet., meaning ‘kill’) Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?99-a- ‘opt.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ See also 10, 11, 20, 41, 191. (514) 852. ?A:yotka:tho? ‘people might see’ Iden. with 136 except for mod. pref. ?aa- ‘opt.’ 853. niyoya?tane: ekwat ‘how frightening it is’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -n&ekwdaht- ‘be frightening, awe-inspiring’; incorp. nn. tt. -ya?la- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ See. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 11, 30, 36. (515) 854. hotito:zkoh ‘they (masc.) are holding it down’ Vb. rt.: -té6xk- ‘hold down’ Asp. suff.: -dh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: hoti- ‘they (masc.)’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 285, 848. (516) See 1, 36, 100, 176, 277, 333, 436. 272 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY (517) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 226, 227, 619, 675. (518) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (519) See 1, 10, 11, 647, 648. (520) 855. no:tind’e:etih ‘on which side of their (masc.) heads’ Iden. with 378 except for obj. pref. -’oli- ‘their (mase.)’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 20, 30, 36, 41, 376, 377, 671, 676. (521) See 3, 7, 10, 11, 81, 355, 376, 671. (522) See 3, 6, 10, 59, 81, 376, 382. (523) 856. to:hathé?ia:ok ‘he will continue to make it light’ Coll. for teohathé?la:ok Vb. base: vb. rt. -hathe- ‘be light’; rt. suff. -’?é- ‘caus. Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘mase.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: f- ‘dupl.’ See also 3, 10, 36, 59, 81, $3, 170, 530. (524) 857. ?ethéhtahkwa:k ‘he will always use it for coming from’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ehta- ‘come from’; rt. suff. -"hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -h- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -i- ‘cisloc.’ Cf. 384. See also 10, 11, 46, 169, 266, 385. [BuLu. 188 CHare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 273 (525) 858. ?ekayas5:ok ‘it will always be called’ Vb. rt.: -yas- ‘call’ Asp. suff.: -3- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: %e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 398, 671. (526) 859. waiwaye:is ‘he does what he is supposed to’ Vb. base iden. with 98. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’a- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 30, 81, 89, 380, 381, 574. (527) See 1, 10, 11, 20, 41, 57, 83-85, 671. (528) See 1, 7, 10, 30, 386, 388, 396. (529) 860. hehsi: wakéistani:h ‘you gave him the responsibility’ Iden. with 392 except for trans. pref. hehs- ‘you . . . him’ (cf. 420) 861. tha?akwaiwayete:ih ‘if we (excl. pl.) were only aware of it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yete7- ‘know’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)t: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -?akwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ (anomalous before desc. [8.1]) Sec. pref.: th- ‘contr.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 59, 97, 562, 578. (530) 862. ?okwénohta? ‘we (pl.) know’ Vb. rt.: -(e)ndhto- ‘know’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?2kw- ‘we (pl.)’ See also 1, 59, 97, 100, 191, 333, 379. 580135—61——19 274 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (531) 863. ?0?tyakwatawenye:? ‘we (excl. pl.) move about’ Iden. with 116 except for subj. pref. -yakw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 2, 6, 10, 11, 81, 89, 93, 390. (532) 864. ?o?taie:h ‘it is warm’ Vb. rt.: -a?taie- ‘be warm’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 865. haiwayétahkoh ‘his responsibility’ Iden. with 60 except for subj. pref. ha- ‘masc.’ (cf. 580) See also 10, 11, 46, 89, 145. (533) 866. ?o? wenotshohte: ti? ‘they (nonmasce. pl.) flourish’ Vb. base iden. with 391. Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -wen- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 81, 89, 93, 108, 112, 362, 677, 767. (534) See 1, 3, 10, 59, 97, 333, 389. (535) 867. hoiwayeists:tye?s ‘he is doing what he should’ Vb. base iden. with 98. Asp. suff.: -3- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘mase.’ 868. hehsiota:s?ah ‘you gave him an assignment’ Iden. with 101 except for trans. pref. hehs- ‘you . . . him’ (ef. 423) See also 1, 3, 36, 89, 97, 100, 226, 619. (536) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 40, 584. (537) See 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 42, 109, 159, 263, 316, 585. (538) See 1, 10, 11, 647, 648. Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 275 (539) See 7, 30, 36, 81, 381, 676. (540) See 7, 10, 11, 36, 109, 279, 676. (541) 869. teyohathéhse:k ‘it will always be light’ Vb. rt.: -hathe- ‘be light’ Asp. suff.: -’hs- ‘iter.’; -ek& ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ (usual with this rt.) 870. ?eswdte:anos ‘it will make shade again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atéono- ‘be shady’; rt. suff. -’st- ‘caus. I’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ See also 1, 2, 10, 11, 36, 81, $2, 109, 263. (542) 871. ?eyakoya?tae?he?se:k ‘people will always rest’, lit. ‘their bodies will stop’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’(h)é?he- ‘stop’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -yG?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -s- ‘iter.’; -ek ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 872. ?ewdte:onos ‘it will make shade’ Iden. with 870 except for lack of -s- ‘repet.’ See also 3, 7, 10, 11, 20, 41, 84, 671. (543) 873. ha?teskayéta?se? ‘it will return to normal’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeta- ‘put down, establish’; rt. suff. -’?s- ‘trans.’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘purp.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Other pref.: -é- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ 276 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 874. yeya?tayetatye? ‘people’s bodies put down all along’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yet- ‘put down’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: ye- ‘fem.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 36, 675. (544) See 1, 6, 10, 11, 52, 57, 337, 671. (545) 875. tayakohsSta?is ‘people run into darkness there’ Iden. with 404 except for mod. pref. -a- ‘indic.’ See also 10, 11, 304, 403. (546) 876. ?esks:hkwa:a?k ‘there will continue to be another orb’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- [5.4]; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)&hkwa- ‘sun, moon, orb’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -kzx- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ See also 1, 3, 7, 10, 11, 81, 376, 405, 671. (547) See 3, 10, 11, 59, 176, 408, 409. (548) 877. tyakoyaké?ah ‘people emerged from there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yake- ‘emerge’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 11, 20, 41, 81, 203, 432, 433. (549) 878. ?oiwayeists:tye?s ‘it is performing its obligation’ Vb. base iden. with 98. Asp. suff.: -4- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Obj. pref.: %0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 11, 36, 89, 118. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (550) 879. sa:ni:h ‘you made it’ Vb. rt.: -9(:)ni- ‘make’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: s- ‘2d pers.’ 880. yeya’tate? ‘she is there’ Iden. with 306 except for subj. pref. ye- ‘fem.’ (cf. 474) See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 81, 83, 176. (551) 881. neyakwaye:ha:k ‘how we (excl. pl.) will always do it’ Iden. with 367 except for subj. pref. -yakwa- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 84, 388, 407, 671, 801, 845. (552) 882. koiwayeistd:tye’s ‘she is performing her obligation’ Iden. with 878 except for obj. pref. ko- ‘fem.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 89, 118. (553) See 10, 11, 30, 36, 47, 59, 412, 413, 676. (554) See 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 59, 414, 676. (555) 883. neyakotkeistd:tye? ‘as people will be moving along’ Iden. with 411 except for obj. pref. -yako- ‘fem.’ See also 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 20, 36, 59, 427, 675. (556) See 1, 10, 30, 46, 176, 580. (557) 884. wendthowi:sas ‘the women’ Vb. rt.: -athowis- ‘be a woman’ (cf. 655) Asp. suff.: -ds ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: wen- ‘they (nonmasc. pl.)’ See also 6, 11, 30, 36, 79, 417, 657, 676, 823, 880. 277 278 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (558) 885. koti: wahtétya?tah ‘she has carried out her responsibility’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahietya- ‘travel, operate’; rt. suff. -’?¢- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter, responsibility’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ 886. shéista:s?ah ‘you have given her an assignment’ Iden. with 101 except for trans. pref. she- ‘you . . . her’ See also 1, 36, 89, 98, 100, 118, 176. (559) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 36, 40, 97, 98, 100, 333, 886. (560) See 1, 3, 36, 89, 226, 227, 578, 619, 675. (561) See 1, 3, 11, 30, 36, 40, 109, 159, 263, 316, 584, 585. (562) See 1, 10, 35-37, 751, 808, 817. (563) See 1, 7, 11, 35, 38, 81, 376. (564) 887. ?ekajistanohkwa:9? ‘there will be speckles, stars in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -jista- néohkwa- ‘speckles’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut,’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 84, 89, 782. (565) See 3, 10, 11, 81, 376, 421. Cuarr] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 279 (566) 888. ?eyakotya?tasyonya?tahko: 9k ‘she will continually be clothed in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -onya- ‘make’; rt. suff. -’?fa- ‘caus. I’, -"hkw- ‘inst.’; incorp. nn. rt. -asy- ‘clothing’; second incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’; -at- ‘ref.’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 889. ?eyototahsi? ‘she will appear’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -otédhs- ‘bring to light’; -at- ‘refl.’ (together meaning ‘appear’) Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 3, 10, 30, 84, 365, 388, 407. (567) 890. ?oiwakéistoh ‘it is an obligation’ Vb. base iden. with 392 except for lack of -ni- ‘dat.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 176, 436. (568) 891. hoiwayeonya:n9d? ‘he pointed them out’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeonya- ‘point out’; rt. suff. -’:no- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ See also 11, 20, 41, 89, 427. (569) 892. ?eydhsenoye:ta:k ‘they will continue to have names’ Iden. with 107 except for obj. pref. -yo- ‘neut.’ 893. ?eyojihss?tz:?k ‘the stars will continue to be in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- ‘put in’; incorp. nn. rt. -jihs5?ta- [5.4] ‘star’ Asp. suff.: -’?- ‘dese.’; -k ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 76, 106, 108. 280 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (570) See 3, 10, 11, 20, 41, 724. (571) See 6, 7, 10, 117, 176, 203, 428, 432. (572) See 1, 10, 11, 36, 57, 59, 89, 100, 277, 423. (573) See 1, 6, 7, 59, 416. (574) 894. ?eyoti:nekahsdnye?se:k ‘they (nonmasc.) will always savor the water’ Iden. with 439 except for addition of -ek ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 30, 36, 38, 108, 112, 127, 362. (575) 895. ?ewati:nékeha:k ‘they (nonmase. pl.) will always drink’ Vb. rt. -*: neke- ‘drink’ Asp. suff.: -h- ‘iter.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -wati- ‘they (nonmasce. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 89, 440. (576) 896. setéhjiah ‘early in the morning’ 897. ?etwatya?takesko? ‘we (incl. pl.) arise’ Iden. with 179 except for mod. pref. ?e- ‘indic.’ 898. teyasko:h ‘it is wet’ Vb. rt.: -oko- ‘be wet’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -ya- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 899. ?asté: kwa:h ‘outside, outdoors’ 2asteh ‘outside’ Enclitic: -kwah ‘toward’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 89. CHaFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 281 (577) 900. ?0?a:ye? ‘dew’ Nn. rt.: -?aye- ‘dew’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 10, 11, 89, 899. (578) 901. wati:neke:ha? ‘they (nonmasc. pl.) drink’ Iden. with 895 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 902. kajihso’tahsi:a? ‘the stars are standing in array’ Iden. with 421 except for lack of -k ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 10, 30, 89, 416, 436. (579) See 1, 7, 36, 96, 100, 176, 277, 436. (580) $03. keanya? ‘they are in it’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(y)- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’, -nya- ‘double dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ke- ‘neut.’ 904. koteno?kz: htashetahkoh ‘people use it for measuring’ Iden. with 427 except for lack of -ak ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 11, 20, 41, 89, 153, 176, 226. (581) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 30, 36, 38, 62, 89, 100, 427. (582) See 1, 3, 30, 36, 89, 100, 118, 226, 277, 436, 619. (583) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 40, 584. (584) See 10, 11, 36, 42, 109, 159, 263, 316, 585. (585) See 1, 2, 7, 30, 43, 586. 282 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 (586) 905. ?okwato’eshonys:tye? ‘we (pl.) are being grateful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0?es- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -ho- ‘dist.’; -nyo- ‘double dist.’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0kw- ‘we (pl.)’ See also 6, 7, 10, 35, 621, 808. (587) See 1, 7, 10, 11, 20, 59, 89, 464, 465. (588) See 7, 10, 11, 56, 466. (589) See 7, 10, 11, 467-469. (590) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 47, 281, 317, 473, 474. (591) See 10, 36, 42, 47, 322, 479. (592) 906. hotdhohte:tya:h ‘his life went on’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, move on’; incorp. nn. rt. -vh- ‘life’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘masc.’ See also 30, 36, 46, 47. (593) See 30, 36, 46, 47, 81, 93, 475. (594) $07. hataisyShkwa? ‘he asks, prays, hopes’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -aisy5hkw- ‘persist’; -at- ‘refl.’ (cf. 530) Asp. suff.: -d? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: h- ‘masce.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 89. (595) See 10, 11, 46, 477. (596) 908. ho?nikoe? ‘his mind’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. ho- ‘masce.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 35, 42, 47. Cuarn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 283 (597) 909. shakétka?weh ‘he left people’ Iden. with 127 except for trans. pref. shako- ‘he . . . people See also 11, 20, 41, 89, 399, 485. (598) ? See 10, 11, 49, 274, 486-488. (599) 910. thiyotye:eh with kwa? ‘it was not as it should be’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye- ‘do’; -af- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: thi- ‘contr.’ See also 191, 542. (600) 911. to?éiwato:ke:h ‘it’s not a straight matter, it might be better’ Coll. for te?éiwato:he:h Vb. base: vb. rt. -toke- ‘be straight’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -?0- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 912. ?3:taky3?tak ‘I might use it for entering’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ya- ‘enter’; rt. suff. -’?ta- ‘caus. I’, -"-hkw- ‘inst.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?99-a- ‘opt.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ 913. ?a:sakhé:owi? ‘I might repeat it to them’ Vb. rt.: -" (hy)ow7- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -khe- ‘I . . . them’ Mod. pref.: ?99-a- ‘opt.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ 914. kheyatka?weh ‘I left them’ Iden. with 127 except for trans. pref. khey- ‘I . . . them’ (cf. 910) See also 1-3, 6, 10, 11, 20, 42, 818. (601) 915. hakweh ‘man, male person’ Nn. rt.: -okwe- ‘person’ Nn. suff.: -’h ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: h- ‘masce.’ 284 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 916. thaki: waye:ni:h ‘he is concentrating on me’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye- ‘put down, establish’; rt. suff. -n7- ‘dat.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)t: wa- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: -hak- ‘he . . . me Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 30, 91, 92. (602) See 1, 2, 6, 7, 30, 299, 456, 461, 490. (603) 917. hawaowiatye:? ‘they were telling him’ Vb. rt.: -’(hy)ow?- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -Q- ‘dese.’; -? ‘past’ Trans. pref.: hawa- ‘they . . . him’ See also 7, 10, 492-494. (604) 918. tyondhsate: keh ‘Cornplanter village’, lit. ‘burnt house there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -atek- ‘burn’; incorp. nn. rt. -ndhs- ‘house’ Asp. suff.: -éh ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -yo- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 919. ta:hsawe? ‘he began there’ Vb. rt.: -ahsaw- ‘begin’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’@- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indice.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 920. na?o?t ‘such, such things’ See also 7, 10, 36, 42, 499, 917. (605) See 11, 36, 497, 498. (606) 921. taohtety5:tye? ‘he traveled on (in this direction)’ Vb. rt.: -ahtety- ‘travel’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘masc.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indice.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ 922. ka:o? ‘this way’ CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 923. nithawe:no:h ‘how he came’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘go’; rt. suff. -n- ‘direct.’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -haw- ‘masc.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: nz- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 89. (607) 924. nokhoh ‘here’ 925. héohtetya:h ‘he went, came from’ Vb. rt. -ahtety- ‘travel, go’ Asp. suff.: -ah ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -’o- ‘mase.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 6, 7, 59, 89, 565. (608) See 1, 10, 11, 57, 89, 96, 389. (609) 926. ye:i? ‘six’ 927. ska:e? ‘in the ten series’ See also 6, 7, 11, 249. (610) 928. waeayake?tak ‘he labored’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(y)5:yaké?ta- ‘force to labor’; rt. suff Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -’e- ‘masce.’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 929. shako: wiatye’s ‘he is telling people’ Vb. rt.: -’ (hy) ow7- ‘tell’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’?s ‘iter.’ Trans. pref.: shako- ‘he . . . people’ 930. shakénoksho? ‘his kinsmen’ Vb. rt.: -nak- ‘be related’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: shako- ‘he . . . people’ Attr. suff.: -sh5? ‘plur.’ See also 10, 11, 35, 36, 42, 463. .~hkw- ‘inst.’ 0 286 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (611) 931. kanoktiy6’keh ‘at the good place, Onondaga Reservation’ Vb. rt.: -iyo- ‘be good’; incorp. nn. rt. -nakt- ‘place, area, bed’ Nn. suff.: -’?kéh ‘ext. loc.’ [26.4] Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ 932. heoya?tyéne7ah ‘he collapsed there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yene- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?t- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -3h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: -“@- ‘masc.’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11. (612) See 1, 7, 96, 97, 389. (613) 933. jokwaty#:?tahkoh ‘we (pl.) still use it’ Iden. with 90 except for addition of prim. pref. [j]- ‘repet.’ 934. tethotwenéhtah ‘he caused his words to fall here’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -e- ‘fall’; rt. suff. -’ht- ‘caus. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -wen- ‘word’; -at- ‘refi.’ Asp. suff.: -5h ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: -ho- ‘masc.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 35. (614) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 102, 103, 494, 506, 507. (615) See 1, 7, 35-38. (616) See 3, 10, 11, 221, 299, 355. (617) See 7, 10, 11, 15, 20, 30, 442. Carn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 287 (618) 935. ?0?tyStoejine:hs9:? ‘people cross the earth (at various times)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ine- ‘go, proceed’, here ‘cross’; rt. suff. -hso- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -5ej- ‘earth’; -at- ‘refl.’ (usual with this vb. rt.) Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -y[o]- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indice.’ Other pref.: -t- ‘dupl.’ See also 116. (619) See 7, 10, 11, 81, 446-448. (620) 936. ta?a:kakwe:ni? ‘it might be impossible’ Coll. for te?a:kakwe:ni? Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be possible’ Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -?aa- ‘opt.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 937. koya?toska?ah ‘people alone’ Iden. with 444 except for obj. pref. ko- ‘fem.’ 938. ta:yakotawenyé:ak ‘people might continue to move about’ Iden. with 577 except for mod. pref. -aa- ‘opt.’ See also 7, 10, 11, 49. (621) See 10, 11, 20, 41, 59, 191, 450, 452. (622) 939. ?ekateh3?she:? ‘I shall have help’ Vb. base iden. with 355. Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 38, 221, 299, 442. (623) 940. hakoiwakéistani:h ‘he gave them the responsibility’ Iden. with 392 except for trans. pref. hako- ‘he . . . them’ 941. howenotkaeo? ‘they watch them’ Vb. rt.: -atkdeo- ‘watch’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: howen- ‘they .. . them’ 288 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 942. teySkhisnye:k ‘they will continue to look after us’ Iden. with 458 except for trans. pref. -yokhi- ‘they .. . us’ See also 1, 10, 11, 15, 30, 36, 108, 176, 456. (624) See 1, 10, 30, 36, 96, 100, 118, 176, 277, 436. (625) 943. ?etwaka?e:yo:? ‘we (incl. pl.) shall notice it’ Vb. rt.: -ka?eyo- ‘notice’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 944. ?atyéosshe? ‘accident’ Nn. base: vb. rt. ?atyea- ‘happen accidentally’; -shz- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ See also 10, 11, 89, 124, 453. (626) 945. teydkesho? ‘it is between (several things)’ Vb. rt.: -oke- ‘be between’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ Attr. suff.: -sh5? ‘plur.’ 946. hwa?okhi:atye? ‘they are taking us’, with 945 ‘leading us’ Vb. rt.: -’ (h)a- ‘take’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -"? ‘desc.’ Trans. pref.: -?akhi- ‘they . . . us’ Mod. pref.: -wa- ‘indie.’ Other pref.: h- ‘transloc.’ 947. ?aetwendhtonya:? ‘we (incl. pl.) ought to think’ Iden. with 69 except for asp. suff. -? ‘punc.’ and addition of mod. pref. ?ae- ‘opt.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 27, 91, 92, 95. (627) See 1, 6, 7, 36, 61, 62, 100, 277, 423. (628) See 1, 3, 89, 97, 117, 226, 227, 619. CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 289 (629) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 30, 36, 109, 159, 191, 263, 316, 584, 585. (630) See 1, 10, 11, 20, 38, 40, 116, 118, 515, 751, 817. (631) See 30, 170, 422, 481, 513. (632) 948. nika: wi?s ‘where it brings it’ Vb. rt.: -’(h)awi- ‘carry, bring’ Asp. suff.: -’?s ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: nz- ‘part.’ 949. hetwa:yoa? ‘we (incl. pl.) have arrived there’ Vb. rt.: -ya- ‘arrive’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Other pref.: he- ‘transloc.’ ’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 36, 103, 183. (633) See 3, 6, 7, 11, 15, 20, 38, 510, 587. (634) See 6, 11, 30, 67, 377, 508, 509. (635) 950. ?ey5ta?e:sho:? ‘people will repeatedly be grateful’ Iden. with 135 except for lack of -nya- ‘double dist.’ See also 3, 6, 11, 15, 510, 516. (636) 951. ?eyakothyéwi:ak ‘people will continue to tell about it’ Vb. base: -at-hyow?- ‘tell about’ (cf. 85) Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 10, 11, 36, 170, 191, 587. (637) 952. ?etwaiwaye:is ‘we (incl. pl.) do as we should’ Iden. with 690 except for subj. pref. -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ 580135—61——_20 290 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 953. swe?ah ‘you (pl.) decided’ Iden. with 38 except for obj. pref. sw- ‘you (pl.)’ (cf. 671) 954. hetwawenokwe:koh ‘all our (incl. pl.) words’ Iden. with 534 except for subj. pref. -twa- ‘our (incl. pl.)’ See also 1, 7, 11, 30, 67, 533. (638) 955. ?etwathyo: wi? ‘we (incl. pl.) told about it’ Vb. base: -at-hyowi?- ‘tell about’ (cf. 85) Asp. suff.: -’? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘indic.’ 956. nyo: yeno’te?hé?ah ‘what he created’ Coll. for 808. 957. ?atwenota: ksh? ‘hope’ Nn. base: vb. rt. -tak- (occurs only in this word); incorp. nn. rt. -wena- ‘voice, word’; ?at- ‘refl.’; -shz- ‘nom.’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ See also 10, 191, 512, 583. (639) See 1, 43, 66, 191, 217. (640) See 10, 11, 27, 30, 69, 298, 564. (641) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 35, 36, 70, 71, 74, 75, 102, 103, 506, 524. (642) See 1-4, 30, 952. (643) See 11, 30, 67, 533, 953, 954. (644) 958. ha?tékya?ti:h ‘I myself’ Vb. stem iden. with 32. Subj. pref.: -k- ‘1st pers.’ Other pref.: -tfe- ‘dupl.’; ha?- ‘transloc.’ CHAFE] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 959. kat3?esho:nyoh ‘I am grateful’ Vb. base iden. with 135. Asp. suff.: -’h ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: k- ‘1st pers.’ 960. kendhtonyoh ‘I think’ Iden. with 28 except for subj. pref. k- ‘1st pers.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 27, 30, 36, 67, 738. (645) 961. ?eswe:? ‘you (pl.) decided’ Vb. rt.: -e- ‘decide’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -sw- ‘you (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘indice.’ 962. tekta?t ‘I shall stand up’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ta- ‘stand’; rt. suff. -’?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -k- ‘Ist pers.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Other pref.: ¢- ‘dupl.’ See also 6, 30, 36, 67, 590. (646) See 81, 84, 814. (647) See 6, 512, 533, 954. (648) 963. tekw4nd:onyoh ‘I thank you (pl.)’ Vb. rt.: -ndonyo- ‘thank’ Asp. suff.: -*h ‘iter.’ Trans. pref.: -kwa- ‘I . . . you (pl.)’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ 964. sw:?seshe? ‘you (pl.) are in opposite moieties’ Vb. stem iden. with 531 (-xx?se- except after n) Obj. pref.: sw- ‘you (pl.)’ 965. swati:ot ‘you (pl.) Faith Keepers’ Iden. with 532 except for obj. pref. sw- ‘you (pl.)’ See also 1, 3, 6, 11, 30, 36, 533-535, 961. (649) 966. jé:?seshe? ‘you (du.) are in opposite moieties’ Iden. with 964 except for obj. pref. j- ‘you (du.)’ 291 292 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 967. kaens? ‘song’ Nn. rt.: -(C)ena- ‘song’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Subj. pref.: ka- ‘neut.’ See also 1-3, 30, 60. (650) See 6, 7, 10, 11, 35, 58, 76. (651) 968. shokwaya?tz:kwaa? ‘he chose several of us (pl.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -(C)z- ‘put in’; rt. suff. -kwa- ‘oppos. I’, -’9- ‘dist. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -yd?ta- ‘body’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Trans. pref.: shakwa- ‘he . . . us (pl.)’ 969. ?eyakwaye?he?3:9ak ‘we (pl.) shall continue to learn’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ye(C)- ‘know’; rt. suff. -’?hé?- ‘inch. I’ Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yakwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: 2e- ‘fut.’ See also 11, 15, 42, 67, 422, 481. (652) 970. jienokwe:nya:h ‘you (du.) are able to do the songs’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kweny- ‘be able’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)ena- ‘song’ Asp. suff.: -oh ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: ji- ‘you (du.)’ 971. nikaen6?te:h ‘the kind of songs they are’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -6?te- ‘be of a certain kind’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)en- ‘song’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 30, 233, 767, 811, 966. (653) 972. ?esni: waye:is ‘you (du.) did as you should’ Iden. with 690 except for subj. pref. -sni- ‘you (du.)’ 973. te?kan6:9? ‘it is not difficult’, here ‘you didn’t make it difficult’ Vb. rt.: -noo- ‘be difficult’ Asp. suff.: -’5? ‘iter.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te?- ‘neg.’ Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 293 974. wa’etsiyé’nyata:t ‘they extended their hands to you (nonsg.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -t- ‘be in place’; rt. suff. -ai- ‘caus. II’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’; -e- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -?etsiy- ‘they . . . you (nonsg.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 49, 84. (654) See 1, 3, 10, 11, 40, 698. (655) 975. wa?étsiejeanyo:? ‘they encourage you (nonsg.)’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -’ (h)ejeo- ‘encourage’; rt. suff. -nyo- ‘dist.’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Trans. pref.: -?etsi- ‘they . . . you (nonsg.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indic.’ 976. nd:yo"téatye? ‘how it might be’ Vb. rt.: -6?te- ‘be a certain way’ Asp. suff.: -’Q- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -"? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -y- ‘neut.’ Mod. pef.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 977. ji?nikoe? ‘your (du.) minds’ Iden. with 75 except for obj. pref. ji- ‘your (du.)’ 978. neshati?nyatatye? ‘how they will be extending their hands’ Vb. base: -t- ‘be in place’; incorp. nn. rt. -?nya- ‘hand’ Asp. suff.: -Q@- ‘desc.’; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘dese.’ Subj. pref.: -hati- ‘they (mase. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 979. jiya?tate? ‘your (du.) bodies are present’ Iden. with 306 except for subj. pref. gi- ‘your (du.)’ See also 6, 10, 11, 30, 36, 40, 52, 336, 498, 557, 973. (656) 980. hoiwihsa?ho? ‘the things he completed’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -ihsd?- ‘complete’; rt. suff. -ha- ‘dist.’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: w- ‘matter’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ho- ‘mase.’ 294 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 981. sakdiwayeta:the?t ‘it becomes your responsibility again’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -yeta- ‘establish’; rt. suff. -t- ‘caus. II’, -hé?- ‘inch. I’; incorp. nn. rt. -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: s- ‘repet.’ 982. t6:ti?kwah ‘however many’ 983. neskaendke?he’t ‘how many songs there will still be’ Vb. base: -ake- ‘be separate entities’; rt. suff. -’?hé?- ‘inch. I’; incorp* nn. rt. -(C)en- ‘song’ Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘fut.’ Prim. pref.: -s- ‘repet.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 984. netwatkwe:ni? ‘as much as we (incl. pl.) are able’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kweny- ‘be able’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -i? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 985. tetwaweni:tke?t ‘we (incl. pl.) speak’ Vb. base iden. with 621. Asp. suff.: -¢ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -e- ‘indic.’ Prim. pref.: ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1-3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 35, 36, 74, 75, 108, 198, 751, 767. Excerpts (657) 986. ?oyé?kwa?9: weh ‘native tobacco, Indian tobacco’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?0(:)we- ‘be native’; incorp. nn. rt. -yé?kwa- ‘tobacco’ Asp. suff.: -h ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ 987. wa?akwatyz#:?tak ‘we (excl. pl.) use it’ Vb. base iden. with 90. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: wa- ‘indie.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 205. (658) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 30, 74, 81, 104, 145, 323, 329, 670. CHarFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 295 (659) 988. ?o? kaye? kweote? ‘the smoke rises’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -of- ‘stand upright’; incorp. nn. rt. -yé?kwa(z)- [14.4] ‘smoke’ Asp. suff.: -€? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: ?0?- ‘indic.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 11, 205, 986. (660) See 10, 11, 30, 109, 191, 316, 584. (661) 989. no:taka:te:k ‘it might continue to be at such a level’ Vb. rt.: -te- ‘be in place’ Asp. suff.: -Q- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -99-a- ‘opt.’ Prim. pref.: -é- ‘cisloc.’ - Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ 990. nd: yakwa?niksiyostahks:ok ‘we (pl.) might be content’ Vb. base iden. with 175. Asp. suff.: -5- ‘dese.’; -ak ‘cont.’ Obj. pref.: -yokwa- ‘we (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 6, 11, 42, 145, 191. (662) 991. ?akwénohta: nyoh ‘we (excl. pl.) think’ Iden. with 28 except for subj. pref. ?akw- ‘we (excl. pl.)’ See also 6, 11, 27, 30, 36, 95, 145, 191, 354. (663) See 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 59, 74, 109, 191, 316, 336, 498, 584, 670. (664) See 1, 2, 7, 10, 35-38, 76, 82, 89, 819. (665) See 1-3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 49, 191, 316, 317, 443. 996 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLy. 183 (666) 992. ?ekésya:ni? ‘I shall make it’ Vb. rt.: -“sya(:)ni- ‘make, fix, prepare’ Asp. suff.: -4? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ke- ‘1st pers.’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 7, 10, 11, 81, 82, 193, 317. (667) See 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 322-328. (668) 993. ?otata:ni:h “it forms’ Iden. with 329 except for lack of prim. pref. ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 11, 15, 16, 27, 69, 145. (669) See 6, 11, 15, 38, 46, 74, 145, 175, 191, 330, 331, 459. (670) See 1, 2, 9, 12, 205, 296. (671) See 7, 10, 11, 42, 136, 332-334, 498. (672) See 6, 10, 52, 81, 193, 337, 341, 448. (673) 994. ?ekaiwahto’t ‘it will destroy’ Iden. with 349 except for mod. pref. ?e- ‘fut.’ 995. ko?niko:iyo:h ‘people are content’ Iden. with 350 except for obj. pref. ko- ‘fem.’ 996. kokwé:onya? ‘people’s property, the spots where people are’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -kwé- ‘be in a particular spot’; rt. suff. -o- ‘dist.’; -nyo- ‘double dist.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘dese.’ Obj. pref.: ko- ‘fem.’ Cf. 837. 997. niyokwa?niko’te:h ‘the way our (pl.) minds are’ Iden. with 463 except for obj. pref. -yokwa- ‘our (pl.)’ See also 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, 42, 46, 81, 93, 333, 343, 344. CuarFn] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 297 (674) 998. ?etwatkatho? ‘we (incl. pl.) will see it’ Vb. rt.: -atkathw- ‘see’ Asp. suff.: -6? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ 999. no?tkake:se:? ‘how it scrapes’ Vb. rt.: -kese- ‘scrape’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Mod. pref.: -a?- ‘indic.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ Other pref.: -t- ‘dupl.’ See also 1, 2, 6, 7, 9-12, 89, 343, 346, 348, 454, 472, 996. (675) 1000. ta?aetwakwe:ni? ‘we (incl. pl.) might not be able’ Coll. for te?aetwakwe : ni? Vb. rt.: -kweny- ‘be able’ Asp. suff.: -é? ‘pune.’ Subj. pref.: -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -?ae- ‘opt.’ Other pref.: te- ‘neg.’ 1001. ?4etwatka:tho? ‘we (incl. pl.) might see it’ Iden. with 998 except for mod. pref. ?ae- ‘opt.’ 1002. nd: yo’ha:steh ‘how strong it might become’ Iden. with 341 except for mod. pref. -aa- ‘opt.’ 1003. take: we:nye:? ‘the wind stirs there’ Iden. with 353 except for lack of -t- ‘dupl.’ and addition of f- ‘cisloc. ’ 1004. na: yokwatowe:htak ‘how it might harm us (pl.)’ Vb. stem iden. with 345. Obj. pref.: -yokwa- ‘us (pl.)’ Mod. pref.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: n- ‘part.’ See also 1, 7, 11, 36, 42, 49, 67, 118, 226, 835. (676) 1005. ?etwato?éshonyo:k ‘we (incl. pl.) shall continue to be grateful’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -0%es- ‘gratify’; rt. suff. -ho- ‘dist.’, -nyo- ‘double dist.’; -at- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’; -k ‘cont.’ Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?¢- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 6, 7, 11, 27, 42, 61, 62, 67, 69, 191. 298 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLL. 183 (677) 1006. tyota’eooh ‘it is covered with a veil there’ Iden. with 323 except for addition of prim. pref. ¢- ‘cisloc.’ See also 1, 3, 6, 7, 11, 30, 70, 74, 75, 192, 104, 145. (678) See 1, 2, 7, 38. (679) See 10, 11, 30, 36, 93, 318. (680) 1007. netka:te:k ‘how much will continue to be present there, how strong it will be’ Iden. with 331 except for addition of -k ‘cont.’ and of mod. pref. -e- ‘fut.’ See also 6, 46, 191. (681) 1008. tha: yakétowe:htak ‘it won’t harm people’ Vb. base iden. with 345. Asp. suff.: -@ ‘impv.’ [25.4] Obj. pref.: -yako- ‘fem.’ Mod. pref.: -aa- ‘opt.’ Sec. pref.: th- ‘contr.’ See also 42, 95, 473. (682) See 1, 6, 47, 59. (683) 1009. tewaktatye? ‘it is near all along’, here ‘surrounding us’ Vb. rt.: -aké- ‘be near’ Asp. suff.: -@- ‘desc.’ ; -atye- ‘prog.’; -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Other pref.: te- ‘dupl.’ See also 30. (684) 1010. nitwate’?ha:sta? ‘how strong things are there’ Vb. base: vb. rt. -?hast- ‘be strong’; rt. suff. -9- ‘dist.’; -ate- ‘refl.’ Asp. suff.: -’? ‘desc.’ Subj. pref.: -w- ‘neut.’ Prim. pref.: -t- ‘cisloc.’ Sec. pref.: ni- ‘part.’ See also 1, 6, 59, 840. (685) See 6, 11, 20, 42, 345. (686) See 601, 602. CHAFB] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS (687) 1011. ?okwakwe:e? ‘our (pl.) spots’ (cf. 837) Vb. rt.: -kwée- ‘be in a particular spot’ Asp. suff.: -? ‘desc.’ Obj. pref.: ?2kwa- ‘our (pl.)’ 1012. tyakwé?9: weh ‘we (incl. pl.) Indians’ Iden. with 830 except for subj. pref. ty- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 6, 30, 57, 81. (688) 1013. thikesh ‘less’ 1014. ?aike:h with 1013 ‘to a lesser degree’ 1015. nikayetha? ‘how it strikes’ Vb. rt.: -yéht- ‘strike’ Asp. suff.: -hd? ‘iter.’ Subj. prof.: -ka- ‘neut.’ Sec. pref.: nz- ‘part.’ See also 1, 6, 11, 36, 42, 145, 354, 840. (689) 1016. ?6iwa? ‘thing, matter’ Nn. rt.: -(C)i: wa- ‘matter’ Nn. suff.: -’? ‘spl. nn. suff.’ Obj. pref.: ?0- ‘neut.’ See also 1, 3, 10, 205. (690) See 7, 10-12, 46, 89. (691) 1017. twatata:nih ‘it forms there’ Iden. with 329 except for subj. pref. -w- ‘neut.’ See also 30, 36, 42, 81, 145. (692) See 7, 10, 11, 233, 323. (693) See 1, 6, 36, 42, 145, 329, 448. (694) 1018. ?etwatye:na:ni? ‘we (incl. pl.) shall do it properly Vb. stem iden. with 102. Subj. pref.: -tw- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ Mod. pref.: ?e- ‘fut.’ See also 1, 10, 11, 75. (695) 1019. ?o?titwand:nya:? ‘we (incl. pl.) thank’ Iden. with 104 except for subj. pref. -twa- ‘we (incl. pl.)’ See also 1, 2, 10, 30, 36, 74, 75, 81, 145, 448, 997. 299 300 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BuLu. 183 BIBLIOGRAPHY CaswELL, H. 8. 1892. Our life among the Iroquois Indians. Boston. CuaFe, W. L. 1960-61. Seneca morphology. Internat. Journ. Amer. Linguistics, vols. 26-27. Conk, H. C., and Sturtevant, W. C. 1953. Seneca Indian singing tools at Coldspring longhouse. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 97, pp. 262-290. Converse, H. M. 1930. The Seneca New Year and other customs. Indian Notes, vol. 7, pp. 69-83. Fenton, W. N. 1936. An outline of Seneca ceremonies at Coldspring longhouse. Yale Univ. Publs. Anthrop. No. 9. New Haven. 1941. Tonawanda longhouse ceremonies: Ninety years after Lewis Henry Morgan. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 128, Anthrop. Pap. No. 15, pp. 139-166. 1947. Seca songs from Coldspring longhouse. Program notes to Album 17, Folk music of the United States, Libr. Cong. Collect. Archives Amer. Folk Song. 1951. Introduction: The concept of locality and the program of Iroquois research. In Symposium on local diversity in Iroquois culture, ed. by W. N. Fenton. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 149, pp. 1-12. 1953. The Iroquois Eagle Dance, an offshoot of the Calumet Dance. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 156. FrentTON, W. N., and Kurata, G. P. 1951. The Feast of the Dead, or Ghost Dance, at Six Nations Reserve, Canada. Jn Symposium on local diversity in Iroquois culture, ed. by W. N. Fenton. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 149, pp. 139-165. Hats, H. 1885. The Iroquois sacrifice of the white dog. Amer. Antiq. and Or. Journ., vol. 7, pp. 7-14. Hewitt, J. N. B. 1928. Iroquoian cosmology, second part, with introduction and notes. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Ann. Rep., 1925-26, vol. 43, pp. 449-819. Kurata, G. P. 1951. Local diversity in Iroquois music and dance. Jn Symposium on local diversity in Iroquois culture, ed. by W. N. Fenton. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 149, pp. 109-137. Moraan. L. H. 1901. League of the Ho-dé-no-sau-nee or Iroquois. Ed. by H. M. Lloyd. 2 vols. New York. Parker, A. C. 1913. The Code of Handsome Lake, the Seneca prophet. New York State Mus. Bull. 163. Surmony, A. A. . Conservatism at Six Nations Reserve. MS., Ph. D. dissertation, Yale Univ., 1958. Speck, F. G. 1949. Midwinter rites of the Cayuga longhouse. Philadelphia. Cuare] SENECA THANKSGIVING RITUALS 301 RECORDED VERSIONS OF THE THANKSGIVING RITUALS The following is an attempt to cite all published, manuscript, and tape recorded versions of the Thanksgiving Speech, Thanksgiving Dance, and Tobacco In- vocation. Reasonably complete summaries of the items in the Thanksgiving sequence are included. The dates refer to the year of performance, not of publi- cation. The collector is given in parentheses. All tapes will ultimately be deposited in the New York State Museum, Albany, with copies in the Bureau of American Ethnology. ALLEGANY RESERVATION. 1940. Thanksgiving speech by Sherman Redeye. MS., Seneca and English (Fenton). 1945. Thanksgiving speech by Albert Jones. Disc recording in Library of Congress, Archives of American Folk Song, No. 8080 (Fenton). 1947. Thanksgiving dance by Chauncey Johnny John and Albert Jones. Seneca and English (abbreviated). Published disc recording. In Fenton, 1947, pp. 6-10. 1948. Thanksgiving speech by Sherman Redeye. Tape (Fenton). 1949 a. Tobacco invocation from Green Corn Ceremony by Sherman Redeye. Tape (Fenton). 1949 b. Tobacco invocation from New Year’s Ceremony by Sherman Redeye. Tape (Fenton). CATTARAUGUS RESERVATION. Ca. 1860. Tobacco invocation by Silverheels. English summary. In Cas- well, 1892, pp. 219-220. 1896. Thanksgiving dance. MS., Seneca and English (Hewitt). Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Archives No. 2315. 1906 a. Thanksgiving dance. English. In Parker, 1913, pp. 94-100. 1906 b. Tobacco invocation. English. In Parker, 1913, pp. 85-94. 1956. Thanksgiving speech by Solon Jones. Tape (Chafe). See pp. 142-145, ToNAWANDA RESERVATION. Before 1851. Tobacco invocation. English. In Morgan, 1901, vol. 1, pp. 210-1133. Copied in Converse, 1930, vol. 7, pp. 78-80. 1959 a. Thanksgiving dance by Corbett Sundown. Tape (Chafe). Trans- scribed in full in this work. 1959 b. Thanksgiving speech by Corbett Sundown. Tape (Chafe). Trans- scribed in full in this work. 1959 c. Thanksgiving speech by Corbett Sundown. Tape (Chafe). See pp. 140-148. 1960. Tobacco invocation by Corbett Sundown. Tape (Chafe). See pp. 140-141. GranD River RESERVE. Before 1885. Tobacco invocation by George Buck, Onondaga. English summary. In Hale, 1885, pp. 10-12. 1900. Thanksgiving speech by John Arthur Gibson. Onondaga and English, In Hewitt, 1928, pp. 568-570. 302 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bunn. 183 1930’s. Thanksgiving sequence used by Alexander General, Sour Springs Cayuga. Terminology in Cayuga and English. In Speck, 1949, p. 30. 1948. Thanksgiving speech by Alexander General. MS., Cayuga and English (Lounsbury). Mid—1950’s. Thanksgiving speech by Alexander General, Sour Springs Cayuga. English with interpolated commentary. In Shimony, MS., pp. 254-267. O WWOQILOMTOC 9088 01421 9